oEPA
United States 1
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Wafer
(4305).
EPA-823-B-99-OD6
November 1998
Better Assessment Science
Integrating Point and
Nonpoint Sources
4,
BASINS
Version 2.0
J5J
User's Manual
is
-------
-------
Better Assessment Science Integrating
Point and Nonpoint Sources
BASINS
Version 2.0
User's Manual
M. Lahlou, L Shoemaker, S. Choudhury,
R. Elmer, A. Hu, H. Manguerra, A. Parker
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Fairfax, Virginia
Contract No. 68-C3-0374
and 68-C98-010
Project Managers
R. Kinerson, A. Battin, H. Biswas,
P. Cocca, M. Dannel, B. Goodwin,
G. LaVeck, E. Partington, W. Tate, M. Wellman
Exposure Assessment Branch
Standards and Applied Science Division
Office of Science and Technology
Office of Water
United States Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
-------
Disclaimer
Production of this document has been funded wholly or in part by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The Better Assessment
Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) system described in this manual is
applied at the user's own risk. Neither the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency nor the system
authors can assume responsibility for system operation, output, interpretation, or use.
Acknowledgments
The Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) system was
developed under the direction of Russell Kirierson, Andrew Battin, Hira Biswas, Paul Cocca, Mimi
Dannel, Bryan Goodwin, Gerald LaVeck, Ed Partington, William Tate, and Marjorie Wellman of
EPA's Office of Science and Technology, Standards and Applied Science Division. BASINS was
developed by an interdisciplinary team from. Tetra Tech, Inc., Fairfax, Virginia, under contract
number 68-C3-0374 and 68-C-98-010. Tetra Tech, Inc., would like to acknowledge recent
contributions made to the BASINS system by Jim Callahan, Qin Li, Matt Meyers, Joel Meadows,
and Rick Whetsel. The developers would like to thank the participants in the BASINS Training
Courses and beta testers who contributed comments and recommendations on the BASINS system.
EPA acknowledges the support of Earthlnfo, Inc., which granted permission to4mpt3ft~seleeted-
hourly precipitation data into BASINS from its CD-ROMs. Earthlnfo, Inc., 5541 Central Avenue,
Boulder, Colorado, (303) 938-1788.
This user's manual and the BASINS software are dedicated to our friend and colleague Jerry
LaVeck, whose leadership and inspiration made many of the analytical modeling processes
referenced in the manual possible. Jerry laid much of the foundation for fate and transport modeling
applications in the Environmental Protection Agency. He fit models with user-friendly interface
tools to make life easier for water quality analysts in the EPA regions, states, and tribes throughout
this country. At the local level Jerry contributed substantially to raising the level of awareness and
keeping our precious natural resources clean.
Jerry was extremely dedicated to his work, but he never let it get in the way of his love and devotion
to family, friends, and coworkers. His positive impact on the conservation of our environment will
be felt for years to come, but his kindness, leadership, and vision will be sorely missed.
-------
-------
User Assistance and Technical Support
BASINS was developed to promote better assessment and integration of point and nonpoint sources
in watershed and water quality management. It integrates several key environmental data sets with
improved analysis techniques. Several types of environmental programs can benefit from the use
and application of such an integrated system in various stages of environmental management
planning and decision making.
EPA's Office of Science and Technology (OST) provides assistance and technical support to users of
the BASINS system to facilitate its effective application. Technical support can be obtained as
described below:
1. OST's Internet Home Page: BASINS users are encouraged to access OST's home page for
information on new updates, answers to the most frequently asked questions, user tips, and
additional documentation. As more real-world applications become available, references to
case studies will also be posted.
EPA OST's Internet home page address: http://www.epa.gov/ost/basins
2. Telephone assistance: OST personnel are available to assist potential users with technical
questions regarding system installation, applications, and data products. Inquiries on the
BASINS system can be directed to: .
Andrew Battin, tel. (202) 260-3061, e-mail battin.andrew@epa.gov
Paul Cocca, tel. (202) 260-8614, e-mail cocca.paulฎepa.gov
William Tate, tel. (202) 260-7052, e-mail tate.wmiam@epa.gov
-------
-------
Contents
Section Page
1 Introduction 1-1
2 BASINS System Overview 2-1
3 Hardware and Software Requirements 3-1
4 Installation 4-1
4.1 BASINS System Setup 4.1-1
4.2 Data Extraction 4.2-1
4.3 Project Builder 4.3-1
4.4 Opening a BASINS Project 4.4-1
5 BASINS Components 5-1
6 BASINS Assessment Tools 6-1
6.1 TARGET 6.1-1
6.2 ASSESS 6.2-1
6.3 Data Mining 6.3-1
7 BASINS Utilities 7-1
7.1 Watershed Delineation 7.1-1
7.2 Import 7.2-1
7.3 Land Use Reclassification 7.3-1
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management 7.4-1
7.5 DEM Reclassification 7.5-1
7.6 Lookup Tables 7.6-1
8 Watershed Characterization Reports 8-1
8.1 Point Source Inventory Report 8.1-1
8.2 Water Quality Summary Report 8.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report 8.3-1
8.4 Land Use Distribution Report 8.4-1
8.5 State Soil Characteristics Report 8.5-1
8.6 Watershed Topographic Report 8.6-1
9 Stream Water Quality Models 9-1
9.1 QUAL2E 9.1-1
9.2 TOXIROUTE 9.2-1
9.3 Visualization 9.3-1
10 Nonpoint Source Model 10-1
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View 10.1-1
10.2 Executing NPSM as a Stand-Alone Program 10.2-1
10.3 NPSM Interface 10.3-1
10.4 ReachEditor 10.4-1
10.5 Simulation Time and Meteorological Data 10.5-1
10.6 Land Use Editor 10.6-1
10.7 NPSM Control Cards 10.7-1
10.8 Pollutant Selection Screen 10.8-1
10.9 Point Sources 10.9-1
10.10 Default Data Assignment 10.10-1
10.11 Input Data Editor 10.11-1
10.12 Output Manager 10.12-1
10.13 Run NPSM 10.13-1
10.14 View Time Series Output 10.14-1
10.15 Creating an NPSM Default File 10.15-1
11 References 11-1
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary ,
Appendix B NPSMData
B.I HSPF Data Dictionary
B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
B .2.1 Developing WDM Files
B .2.2 BASINS WDM Files ...
... A-l
... B-l
.. B.l-1
. . B.2-1
B.2.2-1
B.2.1-1
-------
-------
1 Introduction
Section 1
Introduction
Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) is a multipurpose
environmental analysis system for use by regional, state, and local agencies in performing
watershed- and water-quality-based studies. It was developed by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency's (EPA's) Office of Water to address three objectives:
To facilitate examination of environmental information
To support analysis of environmental systems
To provide a framework for examining management alternatives
Because many states and local agencies are moving toward a watershed-based approach, the
BASINS system is configured to support environmental and ecological studies in a watershed
context. The system is designed to be flexible. It can support analysis at a variety of scales using
tools that range from simple to sophisticated.
BASINS was also conceived as a system for supporting the development of total maximum daily
loads (TMDLs). Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act requires states to develop TMDLs for water
bodies that are not meeting applicable water quality standards by using technology-based controls.
Developing TMDLs requires a watershed-based approach that integrates both point and nonpoint
sources. BASINS can support this type of watershed-based point and nonpoint source analysis for a
variety of pollutants. It also lets the user test different management options.
Traditional approaches to watershed-based assessments typically involve many separate
stepspreparing data, summarizing information, developing maps and tables, and applying and
interpreting models. Each individual step is performed using a variety of tools and computer
systems. The isolated implementation of steps can result in a lack of integration, limited
coordination, and time-intensive execution. BASINS makes watershed and water quality studies
easier by bringing key data and analytical components "under one roof. Using the familiar
Windows environment, analysts can efficiently access national environmental information, apply
assessment and planning tools, and run a variety of proven, robust nonpoint loading and water
quality models. With many of the necessary components together in one system, the analysis time is
significantly reduced, a greater variety of questions can be answered, and data and management
needs can be more efficiently identified. BASINS takes advantage of recent developments in
software, data management technologies, and computer capabilities to provide the user with a fully
comprehensive watershed management tool.
A geographic information system (GIS) provides the integrating framework for BASINS. GIS
organizes spatial information so it can be displayed as maps, tables, or graphics. GIS provides
techniques for analyzing landscape information and displaying relationships. Through the use of
GIS, BASINS has the flexibility to display amd integrate a wide range of information (e.g., land use,
point source discharges, water supply withdrawals) at a scale chosen by the user. For example, some
users will need to examine data at a multistate scale to determine problem areas, compare
1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
watersheds, or investigate gaps in data. Others will want to work at a much smaller scale, perhaps
investigating a particular river segment impaired by multiple point source discharges. This
"zooming" capability of BASINS makes it a unique and powerful environmental analysis tool.
Some agencies might wish to perform analyses at a variety of scales, in a nested fashion, to meet
several objectives at once. BASINS is designed to facilitate all of these scenarios because it
incorporates tools that operate on both large and small watersheds. Adding locally developed, high-
resolution data sources to existing data layers is an additional option that expands the local-scale
evaluation capabilities.
BASINS comprises a suite of interrelated components for performing the various aspects of
environmental analysis. The six components include (1) nationally derived databases with Data
Extraction tools and Project Builders; (2) assessment tools (TARGET, ASSESS, and Data Mining)
that address large- and small-scale characterization needs; (3) utilities to facilitate organizing and
evaluating data, including Watershed Delineation, Import, Land Use Reclassification, DEM
Reclassification, and Lookup Tables; (4) Watershed Characterization Reports that facilitate
compilation and output of information on selected watersheds; (5) water quality models including
TOXIROUTE and QUAL2E; and (6) the Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) and postprocessor, which
provide integrated assessment of watershed loading and transport. The assessment component,
working under the GIS umbrella, allows users to quickly evaluate selected areas, organize
information, and display results. The modeling component module allows users to examine the
impacts of pollutant loadings from point and nonpoint sources. Working together, these modules
support several specific aspects of watershed-based analysis by
Identifying and prioritizing water-quality-limited waters.
Supplying data characterizing point and nonpoint sources and evaluating their magnitudes
and potential significance.
Integrating point source and nonpoint source loadings and fate and transport processes.
Evaluating and comparing the relative value of potential control strategies.
Visualizing and communicating environmental conditions to the public through tables,
graphs, and maps.
This user's guide provides information on the systems and procedures in BASINS Version 2.0. This
version provides some significant enhancements and functions beyond those provided by the original
release of BASINS, Version 1.0. The modification and enhancement of the program reflect the
extensive comments and input provided by the user community regarding the initial version.
Significant changes of which users should be aware include the following:
Additions to the base data sets include USEPA Reach File Version 3 Alpha (RF3 Alpha),
STATSGO soils, DEM elevation data, federal and Indian land boundaries, water quality
observation data, ecoregions, fish and wildlife consumption advisories, shellfish
contamination, and Clean Water Needs Survey.
New utilities to faciliate data preparation such as Watershed Delineation and Watershed
Characterization Reports.
1-2
-------
1 Introduction
Expanded functionality of the nonpoint source modeling system to include in-stream
transport and visualization.
Postprocessing tools for evaluation of model output.
Users are encouraged to continue to provide EPA with comments and recommendations for further
development. Future enhancements to the system might include adding additional types of
information, using higher-resolution data, providing Internet access to data and model updates,
expanding assessment and evaluation capabilities, providing enhanced data management and display
tools, and adding a wider range of nonpoint source water quality and ecological modeling
techniques.
1-3
-------
-------
2 BASINS System Overview
Section 2
BASINS System Overview
The BASINS system combines six components to provide the range of tools needed for performing
watershed and water quality analyses. These interrelated components can be summarized as follows:
National environmental databases
Assessment tools
Utilities
Watershed characterization reports
Water quality stream models
Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) and Postprocessor
A graphical representation of the BASINS components and their operating platform is provided as
Figure 2.1.
The BASINS physiographic data, monitoring data, and associated assessment tools are integrated in
a customized geographic information system (GIS) environment. The GIS used is Arc View 3.0a,
developed by Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc. The simulation models are integrated
into this GIS environment through a dynamic link in which the data required to build the input files
are generated in the Arc View environment a.nd then passed directly to the models. The models
themselves run in either a Windows or a DOS environment. The results of the simulation models
can also be displayed visually and can be used to perform further analysis and interpretation.
The modeling tools include the following:
In-stream models: QUAL2E, version 3.2, a water quality and eutrophication model; and
TOXDR.OUTE, a model for routing pollutants through a stream system.
NPSM, which includes the Hydrological Simulation ProgramFortran (HSPF), version 11,
a model for estimating instream concentrations resulting from loadings from point and
nonpoint sources.
rco
2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
State and Local Data
Figure 2.1
2-2
-------
2 BASINS System Overview
The latest versions of both QUAL2E and HSPF (as released by EPA's Center for Exposure and
Assessment Modeling in Athens, Georgia) aire included in the BASINS package. These models were
both written in the FORTRAN programming language. However, to facilitate the use of these
models and their integration into the GIS environment, Windows-based interfaces were developed
using C and C++ as programming languages.
The BASINS GIS, which is driven by the Arc View 3.0(a) or 3.1 environment, provides built-in additional
procedures for data query, spatial analysis, amd map generation. These custom BASINS procedures allow a
user to visualize, explore, query available data, and perform individualized and targeted watershed-based
analyses. Some familiarity with Arc View is helpful in accessing and fully utilizing the capabilities of
Arc View and the custom analytical tools. Furthermore, as users become familiar with ArcView's standard
operations, environmental relationships can be further investigated using complex queries, overlays,
proximity analyses, and buffer analyses.
2-3
-------
-------
2.1 BASINS Data Product
2.1 BASINS Data Products
The BASINS system includes a variety of databases that are extracted and formatted to facilitate watershed-
based analysis and modeling. The databases were compiled from a wide range of federal sources. The data
were selected based on relevance to environmental analysis, national availability, and scale and resolution.
As new data become available, updates may be distributed through the BASINS Internet site. Users are also
encouraged to import locally derived data sets or higher-resolution coverages into BASINS to support the
most appropriate and accurate analysis (see Section 7.2, Import). The data included within BASINS are
intended to provide a starting point and data for those areas where limited site-specific information is
available.
Four types of data are delivered with the BASINS analysis system:
Base cartographic data
Environmental background data
Environmental monitoring data
Point sources/loading data
BASINS Base Cartographic Data
BASINS' base cartographic data include administrative boundaries, hydrologic boundaries, and major road
systems. These data are essential for defining and locating study areas and defining watershed drainage
areas. The base cartographic data products included in BASINS are presented in Table 2.1.1.
Table 2.1.1 BASINS Base Cartographic Data
BASINS Data Product
Source
Description
Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Major Roads
Populated Place Locations
Urbanized Areas
State and County Boundaries
EPA Regions
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)
Federal Highway Administration
USGS
Bureau of the Census
USGS
USGS
Nationally consistent delineations of the
hydrographic boundaries associated with major
U.S. river basins
Interstate and state highway network
Location and names of populated locations
Delineations of major urbanized areas used in
1990 Census
Administrative boundaries
Administrative boundaries
2.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Environmental Background Data
Environmental background data provide information to support watershed characterization and
environmental analyses. These data include information on soil characteristics, land use coverages, and the
stream hydrography. This information is used in combination with modeling tools to perform more detailed
assessment of watershed conditions and loading characteristics. Table 2.1.2 lists the environmental
background data included in BASINS.
Table 2.1.2 BASINS Environmental Background Data
BASINS Data Product
Source
Description
Ecoregions
State Soil and Geographic
(STATSGO) Database
Managed Area Database
Reach Rle Version 1 (RF1)
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA)
National Water Quality Assessment USGS
(NAWQA) Study Unit Boundaries
1996 Clean Water Needs Survey USEPA
U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Natural Resources Conservation
Service (USDA-NRCS)
University of California, Santa
Barbara
USEPA
Reach Rle Version 3 (RF3) Alpha USEPA
Digital Elevation Model (DEM) USGS
Land Use and Land Cover USGS
Ecoregions and associated delineations
Delineations of study areas
Results of the wastewater control needs
assessment by state
Soils information including soil component
data and soils
Data layer including federal and Indian lands
Provides stream network for major rivers and
supports development of stream routing for
modeling purposes (l:500k)
Alpha version of Reach Rle 3; provides a
detailed stream network and supports
development of stream routing for modeling
purposes (1:100K)
Topographic relief mapping; supports
watershed delineations and modeling
Boundaries associated with land use
classifications including Anderson Level 1 and
Level 2
2.1-2
-------
2.1 BASINS Data Product
Environmental Monitoring Data
BASINS contains several environmental data products developed from existing national water quality
databases. These databases were converted into locational data layers to facilitate the assessment of water
quality conditions and the prioritization and targeting of water bodies and watersheds. These data can be used
to assess the current status and historical trends of a given water body and also to evaluate the results of
management actions. Table 2.1.3 lists the environmental monitoring data included in BASINS.
Table 2.1.3 BASINS Environmental Monitoring Data
BASINS Data Product
Source
Description
Water Quality Monitoring Stations
and Data Summaries
Bacteria Monitoring Stations and
Data Summaries
Water Quality Stations and
Observation Data
National Sediment Inventory (NSI)
Stations and Database
Listing of Rsh and Wildlife
Advisories
Gage Sites
Weather Station Sites
Drinking Water Supply (DWS)
Sites
Watershed Data Stations and
Database
Classified Shellfish Areas
USEPA
USEPA
USEPA
USEPA
USEPA
USGS
National Oceanic and
Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
USEPA
NOAA
NOAA
Statistical summaries of water quality
monitoring for physical and chemical-related
parameters; parameter-specific statistics
computed by station for 5-year intervals from
1970 to 1994 and 3-year interval from 1995
to 1997
Statistical summaries of bacteria monitoring;
parameter-specific statistics computed by
station for 5-year intervals from 1970 to
1994 and 3-year interval from 1995 to 1997
Observation-level water quality monitoring
data for selected locations and parameters
Sediment chemistry, tissue residue, and
benthic abundance monitoring data for
freshwater and coastal sediments
State reporting of locations with advisories for
fishing, including type of impairment
Inventory of surface water gaging station data
including 7Q10 low and monthly mean stream
flow
Location of selected first-order NOAA weather
stations
Location of public water supplies, their
intakes, and sources of surface water supply
Location of selected meteorologic stations
and associated monitoring information used to
support modeling
Location and extent of shellfish closure areas
2.1-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Point Source/Loading Data
BASINS also includes information on pollutant loading from point source discharges. The location, type of
facility, and estimated loading are provided. These loadings are also used to support evaluation of
watershed-based loading summaries combining point and nonpoint sources. Potential source loading
locations from hazardous waste sites and air emissions are also included. Table 2.1.4 lists the point
source/loading data included in BASINS.
Table 2.1.4 BASINS Point Source/Loading Data
BASINS Data Product
Source
Description
Permit Compliance System (PCS)
Sites and Computed Annual
Loadings
Industrial Facilities Discharge (IFD)
Sites
Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites
and Pollutant Release Data
Superfund National Priority List Site
Resource Conservation and
Recovery Information System
(RCRIS) Sites
Minerals Availability System/Mineral
Industry Location System
(MAS/MILS)
USEPA
USEPA
USEPA
USEPA
USEPA
U.S. Bureau of Mines
NPDES permit-holding facility information;
contains parameter-specific loadings to
surface waters computed using the EPA
Effluent Decision Support System (EDSS) for
1991-1996
Facility information on industrial point source
dischargers to surface waters
Facility information for 1987-1995 TRI public
data; contains Y/N flags for each facility
indicating media-specific reported releases
Location of Superfund National Priority List
sites from CERCLIS (Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Information System)
Location of transfer, storage, and disposal
facilities for solid and hazardous waste
Location and characteristics of mining sites
2.1-4
-------
2.2 BASINS Environmental Assessment Tools
2.2 BASINS Environmental Assessment Tools
Three geographically based analytical tools were developed in the BASINS GIS environment to perform
both regional and site-specific analysesTARGET, ASSESS, and Data Mining. TARGET permits a broad-
based analysis; ASSESS is a simple assessment tool that operates on a single watershed or a limited number
of watersheds; and Data Mining-lets BASINS users more fully access the water quality and point source
databases. The three geographically based analytical tools are fully developed to operate on the water quality
and point source data layers, as described in Section 2.3. BASINS operates on hydrologic units or
watersheds as defined by the United States Geological Survey delineations referred to as "cataloging units."
These watersheds can vary in size from 10 square miles to several hundred square miles.
TARGET
TARGET allows environmental managers to make a broad-based evaluation of a watershed's water quality
and/or point source loadings. This watershed targeting tool is designed to perform analysis on the entire area
extracted (e.g., EPA regions, state) and is best suited for project areas that include more than one watershed
(cataloging unit). TARGET is designed to integrate and process a large amount of detailed, site-specific data
associated with a particular region and to summarize the results on a watershed basis. Using these water
quality or point source loading summaries, watersheds are then ranked based on the level of selected
evaluation parameters (e.g., DO, BOD, zinc). This analysis allows users to draw preliminary conclusions on
the wide range of environmental data included in BASINS (e.g., 50 water quality parameters and most of the
parameters associated with point source dischargers).
ASSESS
The second geographically based tool uses the same data as TARGET but provides a different perspective on
the locational distribution of potential pollution problems. ASSESS operates on a single watershed
(cataloging unit) or a limited set of watersheds and focuses on the status of specific water quality stations or
discharge facilities and their proximity to water bodies. This proximity analysis (stream reaches, water
quality stations, point dischargers, land uses, etc.) is important because it allows analysts to establish the
interrelationships between the condition of a water body in a watershed and potential pollution sources. The
level of detail provided by ASSESS lets users visually focus on the status of specific stream reaches, assess
their changes over time, evaluate data availability, and evaluate the need for source characterization and
analysis of cause-effect relationships.
Data Mining
Data Mining dynamically links different data elements using a combination of tables and maps. This unique
dynamic linkage of data elements adds a significant informational value to the raw data on water quality and
loadings. This process makes Data Mining a powerful tool that can assist in the integration and
environmental interpretation of both geographic and historical information simultaneously. Data Mining
complements both TARGET said ASSESS by letting users move progressively from a regional analysis
(provided by TARGET) to a watershed-scale analysis (provided by ASSESS) to a more detailed analysis at
2.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
the station level (provided by Data Mining). This logical progression of the analysis from regional to site-
specific is illustrated in Figure 2.2.
Figure 2.2
2.2-2
-------
2.3 BASINS Utilities
2.3 BASINS Utilities
Watershed Delineation Tool
The BASINS Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to segment a watershed into several smaller
hydrologically connected watersheds for use in watershed characterization and modeling. The user can
define the entire land area contributing to flow in a stream for the purposes of modeling and analysis. Single
watersheds or watershed systems containing multiple subwatersheds can be created using the BASINS
Watershed Delineation tool.
BASINS Import Tool
The BASINS Import tool gives the user the ability to import additional data sets and prepares the data to
work properly with BASINS GIS functions and models. The Import tool is designed to function on four data
typeswatershed boundaries, land use, Reach File Version 3, and Digital Elevation Model (DEM). This
tool also provides the capability for users to import locally developed data, which might be more accurate, at
a higher resolution, or more reflective of current conditions. ;
Land Use Reclassification
The Land Use Reclassification tool assists the user in grouping or renaming land use categories as needed to
support modeling and analysis. Land uses can be reclassified in one of two waysreclassification of the
entire theme (all land uses) or reclassification of selected themes (single or multiple land uses from within an
entire theme).
Water Quality Observation Data Management
The Water Quality Observation Data Management utilities can be used to access and manipulate the water
quality observation data within the BASINS system. They can also be used to add new stations to the data,
delete unnecessary stations, relocate misplaced stations, and incorporate new water quality observation time-
series data. An export utility is also included to provide the capability to generate a text report of water
quality observation data for selected water quality monitoring stations, which can be used for postprocessing
and visualization.
DEM Reclassification
DEM Reclassification performs topographic reclassification on a watershed. It allows users to define a level
of detail for reclassification of Digital Elevation Model (DEM). It permits nonuniform reclassification to
capture and display the key topographic features of the watershed. By assigning different classification
intervals for the hilltop zone and valley zone, users can create suitable topographic classifications to describe
the relief of the watershed they are evaluating.
2.3-1
-------
BAS/NS Version 2.0
Lookup Tables
The Lookup Tables provide users quick access to relevant reference information on data products included
within BASINS. Information is provided for products such as the map projection, definition of agency codes
for monitoring data, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes, and the water quality criteria and
threshold values of selected pollutants.
2.3-2
-------
2.4 Watershed Characterization Reporting
2.4 Watershed Characterization Reporting
The Watershed Characterization Reporting tools are designed to assist users in summarizing key watershed
information in the form of standard and automated reports. These tools can be used to make an inventory
and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at various watershed scales. These reports allow users to
quickly evaluate and define data availability for the selected watershed(s). Six different types of watershed
characterization reports are included in BASINS:
Point Source Inventory Report
Water Quality Summary Report
Toxic Air Emission Report
Land Use Distribution Report
State Soil Characteristics Report
Watershed Topographic Report
Point Source Inventory Report
Point Source Inventory Report provides a summary of discharge facilities in a given watershed. The report
relies on the EPA Permit Compliance System (PCS) database to identify permitted facilities in a selected
study area and summarizes their discharge loading for a given pollutant. Application of this report tool
provides rapid identification of permitted sources, the receiving water body segment (Reach File Versions
lor 3), and a mapping function to display the geographical distribution of point sources in the study area.
Water Quality Summary Report
Water Quality Summary Report provides a summary of water quality monitoring stations within the selected
watershed that monitored a particular pollutant during a given time period. The water quality data are
presented as statistical summaries of the mean and selected percentiles of the observed data. The data were
originally obtained from USEPA's Storage and Retrieval System (STORET). The information generated in
this report can be summarized in tables and maps.
Toxic Air Emission Report
Toxic Air Emission Report provides a summary of facilities that are part of the Toxic Release Inventory
(TRI) and that have estimated air releases of a particular pollutant in a selected watershed. Tabular
summaries of TRI facilities are generated with their corresponding estimates of pollutant air releases and
other pertinent information such as facility identification name, city location, status (active or inactive
facility), ownership type (government, commercial), and SIC code number. This report also generates a map
2.4-1
-------
HAS/NS Version 2.0
showing the location of the TRI facilities overlaid with the Reach File network (RFlor RF3) and the
boundary of the selected watershed.
Land Use Distribution Report
Land Use Distribution Report provides a summary of the land use distribution within the selected
watershed(s). The BASIN'S default land use data were originally obtained from the USGS Geographic
Information Retrieval and Analysis System (GIRAS) and use the Anderson Level II classification system.
The information generated in this report is summarized in both table and map layout formats.
State So/7 Characteristic Report
State Soil Characteristic Report provides a summary of the spatial variability of selected soil parameters
within one watershed or a set of subwatersheds. The soil parameters considered include water table depth,
bedrock depth, soil erodibility, available water capacity, permeability, bulk density, pH, organic matter
content, soil liquid limit, soil plasticity, percent clay content, and percent silt and clay content. The data
were originally obtained from the USDA-NRCS State Soil and Geographic Database (STATSGO). The
information generated in this report is summarized in table format and, if selected, in map format.
Watershed Topographic Report
Watershed Topographic Report provides a statistical summary and distribution of discrete land surface
elevations in the watershed. It also generates an elevation map of the selected watershed. This information
can be used to quickly evaluate the relative "steepness" of the watershed compared to that of other
watersheds and correlate it with the results of water quality modeling. The information generated in this
report is summarized in table format and, if selected, in map format.
2.4-2
-------
2.5 Stf&sm Models
2.5 Stream Models
Two models are integrated into BASINS to allow the user to simulate the in-stream behavior of toxic
chemicals, conventional pollutants, and nutrients. The models included were selected to allow users to
assess in-stream water impacts at various levels of complexity. Data preparation, selection routines, and
output display tools (for visualization) streamline the use of the models.
QUAL2E
The QUAL2E model is provided to allow analysis of pollutant fate and transport through selected stream
systems. It is a one-dimensional water quality model that assumes steady-state flow but allows simulation of
diurnal (day-night) variations in temperature, algal photosynthesis, and respiration (Brown and Barnwell,
1987). The algorithms used in QUAL2E are based on the advection-dispersion mass transport equation
solved using an implicit, backward difference scheme, averaged over time and space. QUAL2E represents
the stream system as a series of computational elements of constant length. The model is integrated with
BASINS through a Windows-based interface, and it allows fate and transport modeling of both point and
nonpoint source loadings.
TOXIROUTE
TOXIROUTE is a modified version of Pollutant Route (PROUTE), an EPA water quality model.
TOXIROUTE provides a screening-level stream routing model that performs simple dilution/decay
calculations under mean and low flow conditions for a stream system within a given watershed (cataloging
unit). TOXIROUTE can integrate point source loadings computed from the effluent monitoring data stored
in the Permit Compliance System (PCS).
2.5-1
-------
-------
2.6 BASINS Nonpoint Source Modeling
2.6 BASINS Nonpoint Source Modeling
The BASINS Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) is a watershed model that simulates nonpoint source runoff
and pollutant loadings for a watershed and performs flow and water quality routing in reaches. NPSM is a
Windows interface that works with the EPA-supported HSPF model (version 11.0) (Bicknell et al., 1997).
Although the HSPF model is a comprehensive watershed loading and transport model, NPSM currently
supports only selected features of the model. Future releases of NPSM are expected to expand the model's
capabilities. Features supported by NPSM include
Estimation of nonpoint source loadings from mixed land uses
Estimation of fate and transport processes in streams and one-dimensional lakes
NPSM can be run on a single watershed or a. system of multiple hydrologically connected subwatershed that
has been delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. The model requires land use data, reach
data, meteorological data, and information on the pollutants of concern in the watershed and the reaches.
NPSM is designed to interact with the BASINS utilities and data sets to facilitate the extraction of
appropriate information and the preparation of model input files. The reach network is automatically
developed based on the subwatershed delineations. Users can modify and adapt input files to site-specific
conditions through the use of the NPSM interface and supporting information provided by the BASINS
utilities and reporting functions, as well as locally derived data sources. NPSM works with postprocessing
tools to facilitate display and interpretation of output data.
NPSM Postprocessor
The NPSM postprocessor facilitates the display and interpretation of output data derived from model
applications. This tool allows users to select display locations and time periods. Displays are in graphical
form. The NPSM postprocessor displays NPSM simulation output, BASINS water quality observation data,
and USGS flow data in a graphical fashion. It also performs basic statistical functions and data comparisons.
Due to its ability to display observed and modeled data concurrently and to perform basic statistical and data
comparison functions, the postprocessor is a useful tool in model calibration and environmental systems
analysis. The NPSM postprocessor is also capable of printing the plots displayed in the plot window.
2.6-1
-------
-------
3 Hardware and Software Requirements
Section 3
Hardware and Software Requirements
BASINS Version 2.0 is a customized Arc View GIS application that integrates environmental data,
analysis tools, and modeling systems. Therefore, BASINS' hardware and software requirements are,
at a minimum, similar to those of the PC-based Arc View 3.0a or 3.1 system. BASINS can be
installed and operated on IBM-compatible personal computers (PCs) equipped with the software,
random access memory (RAM), virtual memory, and hard disk space presented in Table 3.1.
Because the performance (response time) under the minimum requirements option might be too slow
for some users especially when dealing with large data sets, a preferred set of requirements is also
included in Table 3.1. Note that Arc View Dialog Designer must also be installed prior to operating
BASINS. Arc View Dialog Designer is included in the \AVDialogDesigner folder of the first
BASINS CD. The dialog designer is included with Arc View 3.1 and is already installed.
Table 3.1. BASINS Hardware and Software Requirements
fer
KD
ICO
Hardware/Software
Minimum Requirements
Preferred Requirements
Processor
Available hard disk space
Random access memory
(RAM)
Compact disc reader
Color monitor
Operating system
ArcView
133-MHz Pentium processor
For a single 8-digit watershed
(cataloging unit), allow for 250 mb
(20 mb for BASINS system, 130
mb for BASINS Environmental
Data, and 100 mb of free
operating space).
32 mb of RAM plus 32 mb of
permanent virtual memory swap
space
Quad speed reader (one-time use)
Configured for 16 colors
Windows 95, Windows 98, NT*
ArcView, Version 3.0a, ArcView
Dialog Designer or ArcView, version
3.1
200-Mhz Pentium processor or
higher
620 mb (20 mb for BASINS
system, 500 mb for BASINS
environmental data for
approximately 1 state, and 100
mb of free operating space).
64 mb of RAM plus
64 mb of permanent virtual
memory swap space
24X reader (one-time use)
Configured for 256 colors
Windows 95, Windows 98, NT*
ArcView Version 3.0a, ArcView
Dialog Designer or ArcView, version
3.1
*QUAL2E cannot operate on NT.
3-1
-------
-------
4 Installation
Section 4
Installation
This section outlines the steps involved in installing BASINS and creating a project. BASINS is
available on the World Wide Web at http;//www.epa.gov/ost/basins. Additionally, BASINS is
packaged in 10 sets of CDs, each set corresponding to a USEPA Region.
The key steps for installing an operational BASINS system on a user's computer include the
following:
1. Obtain BASINS through the World Wide Web or as a set of CDs.
2. Install the BASINS system.
3. Extract BASINS data.
4. Build a "Project File."
Installation Requirements
It is assumed that BASINS users already have some familiarity with Microsoft Windows, as well as
GIS concepts and Arc View software, and that they have a basic understanding of water quality
analysis techniques and modeling.
Important: Arc View Version 3.0a or 3.1 must be installed on the computer before BASINS can be
installed. In addition, you will need Arc View Dialog Designer extension to run BASINS.
The procedure for a complete installation of BASINS from CDs is described in the subsections that
follow. The installation process can take from 30 minutes to several hours, depending on computer
specifications and performance, CD reader speed, and the geographical size of the area for which
data are to be installed.
If you have Arc View 3.0 installed on your computer, you need to download Arc View GIS Version
3.0a Update from the Internet (http://www.esri.com) and follow the instructions to upgrade to
Arc View 3.0a.
Since BASINS Version 2.0 uses custom dialog boxes, it is necessary to have Arc View Dialog
Designer installed along with Arc View 3.0a (Arc View 3.1 includes the dialog designer). The
BASINS setup program will check your computer and prompt you to install Dialog Designer if it is
not already installed. Dialog Designer is not a stand-alone program, and therefore you will not see
any special icon for it. ESRI distributes Dialog Designer for free to Arc View users. A copy of Dialog
Designer is also included on the first CD in BASINS. Arc View Dialog Designer is also available for
download from http://www.esri.com/base/products/arcview/avsoftware.html.
4-1
-------
-------
4.1 BASINS System Setup
4.1 BASINS System Setup
Purpose
The BASINS installation program checks your computer for necessary programs; copies BASINS
system files, tools, and models; and sets up BASINS icons automatically.
Application
The BASINS system, which can be downloaded or installed from the first CD (in the CD set),
includes all BASINS tools, utilities, and models. There are six main components of
BASINSBASINS Project, Data Extraction tool, Project Builder, Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM),
QUAL2E, and TOXIROUTE. BASINS Project is an Arc View file that contains all GIS-based
custom components to manipulate spatial data, display maps, and process data for model input files.
The BASINS Project file is not created until you perform data extraction and run Project Builder.
NPSM is a dynamic watershed and receiving water quality model, whereas QUAL2E and
TOXIROUTE are steady-state receiving water quality models. The BASINS installation program
copies all three models, Data Extraction tool, and Project Builder to your local hard drive in a fixed
directory structure. It also sets up a Windows BASINS program group that includes seven icons, one
for each of the components mentioned above and an additional BASINS Projector tool. The BASINS
Projector tool is used to project data sets that where extracted in an unprojected format using Data
Extraction.
Procedures
Key Procedures
Download the system setup file from the BASINS web site or insert BASINS
CD1.
RunSETUP.EXE.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
Tip: The BASINS system is contained on the first CD. The BASINS installation program does
not copy any BASINS data (except the optional tutorial) to your hard drive.
Tip: If you have multiple hard drives or partitioned drives, you may have only one BASINS
directory in each partitioned or physical drive.
4.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
System Setup Procedures
1. If you are installing BASINS from a set of CDs, insert BASINS CD 1 into a CD drive (e.g., drive D).
Ohterwise, download the BASINS system file (compressed to one file as setup.exe) from the
BASINS web site and save it to a temporary location on your hard disk. Choose Run from the Start
menu and browse to select the setup.exe file from the root directory of the CD or from the location
where you saved the downloaded file.
2. When setup starts, follow the instructions on your screen. You will be prompted to select a hard
drive where BASINS will be installed. After you select a drive, setup will create a BASINS directory
on that drive. (Note: The BASINS environmental data, which you will select later, will also be
placed in this directory. Keep this in mind if your computer has multiple hard drives.)
3. The BASINS setup program will check your computer and prompt you to install Dialog Designer if
it is not already installed. Since BASINS 2 uses custom dialog boxes, it is necessary to have
ArcView Dialog Designer installed along with Arc View 3.0a or Arc View 3.1.
The setup program checks your computer for ArcView software and evaluates the available hard disk space.
It will inform you if it does not find at least 30 megabytes of space available to install the base software or if
it cannot locate ArcView. It will give you an option to install Tutorial data on your hard drive.
At completion, setup will have created a BASINS directory structure on the selected hard drive, as shown in
Table 4.1.1. Setup also will have created a Windows program group labeled BASINS that contains seven
program iconsBASINS, Data Extraction, Project Builder, NPSM, QUAL2E, TOXIROUTE, and BASINS
Projector (screen 4.1.1). The BASINS icon facilitates the use of BASINS projects with ArcView. You can
use the Data Extraction and Project Builder program icons to generate BASINS projects. The NPSM,
QUAL2E, and TOXIROUTE icons let you launch these modeling programs independently without BASINS;
this feature is included for those who want to perform simulations using user-supplied data or continue
working on a session set up previously. Executing the models from within the BASINS environment offers
the benefit of BASINS' data preparation capabilities.
Table 4.1.1 BASINS Directory Structure
BASINS Directory
Content or Purpose
drive:\BASINS\APR
drive:\BASINS\CLASSES
drive:\BASINS\DATA
drive:\BASINS\ETC
drive:\BASINS\MODELS\NPSM
drive:\BASI NS\MODELS\QUAL2E
drive:\BASINS\MODELS\TOXIROUTE
drive:\BAS!NS\MODELOUT
drive:\BASINS\TEMP
BASINS-related ArcView project files (*.APR)
Classification schemes for BASINS charts and maps
BASINS environmental data in user-named subdirectories
(See Section 4.2, Data Extraction, for more information.)
BASINS system files
Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) system files
QUAL2E model system files
TOXIROUTE model system files
Output files from BASINS modeling sessions (except
QUAL2E)
BASINS temporary system files
4.1-2
-------
4.1 BASINS System Setup
Tip: The Windows program group is shown in Screen 4.1.1. Verify that the six program icons have been
created.
sBasin^ Projector
"V* * * 1 f& *~>"~i
E&SINS - -
piป"ซ-x ** i
Data Extraction
pNonpoint Source Model
Project Builder
,*V>., - , ' > ป N "
IQUAL2E
IToxiroute
i
Screen 4.1.1
BASINS System Installation and Server Setup Options
Although BASINS was designed as a stand-alone program to be operated from a local desktop computer,
there are several options for setting up and using BASINS from a network server. These options and their
limitations are summarized in Table 4.1.2. Option 1 is similar to the standard setup discussed above;
however, ArcView is run from a network server. This option requires no special setup. The BASINS setup
program locates the ArcView program and prompts the user to specify the path is correct.
Option 2 allows the user to run the BASINS program from a network server. In addition, BASINS projects
and data are also maintained on the server. Several additional steps are required to set up the BASINS system
program, including the following:
Map the desired network drive to a local drive using Windows Explorer. The selected drive letter
(e.g., X:\) must always be used to map to the network drive containing the BASINS directory.
Run the system BASINS SETUP file as described above. You will be prompted to select the desired
drive to copy the system files to. Select the mapped network drive (e.g., X:\).
Follow the remaining instructions on the screen.
BASINS data and project files need to be kept in the BASINS directory on the server, as described in the
Data Extraction and Project Builder sections. Although multiple users will have access to a BASINS project
on the server, it is recommended that only one user use the BASINS system at a time. The system may
become unstable if accessed by multiple users at the same time. It should be noted that if you try to run
BASINS from another computer it must be mapped to the network drive using the same local computer drive
letter (e.g., X:\).
4.1-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table 4.1.2 BASINS Directory Structure
Option
1
2
Description
BASINS system and data on local computer
and ArcView on server.
BASINS system and data on server and
ArcView on server or local computer
Limitations
None
Single user.
Must always map network drive
to the same local drive.
4.1-4
-------
4.2 Data Extraction
4.2 Data Extraction
Purpose
The BASINS Data Extraction tool allows users to extract environmental data for a specific
geographic area from downloaded archive files or BASINS CDS. This tool is also used to define the
desired map projections.
Application
BASINS data on the Internet are already processed by specific geographic areas (e.g., cataloging
units) and compressed into self-extracting zip files (archive files). The data are compressed into four
separate files including the core data, Reach File Version 3 Alpha (RF3), Digital Elevation Model
(DEM) data and meteorological data (WDMs). The core data file is required to set up a BASINS
project, whereas the RF3 and DEM files are optional. The WDM files are required to run NPSM.
Once the desired files have been downloaded, the Data Extraction tool is used to decompress the
data and define a map projection, if desired.
Each set of BASINS CDS includes data for an entire EPA Region. In most applications, it is
unnecessary to extract all data contained within a given region. Loading the data set for an entire
region results in a very large project file that will likely slow down the performance (response time)
of the computer. The BASINS Data Extraction tool was designed to let users define a limited area of
interest and extract the corresponding data. This process places the retrieved data into the BASINS
data directory on the user's selected hard drive.
Procedures
Key Procedures
For extraction from downloaded files
/ Download the data files from the BASINS web site
v' Select Data Extraction in the BASINS Windows program group
i/' Choose the "Web Archive" data source option
ซ/ Select the downloaded data files (core data file and/or RF3 and DEM)
%^ Specify if you want to project the data and enter projection parameters
4.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Key Procedures (continued)
For extraction from CD
/ Insert BASINS CD 1
^ Select Data Extraction in the BASINS Windows program group
/" Choose the "CD-ROM" data source option
/" Click on the Boundary Type button and select from the drop-down list
/ Select the area for which you want to extract data
/ Click on the Data Extraction button
v' Select the data types for your extraction and specify whether you want to project the
data
*/" Enter projection parameters if you chose to project the data
Tip: You may run the Data Extraction tool more than once to extract data for multiple geographically
unconnected areas. Each time you run the Data Extraction tool, it will create a separate data
directory under BASINS\DATA unless you choose to overwrite a previously extracted data set.
Data Extraction from Downloaded Web Files
1. Download BASINS GIS data from the BASINS web site ( http://www.epa.gov/ost/basins ).
Currently, the data are organized by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) eight-digit hydrologic unit code
(HUC). Future data sets will also be available by state. The data on the web site are grouped into four
main file types.
Core data. The main GIS data set is contained in a compressed file called
NAME_CORE.EXE, where NAME is the eight-digit cataloging unit ID or two-letter state
abbreviation (state data files will be available in the future). The core data file is required.
RF3 data and DEM data. Reach File Version 3 (RF3) alpha and DEM elevation data are
compressed into separate files by cataloging unit (8-digit USGS HUC). These files are not
required but are useful for modeling and mapping display purposes.
Meteorological data. The meteorological data, referred to as watershed data management
(WDM) files, are available by state. These data are required to run the Nonpoint Source
Model (NPSM). The data are organized by 2-letter state abbreviation. (Note: The Data
Extraction tool is not used for extracting weather data files. These files can be downloaded
and then self-extracted by double-clicking on the file name and placing the three extracted
files into the BASINS\DATA\MET_DATA directory.)
4.2-2
-------
4.2 Data Extraction
2. Run Data Extraction from the BASINS program group by navigating through the Windows Stan,
Programs, and BASINS menus on your desktop and clicking the Data Extraction icon (Screen 4.1.1).
This initiates the BASINS Data Extraction tool program. The first dialog box prompts you to
specify whether you want to extract from a BASINS CD or web archive file downloaded from the
BASINS web site (Screen 4.2.1). Choose "Web Archive" and click OK.
Data Extraction
, Choose the data source
'' *for the extraction,
CD-ROM
Screen 4.2.1
3. The next dialog box prompts you to specify whether you want to project the data. If you choose to do
so, select a standard "category" and "type" from the pull-down boxes (Screen 4.2.2). The map
projection parameters can be altered manually by choosing the "custom" option. For example, use
the custom option to select the "Albers-Equal-Area" map projection for the conterminous United
States and the "GRS 80" spheroid (GRS 80 spheroid is used to project data based on NAD 83).
Additional information on map projections is provided at the end of this section. Click OK to
proceed.
Projection Properties
" O> Custom
Calegorjr. j
' * * '
.Type:
m
r Pro jediorc ^ T fans verse M ercator
^Sphenoid SRS 80 -
Central Meffdian -8|16667 ^ '
IR^fetehCefatudeT 30.00000 '*
'S(QafeFaqtor, 0,93990 ^ ,
False,Easfeci.'2qOOC30.00000 t *.-. ',
False Northing' 0.00000
Screen 4.2.2
4.2-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Tip: Although data projection is not necessary to display the data in GIS, it is necessary to project the
data before you can use certain features in BASINS. For example, ArcView cannot calculate
distances and areas if you have not projected the data and, therefore, you will not be able to run
the models (e.g., NPSM) properly.
4. In the "Choose Archives to Project" dialog box, browse to select the downloaded compressed data
files (Screen 4.2.3). The "core" archive file must be extracted first with or without the RF3 and DEM
files. Multiple files for a given cataloging unit or state can be selected at the same time by holding
down the shift key while clicking on the desired file names. Click OK to continue. The files will
begin to self-extract to the BASESfS\DATA\ directory where "NAME" is the state
abbreviation or cataloging unit ID.
Screen 4.2.3
5. The final dialog box informs you that the extraction was completed successfully. Click OK.
6. Run BASINS Project Builder. Once the core data set has been extracted for a new cataloging unit or
state, BASINS Project Builder needs to be run to build a new project. Refer to Section 4.3, Project
Builder. If RF3 and DEM data were extracted separately for an existing project, simply use the Add
Theme function in BASINS to add these data layers to a project view.
Tip: lfRF3 and DEM archive files were not extracted with the core data and you would like to add them
to an existing project, you will need to run Data Extraction on these two files. Project the data to
the same map projections used for the core data. Data Extraction will place these files in the
project directory under the /BASINS/DATA directory. Use the BASINS Import (add theme) tool to
import these data layers to an existing project (see Section 7.2).
Data Extraction from BASINS CDs
1. Run Data Extraction from the BASINS program group by navigating through the Windows Start,
Programs, and BASINS menus on your desktop and clicking the Data Extraction icon (Screen 4.1.1).
This initiates the BASINS Data Extraction tool program. The first dialog box prompts you to
4.2-4
-------
4.2 Data Extrscffon
specify whether you want to extract from a BASINS CD or web archive file downloaded from the
BASINS web site (Screen 4.2.1). Choose "BASINS CD" and click OK.
2. A map of the geographic extent of the data available in the set of BASINS CDs will be displayed
(Screen 4.2.4). A view of EPA Region 3 is shown here. Your view will display the appropriate EPA
Region, depending on which regional CD set you are using. Follow the remaining extraction steps.
Screen 4.2.4
3. Pull down the Extraction menu and select Boundary Type. Four boundary types are available in this
view (Screen 4.2.5)State, County, Hydrologic Accounting Unit, and Hydrologic Cataloging Unit.
The Hydrologic Accounting Unit and Hydrologic Cataloguing Unit are six-digit and eight-digit
USGS watershed boundaries, respectively.
State
County
Hydrologic Accounting Unit
Screen 4.2.5
4.2-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
4. Select the boundary type that most effectively defines the area for which data are needed. The default
boundary type is "state". Appropriate labels will be displayed on the view with the selected boundary
type. You can extract data for one or more watersheds (select Cataloging Unit Boundaries), one or
more counties (select County Boundaries), an entire accounting unit (select Accounting Unit
Boundaries), an entire state (select State Boundaries), or an entire region (select all the states in the
EPA Region). Click OK after making a selection.
5. Use the Zoom, Unzoom, and Pan features to optimize the view window. Activate the Select
Feature tool from the Arc View button bar, and point and click or drag a box to select the area for
which data are needed. The area will become highlighted in yellow (Screen 4.2.6).
Make sure that you have enough space in the hard drive before you continue to the next step. You
will need approximately 120 megabytes of free space to extract data for one cataloging unit
(assuming that one weather data file [WDM] will be selected later in the section) and up to 500
megabytes for one state. You will also need 10 megabytes of work space.
6. Pull down the Extraction menu and select Data Extraction, as shown in Screen 4.2.6.
BASINS 2.0 Data Extraction
mmm
Screen 4.2.6
Tip: Although data projection is not necessary to display the data in GIS, it is necessary to project the
data before you can use certain features in BASINS. For example, ArcView cannot calculate
distances and areas if you do not project the data and, therefore, you will not be able to run
BASINS models (e.g., NPSM) properly.
4.2-6
-------
4.2 Data Extraction
7. A dialog box prompts you to select the data types to extract and to specify whether you want to
project the data during data extraction (Screen 4.2.7). The data types include standard, DEM, and
RF3. Standard ("core") data include all environmental data in BASINS 2.0 except DEM and RF3
data. The standard data need to be extracted first with or without DEM and RF3. The DEM and RF3
files can be extracted individually at a later time and added to an existing BASINS project.
BASINS 2.0 Data Extraction
Screen 4.2.7
All data in BASINS CDs are unprojected (geographic). If you want to project the data to a projection of
your choice, click on Yes in the "Project the data" option.
8. Select a standard "category" and "type" from the pull-down menus (Screen 4.2.2). This screen will
not appear if you did not choose to project the data in Screen 4.2.7. The map projection parameters
can be altered manually by choosing the "custom" option. Additional information on map projections
is provided at the end of this section. Click OK to proceed.
9. Enter a name for the directory that will contain the resulting extracted data (Screen 4.2.8). BASINS
will accept only an eight-character name (without any spaces) for the directory name. This directory
will be a subdirectory in the \BASINS\DATA directory. After you enter a name, click OK.
BASINS Data Extraction
itซ
* l-ttter a name for the
Screen 4.2.8
4.2-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
10. A dialog box will inform you that data extraction and the data projection will take from several
minutes to several hours, depending on the performance of your computer, the speed of your CD
reader, and the geographical extent of the area defined for extraction. Click OK to continue.
11. Insert BASINS CD 2 into the CD reader when you are asked to do so (Screen 4.2.9). Choose OK
after you place the CD in the reader. Depending on the EPA Region and what data (standard, RF3,
and/or DEM) you choose to extract, you will be asked to insert additional CDs when needed.
Screen 4.2.9
12. Extract weather data files. Hourly weather data for different weather stations within a given state are
located in one Watershed Data Management (WDM) file. These data are necessary to successfully
run the Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM). The WDM files are very large, and you might not want to
extract WDM files outside your state bound"ary. Therefore, depending on the location of the
geographic area you are interested in, select one or more states for which to extract weather data
(Screen 4.2.10).
Screen 4.2.10
4.2-8
-------
4.2 Data Extraction
Tip: If your watershed is located near the state boundary, you might be interested in the
meteorological stations located in a WDM file for the adjacent state. In that case you may select
multiple states in Screen 4.2.10. All meteorological data and additional information are packaged
in a set of three files with the same name and three different extensionsWDM, INF, and TXT.
The two-letter state abbreviation is used for the first part of the file names. The Data Extraction
tool creates a directory under BASINS\DATA called MET_DATA. The MET_DATA directory contains all
WDM files and other associated files.
13. A dialog box indicates completion of the data extraction (Screen 4.2.11). If the data extraction is not
completed successfully, check for possible causes as follows:
a. Verify that there is enough free space on the destination drive (the drive that has the BASINS
directory).
b. Verify that the computer has at least 32 megabytes of RAM installed.
c. Some CD readers spin down when not in use. Check to see that the CD-ROM can be accessed by
BASINS. One way to do this is to open a DOS session and type "Dir d:" (or whatever letter the
CD drive is).
d. Clean any fingerprints, dust, or smudges from the surface of the BASINS CD using a soft, dry
cloth and CD cleaning liquid or ethyl alcohol.
e. Some computer systems are incompatible with the maps projection functions used by BASINS
Data Extraction tool. Use the BASINS Projector tool described below to project the data set.
BASINS Data Extraction
Data Extraction completed successfully!
BASINS data has been written to directory:
SbasinsSdataVT utorial
Before using the BASINS system. Project Builder must be run.
Screen 4.2.11
4.2-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
BASINS Projector Tool
During BASINS development and testing, a problem was identified with the incompatibility of some
computer systems and the projection functions used by BASINS Data Extraction. The BASINS Projector
tool was developed to remedy these map projection problems. If you encounter an error due to projection
problems, we suggest that you re-extract the data set into an unprojected mapping format, then run the
BASINS Projector tool following the procedures described below.
1. If a projection error occurs during Data Extraction, delete the newly created data project file located
on the BASINS DATA directory. Run Data Extraction and select No when prompted to project the
data.
2. Once Data Extraction is complete, run BASINS Projector from the program menu to project the data
set.
3. Specify the desired map projection parameters following the same procedures described for Data
Extraction.
4. The next dialog box will prompt you to choose a data directory (Screen 4.2.12). Select a directory
and click Ok to continue. Selecting Cancel will exit the Projector.
c:\basins\data\17060306
Screen 4.2.12
5. The data will be projected and saved under the same project directory. Run BASINS Project Builder
using this data set to create a new BASINS project.
4.2-10
-------
4.2 Data Extraction
Introduction to Map Projections
Map projections are mathematical formulations that allow areas on the surface of the earth to be represented .
on a flat surface such as a map. Precise positions of features on the earth's surface can be obtained from the
map. All map projections distort shape, area, distance, or direction to some degree. The impact of these
distortions depends on the intended use of the map and its scale. At a large scale, such as a street map,
distortion caused by the projection may be negligible because the map covers only a small part of the earth's
surface. On small-scale maps, like regional and world maps, distortion should be a much bigger
consideration, especially if the application of your map involves comparison of the shape, area, or distance of
different features. In these cases, it becomes very important to know the projection characteristics of the map
you are using. Depending on the application and the scale of the map, it is important to know which map
projection is used by each data set so that you don't use spatial data sets that are in different projections
within the same view.
BASINS data are in decimal degrees and are based on the 1983 North American Datum (NAD 83). The
decimal degrees system is a spherical coordinate system and therefore, by definition, unprojected. In decimal
degrees, longitude-latitude is expressed as a decimal rather than in degrees, minutes, and seconds. Data in
decimal degrees can be drawn in any projection in Arc View. The map projection for BASINS data is selected
during Date Extraction. The user has the option of using a "standard" or "custom" projection. Since
BASINS uses Arc View projection functions and dialog boxes to perform map projections, the user can refer
to Arc View's on-line help for additional information on map projections. (For help, press the "Fl" key while
the projection screen is active.)
The first projection dialog box prompts the user to select a projection category and type (Screen 4.2.13). The
categories are generic groupings developed for Arc View based on mapping scale (e.g., the world or state).
The type pull-down menu contains actual projection names. The standard projection parameters will be
displayed under the type as shown in Screen 4.2.14. The user can specify other projection parameter values
by selecting the "custom" option (Screen 4.2.15). Remember that BASINS data is based on the 1983 North
American Datum (NAD 83), therefore, the GRS 80 spheroid must be used to properly project the data.
Tip: BASINS data are unprojected and based on the NAD 83. It is necessary to project BASINS data
using Data Extract before you can use certain features in BASINS. For example, ArcView cannot
calculate distances and areas if you do not project the data and, therefore, you will not be able to
run BASINS models (e.g., NPSM) properly.
Tip: Press the Fl key while a Projection Properties screen is active to display ArcView's On-Line help on
map projections.
Tip: The BASINS Projector tool is currently being updated to include a function for converting BASINS
data sets from NAD 83 to NAD 27. This will allow BASINS data to be compatible with agency data
based on NAD 27. The new Projector tool will be available from the BASINS web site
(www. epa.gov/ost/basins).
4.2-11
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Projections of the World
Projections of a Hemisphere
Projections of the United States
State Plane-1927
State Plane-1983
UTM
National Grids
Screen 4.2.13
Screen 4.2.14
4.2-12
-------
4.2. Data Extraction
Projection Properties
y Albers E qua!Area Conic
*ซ" - * :r;r~ซ ! - ซป-3,Bf-' -ซ-
dard Parallel 1:
vป '
ard Parallel 2:
" -*"
e Easting:,.
,. j
rthing;
Screen 4.2.15
Data themes provided by the user must be projected to the same projection as the BASINS
project. In addition, the data must be based on the NAD 83. The projection parameters for an
existing BASINS project can be viewed using the "Lookup, Projection Parameters" menu function
in the BASINS view. Refer to Section 7.2, Import, for information on importing user-supplied data
(non-BASINS data).
4.2-13
-------
-------
4.3 Project Builder
4.3 Project Builder
Purpose
The Project Builder creates an Arc View project file from an extracted data set created with Data
Extraction. The new project includes all BASINS GIS tools and utilities, as well as links to the
geographic data you have extracted.
Application
BASINS Project Builder creates an Arc View project file that contains links to your retrieved data
and incorporates all customized GIS functions into your Arc View project file. The project file
contains a customized Arc View Graphical User Interface (GUI) including menus, buttons, and tools.
Details of BASINS custom menus, buttons, amd tools are discussed in later sections. All
environmental data layers except Reach File Version 3 (RF3) and DEM data are automatically
included in a project file. The RF3 and the DEM data layers need to be imported manually using the
Arc View Add Themes feature under the View menu. RF3 and DEM data are tiled by watershed (8-
digit cataloging units) and located in your data directory. (Refer to Section 4.2 on how to extract
RF3 and DEM data from the BASINS CD or web site.) You can import RF3 and DEM data to your
project file on an as-needed basis to keep your project file clean and efficient.
Procedures
IB
is
Key Procedures
/ Click the Project Builder icon in the BASINS Windows program group
ซ/" Enter a project name
/" Select a data directory from the drop-down list
Tip: You may create multiple project files by running the Project Builder more than once.
However, you cannot create a project file that includes data from two or more separate
Data Extraction runs.
4.3-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1.
Navigate through the Start, Programs, and BASINS menus on your desktop and click the
Project Builder icon. This initiates the BASINS Project Builder subsystem (Screen 4.3. 1).
Screen 4.3.1
2. Supply a name for the project file to be created. The file name may be up to eight characters
in length. Do not provide a file name extension. The file name will be assigned an ".apr"
extension. Click OK after you enter a project file name (Screen 4.3.2).
Screen 4.3.2
3. Select a data directory from the drop-down list (Screen 4.3.3). You may have multiple data
directories, depending on the number of data extractions you have performed. The
drop-down list contains all the directories created during data extractions. Click OK after
you make your selection.
Ic:\basjns\dataStutQfial
MMjBBH
Screen 4.3.3
Tip: Although there will be an additional directory under BAS1NS\DATA called MET_DATA, it will
not be displayed in the drop-down list. The MET_DATA directory contains all weather data
files for the NPSM simulation.
4.3-2
-------
4.3 Project Builder
4. A dialog box indicates the completion of Project Builder (Screen 4.3.4).
TUTORIAL " * . ' ", \_ ;,
Click the Project Builder icon in the BASINS Windows program group
Enter a project name
Select the BASINS\DATA\TUTORIAL directory.
BASINS Project Builder
Project Builder completed successfully!
BASINS ArcView project - Tutorial, apr - created.
To begin using the BASINS system:
1) Click the BASINS icon.
2) Select project fileABASINSSAPRVTUTQRIALAPR using the
Open Project dialog box.
3) Choose OK.
Screen 4.3.4
4.3-3
-------
-------
4.4 Opening a BASINS Project
4.4 Opening a BASINS Project
Purpose
This section explains how to open a BASINS project file.
Application
To begin using BASINS, you need to open a BASINS project. Completing a Data Extraction and
Project Builder session produces a BASINS project file. The project file contains instructions for
Arc View that generate the BASINS custom environment, which consists of a specialized user
interface, access to water analysis tools, and BASINS-supplied data.
Procedures
1. Click the BASINS icon in the BASINS Windows program group (Screen 4.1.1). This
initiates the "Open BASINS Project" dialog box (Screen 4.4.1).
2. Select a project file from the \BASINS\APR directory. Click on OK after selection is
complete. This will open the BASINS project.
' Filename |Tutorial apt
a
fipen,
| BASINS Pioiect Files
Screen 4.4.1
4.4-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Tip: It is better to select project files using the BASINS program icon than to use ArcView alone
because the BASINS program cleans up temporary files when it is started.
Select TUTORIAL.APR
4.4-2
-------
5 BASINS Components
Ssctlon 5
BASINS Components
BASINS Customized ArcView Interface
The BASINS customized ArcView Interface contains all of the menu, button, and tool bar items that
are present in the standard ArcView interface. These standard components provide access to
Arc View's data query, spatial analysis, and map generation tools. The BASINS interface also
contains a number of additional menus and tool bar items that execute BASINS Assessment Tools,
BASINS Utilities, Watershed Characterization Reports, Stream Water Quality Models, and the
Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM). The BASINS Customized ArcView Interface is displayed in
Screen 5.1.
Screen 5.1
5-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Standard ArcView Tool Bar Items
The following ArcView tool bar items are present in the BASINS Customized ArcView Interface. They are
used throughout this manual. Use this section as a reference during execution of BASINS functions.
Save Project
Theme Properties
Edit Legend
Open Theme Table
Rnd
Locate Address
Query Builder
Zoom to Full Extent
Zoom to Active Theme(s)
Zoom to Selected
Zoom In
Zoom Out
Zoom to Previous Extent
Select Features
Using Graphic
Clear Selected Features
Help
I I Change Projection
Identify
Pointer
Vertex Edit
Select Feature
Zoom In
Zoom Out
Pan
Measure
Hot Link
Area of Interest
Label
Text
Draw Point
BASINS Assessment Tools
The BASINS Assessment Tools consist of three geographically based toolsTARGET, ASSESS, and Data
Mining. These tools can be used to assess in-stream water quality conditions and point source discharges at
the regional, watershed, and stream segment levels.. , . ; .r >,,,
5-2
-------
5 BASINS Components
TARGET is accessed from the Target menu and provides two options: Water Quality and Permitted
Discharges.
ASSESS is accessed from the Assess menu and provides the same options as TARGET, Water Quality and
Permitted Discharges.
Data Mining is executed by selecting the Data Mining tool bar item. This tool is only available
when either the PCS, Water Quality Stations, or Bacteria Station Theme is active.
BASINS Utilities
The BASINS Utilities provide the user with the ability to delineate watersheds, import local data, reclassify
land use data, manipulate water quality observation data, reclassify DEM data, query various environmental
databases, and view projection properties.
Watershed Delineation enables the user to define watershed boundaries at a level smaller than the
8-digit Cataloging Unit Boundary level. This function is executed by selecting the Watershed
Delineation tool bar item. This tool is available when a Watershed Boundary Theme is active.
A watershed boundary created in BASINS can be deleted using the Watershed Cleaning tool bar
item.
Import enables the user to import watershed, land use, DEM, and Reach File Version 3 data for
use with BASINS, or to import any theme as a standard Arc View coverage. Import is executed by
selecting the Import tool bar item.
Land Use Reclassification enables the user to reclassify a land use coverage imported into BASINS. This
function is accessed by selecting Re-classify Land Use from the Utility menu.
Water Quality Observation Station Management enables the user to access and manipulate water
quality observation station information and data. It is composed of a set of station management
tools and two utilities for appending and exporting water quality observation data. The station
management tools are accessed by selecting the Station Management tool bar item. The other
tools can be accessed by selecting either Append Water Quality Observation Data or Export Water
Quality Observation Data from the Utility menu. These tools are available when the Water Quality
Observation Theme is active.
DEM Reclassification enables the user to reclassify DEM polygon data to better represent a study area. This
function is accessed through selection of Re-classify DEM from the Utility menu.
Lookup Tables enable the user to query a number of environmental databases and view projection properties.
This function is accessed through selection of Water Quality Criteria, Standard Industrial Codes, STORET
Agency Codes, or Projection Parameters from the Lookup menu.
Watershed Characterization Reports
Watershed Characterization Reports assist in summarizing key watershed information. A number of reports
can be developed to inventory and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at the watershed and
subwatershed scale. Watershed Characterization Reports can be created by selecting Point Source
5-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Inventory Report, Water Quality Summary Report, Landuse Distribution Report, Toxic Air Emission Report,
State Soil Characteristic Report, or Watershed Topographic Report from the Report menu.
Stream Water Quality Models
Two stream water quality models can be executed from BASINS: QUAL2E and TOXIROUTE. The
BASINS system develops the input files required to run both models.
QUAL2E is a steady-state, one-dimensional receiving water quality model. It is accessed through selection
of QUAL2E from the Models menu.
TOXIROUTE performs simple assessments of pollutant concentrations in rivers. It is accessed through
selection of TOXIROUTE from the Models menu.
Visualization enables the user to graphically view output from both QUAL2E and TOXIROUTE. This
graphical visualization is accessed through selection of Visualize from the Models menu.
Nonpolnt Source Model (NPSM)
The Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) is a planning-level watershed model integrating both point and
nonpoint sources. It is capable of simulating nonpoint source runoff and associated pollutant loadings,
accounting for point source discharges, and performing flow and water quality routing through stream
reaches and well-mixed reservoirs. It is executed through selection of NPSM from the Models menu.
BASINS Data Products
The BASINS Version 2.0 system is distributed with several national, regional, and state-level data products.
The data consist of base cartographic products (such as state and county boundaries) and environmental
products (such as water quality monitoring and industrial facility locations). These data products are
accessible within the BASINS system through Arcview standard mapping and analysis tools and through
BASINS customized tools and models.
Table 5.1 is a list of supported data products in BASINS Version 2.0, which also indicates data owners and
reference web sites when available. The list is arranged so that it matches the default listing of data products
in the table of contents of the BASINS View window. The name of the Arcview theme and related DBF
tables are shown for each data product. The table also shows what models and tools are used to access the
data product. Appendix A provides the definition of every attribute field within each data product. All
BASINS2 data is documented using the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC) metadata standard. A
copy of the metadata can be obtained from www.epa.gov/ost/basins/metadata.htm.
5-4
-------
5 BASINS Components
Table 5.1 BASINS Version 2.0 Data Products
BASINS Data Product
Theme Name
File Name
Customized Models
and Tools*
*Pejjit Compliance System (PCS)
ra^s and ^omputeS Annual
jLopdljjgs^
t jurce: US Envjronrrjental
F^rcrtecfion Agency fus'EPA)
iC""
Permit Compliance System
Related Table Names:
Permitted Discharges 1991
Permitted Discharges 1992
Permitted Discharges 1993
Permitted Discharges 1994
Permitted Discharges 1995
Permitted Discharges 1996
Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
PCS Code Description
pcs.dbf
pcs.shp
pcs.shx
pcsld91.dbf
pcsld92.dbf
pcsld93.dbf
pcsld94.dbf
pcsld95.dbf
pcsld96.dbf
pcs_prm.dbf
PCS code.dbf
Target, Assess, Data Mining,
Point Source Inventory
Report, NPSM, QUAL2E,
TOXIROUTE
(IFD) .. Industrial Facilities Discharge Sites
ifd.dbf
ifd.shp
ifd.shx
NPSM
QUAL2E
TOXIROUTE
ease, Jnyentoiy (TRI) Sites
jtetease Data
|l^://www.epa.gov/env]ro
Related Table Names:
Toxic Release Inventory tri.dbf
, tri.shp
, tri.shx
TRI Air Emission Data 1987 tri_ai87
TRI Air Emission Data 1988 tri_ai88
TRI Air Emission Data 1989 tri_ai89
TRI Air Emission Data 1990 tri_ai90
TRI Air Emission Data 1991 tri_ai91
TRI Air Emission Data 1992 tri_ai92
TRI Air Emission Data 1993 tri_ai93
TRI Air Emission Data 1994 tri_ai94
TRI Air Emission Data 1995 tii_ai95
TRI Land Release Data 1987 tri_lr87
TRI Land Release Data 1988 tri_lr88
TRI Land Release Data 1989 tri_lr89
TRI Land Release Data 1990 tri_lr90
TRI Land Release Data 1991 tri_lr91
TRI Land Release Data 1992 tri_lr92
TRI Land Release Data 1993 tri_lr93
TRI Land Release Data 1994 tri_lr94
TRI Land Release Data 1995 tri_lr95
TRI POTW Data 1991 tri_pw91
TRI POTW Data 1992 trj_pw92
TRI POTW Data 1993 tri_pw93
TRI POTW Data 1994 tri_pw94
TRI POTW Data 1995 tri_pw95
TRI Underground Injection Data 1987 tri_ui87
TRI Underground Injection Data 1988 tri_ui88
TRI Underground Injection Data 1989 tri_ui89
TRI Underground Injection Data 1990 tri_ui90
TRI Underground Injection Data 1991 tri ui91
Toxic Air Emission Report
* In addition to ArcView'standard mapping and analysis tools
5-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table 5.1 Continued
BASINS Data Product Theme Name
Related Table Names (cont): TRI Underground Injection Data 1992
TRI Underground Injection Data 1993
TRI Underground Injection Data 1994
TRI Underground Injection Data 1995
TRI Water Discharge Data 1987
TRI Water Discharge Data 1988
TRI Water Discharge Data 1989
TRI Water Discharge Data 1990
TRI Water Discharge Data 1991
TRI Water Discharge Data 1992
TRi Water Discharge Data 1993
TRI Water Discharge Data 1994
TRI Water Discharge Data 1995
TRI Parameter Table
^ .^l flagonaf pVio7ily"List National Priority List Sites
sg"ป!ygg^!!i "|l"1": '' "5""" "**** ":"!b J:a':'a=s
'K;"1"',1 !*.'-'c'*raซ'VBriซwrซ^
Customized Models
File Name and Tools*
tri_ui92
tri ui93
tri ui94
tri ui95
tri_wd87
tri_wd88
tri wd89
tri wd90
tri_wd91
tri_wd92
tri_wd93
tri_wd94
tri_wd95
tri_prm.dbf
cerclis.dbf
cerclis.shp
cerclis.shx
Hazardous and Solid Waste Sites
rcris.dbf
rcris.shp
rcris.shx
!MSftolh^ Stations &"* Water Quality Stations
,B.T.TT-i7!3!TO3WHraiYL*
Related Table Names:
Water Quality Data 70-74
Water Quality Data 75-79
Water Quality Data 80-84
Water Quality Data 85-89
Water Quality Data 90-94
Water Quality Data 95-97
Water Quality Parameter Table
wq_stat.dbf
wq_stat.shp
wq_stat.shx
wq d7074.dbf
wq d7579.dbf
wq d8084.dbf
wq d8589.dbf
wq d9094.dbf
wq_d9597.dbf
wq_parm.dbf
Target, Assess, Data Mining,
Water Quality Summary
Report
ion|ffiฃSteipnsi& Data_ Bacteria Stations
rles"' '*"*"""""""""" ""' """"' " " "
""uti:
Bacteria Data 70-74
Bacteria Data 75-79
Bacteria Data 80-84
Bacteria Data 85-89
Bacteria Data 90-94
Bacteria Data 95-97
Bacteria Parameter Table
Related Table Names:
bac_stat.dbf
bac_stat.shp
bac_stat.shx
bc_d7074.dbf
bc_d7579.dbf
bc_d8084.dbf
bc_d8589.dbf
bc_d9094.dbf
bc_d9597.dbf
bc_parm.dbf
Data Mining
5-6
-------
5 BAStNS Components
Table 5.1 Continued
BASINS Data Product
Theme Name
File Name
Customized Models
and Tools*
National Sediment" Inventory (NSf)
".Stations & Database
Source: US*EPA
^ * f *
Related Table Names:
Gage Sites
^|ource: USEPA , ^
fc^j^3" f V ^ k'v.
yDam Locations
'^Sojjrce: US Army Corps of
i Engineers ฃ1996)
fReacrt Fjle/Vereiort 1 (RF1)
Source: USEPA"
'Ftef: http://www.epa.gov/envtro/html/
fesdls/data_sets.html
^eitherslatiort Site's
feopfce: National Oceanic and
Sttrnospheric Administration (NOAA)
dRef, fittp://www4.noaa.gov
e^""^S--t-Ti --
p^^^.^^ te *
jy^*Wi-Vป!' ~~ ^ , jl ,
ffrinkTng vVatelr Supply (DWS) Sites
p)ur%" USEPA"
&2-dJvt ' ." -I -
Watershed Data Stations & '
ffia^tebase
Source: NOAA , ^
Jifl^^/www4.noaa.gov/
r'hydplogc Unit Boundaries
^urcefUS'Geological Survey
g???i . ; ^ ."
Jซjr* ป "- ^ i.
fe* " ~> >
p^fsi ^ / * ป
S^ ^v- t f " y *
& '
*#"< 4- i_ , '-
*ป _ '
u * ^5 ^ ^
'Major Roads
tj^oujce: Jed^eral Highway
^drninistration
1 Populated Place Locations
Source: USGS
sซ"K J-ji
National Sediment Inventory Stations
NSI Biotoxicily Data
NSI Tissue Residue Data
NSI Reference Values
NSI Sediment Chemistry Data
NSI Watershed Summary Data
USGS Gage Stations
1
< Dam Locations
* Reach File, VI
Weather Station Sites
Weather Station Area
A
j
Drinking Water Supply Sites
*,
" WDM Weather Data Stations
1
3
' Cataloging Unit Code
4
, Cataloging Unit Boundaries
^
?
jS
, Accounting Unit Boundaries
Major Roads
^
Place Names - (state postal
abbreviation)
nsi.dbf
nsi.shp
nsLshx
nsi_bio.dbf
nsi_tis.dbf
nsi_ref.dbf
nsi_sed.dbf
nsi_wsh.dbf
gage.dbf
gage.shp
gage.shx
dam.dbf
dam.shp
dam.shx
rfl.dbf All report tools, NPSM,
rfl.shp QUAL2E, TOXIROUTE
rfl.shx
metptdbf
metpt.shp
metpt.shx
met_stat.dbf
met_stat.shp
met_stat.shx
dws.dbf
dws.shp
dws.shx
wdm.dbf NPSM
wdm.shp
wdm.shx
cat.dbf Data Extraction, Target,
catshp Assess, Data Mining,
catshx Watershed Delineationi all
catptdbf report tools, all utilities
catptshp (except Lookup Tables),
catptshx NPSM, QUAL2E, TOXIROUTE
acc.dbf
acc.shp
acc.shx
fhards.'dbf
fhards.shp
fhards.shx
(ST)ppl.dbf
(ST)ppl.shp
(ST)ppi.shx
* In addition to ArcView standard mapping and analysis tools
5-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table 5.1 Continued
BASINS Data Product
Theme Name
File Name
Customized Models
and Tools*
Urban Area Names
Urban Area Boundaries
urban_nm.dbf
urban_nm.shp
urbanjim.shx
urban.dbf
urban.shp
urban.shx
County Boundaries
State Boundaries
cntyptdbf
cntypt.shp
cntypt.shx
cnty.dbf
cnty.shp
cnty.shx
stdbf
stshp
st.shx
Data Extraction
iRegons'
EPA Region Boundaries
epa_reg.dbf
epa_reg.shp
epa_reg.shx
All report tools
t Ecoregions (Level III)
ecoreg.dbf
ecoreg:shp
ecoreg.shx
NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
nawqa.dbf
nawqa.shp
nawqa.shx
< Mineral Data
mines.dbf
mines, shp
mines.shx
^ Water Quality Observation Stations
wqobs.dbf
wqobs.shp
wqobs.shx
(cu).dbf
wqobs_prm.dbf
Water Quality Management
tools
'-ifSal;-งM,GfSLi -J 1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
1996cwns.dbf
1996cwns.shp
1996cwns.shx
iteSoi and Geographic " "" State Soil
Sit - if i ..-. ' 'ป " ;;j,S'ซ,;ii.; ry. ,i
nftpyAvww.ftw.nrcs.usda.gov/
JH ,, jHiii,,,, ftJlMJM;. Jll'i^llm,!! hi!,,! Ui ป!ป Jl,., 'It ป^Si,j*i.i , ,,,ป.,
tati.da&,htrnl
Related Table Names:
Soil Component Data
Soil Layer Data
statsgo.dbf
statsgo.shp
statsgo.shx
statsgoc.dbf
statsgol.dbf
State Soil Characteristic
Report
* In addition to ArcView standard mapping and analysis tools
5-8
-------
5 BASINS Components
Table 5.1 Continued
BASINS Data Product
Managed Area Database '
go&c^ef National Aeronautics and
^pace^Administration
SJrtellfish' Areas ' "" ,.
|tefyi|tp;//slate-of-coastnpaa.gov *>
lancf Use and Land "Cover *"
||H|e4|SGSf "*""*' " ^
fAlpha Release" - ^
pToRi|ieh Fil^ Versiori 2.1
llgrtafElevation Map " " t
^Src^USGS
ifittgS'/edcwww.cr.usgs.gov/nsdi/
ig^ndifrn.htrn t *
psjjciig of Fish and'Wildlife
iSnlrce: USEPA 1
Related Table Names:
gg^Tabks /r *
Related Table Names:
Theme Name
Managed Area Database
Classified Shellfish Areas
Land Use Index
LJUSGS Quadrangle Name)
Reach File, V3 (CU)
DEM (CU)
Rsh and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-
Index
Fish and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-
Listing
Water Quality Criteria Table
STORET Agency Codes
Standard Industrial Classification
Codes
File Name
mad.dbf
mad.shp
mad.shx
csa.dbf
csa.shp
csa.shx
lulcndx.dbf
lulcndx.shp
lulcndx.shx
l_(quad).dbf
l_(quad).shp
l_(quad).shx
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx
Ifwa96.dbf
Ifwa96ad.dbf
wqcriter.dbf
storetag.dbf
sic.dbf
Customized Models
and Tools*
Import Tool, Landuse
Distribution Report, Landuse
Re-classification, NPSM
Import Tool
Watershed Reports
NPSM
Import Tool, Watershed
Topographic Report, DEM
Re-classification
Lookup Tables
* In addition to ArcView standard mapping and analysis tools
5-9
-------
-------
6 BASINS Assessment Tools
Section 6
BASINS Assessment Tools
Three main geographically based toolsTARGET, ASSESS, and Data Miningwere developed to
assess in-stream water quality conditions and point source discharges at the regional, watershed, and
stream segment levels. These tools and their applications are described in this section. They are
designed to work jointly to allow the user to perform regional assessments, identify hot spots at a
watershed scale, define water quality and point source discharge conditions within watershed
boundaries, and access and review summary data at a site-specific scale. In addition, using overlays
of various BASINS data in conjunction with these assessment tools provides a powerful approach to
establish preliminary relationships between in-stream water quality conditions and potential sources
and causes.
TARGET Performs a broad-based assessment on the entire extracted project area (region or
state)
ASSESS Used to assess data on an individual watershed (cataloging unit) or a limited set of
watersheds.
Data Mining Generates dynamic links between tables and maps for individual water quality stations
or permitted facility discharges. In addition, Data Mining also operates on the bacteria
monitoring station data layer.
6-1
-------
-------
6.1 TARGET
6.1 TARGET
Purpose
TARGET is used to perform broad-based water quality and/or point source loading data evaluations
on the entire extracted project area.
Application
The BASINS TARGET tool allows the user to make a broad-based evaluation of watershed
conditions using water quality and/or point source loadings data included in the BASINS system.
TARGET is designed to perform analysis on the entire project area extracted (e.g., EPA Region,
state) and is best suited for project areas that include more than one watershed (cataloging unit). It is
designed to integrate and process a large amount of detailed, site-specific data associated with a
project area and to summarize the results on a watershed basis. Using water quality or loading
summaries, TARGET ranks watersheds based on the evaluation parameters and thresholds selected
by the user. This analysis can be used to draw preliminary conclusions based on the wide range of
environmental data included in BASINS (e.g., 47 water quality parameters and most of the
parameters associated with point source dischargers). The available data are analyzed for each
watershed by computing a mean value for the selected parameter. These computed values are then
used for comparisons between watersheds.
Procedures
Key Procedures
Select Water Quality or Permitted Discharges from the TARGET pull-
down menu
Select monitoring time period
Select monitoring parameter to be evaluated
Select desired statistical summary
Enter threshold value (criterion)
6.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1. With BASINS View active, click the TARGET menu and select either Water Quality or Permitted
Discharges (Screen 6.1.1).
The remaining TARGET steps and associated screen captures are similar for both Water Quality and
Permitted Discharges. The following examples correspond to a TARGET session using the Water
Quality option.
Tip: TARGET automatically performs the analysis for the entire extracted project area. There is no need
to select an area for analysis.
BASINS 2.0
jg||(i|t|dpjsci
BASINS View
Industrial FaoiNties
f
Toxio Release Inva'
, T
tf<ซtfena
-------
6.1 TARGET
2. Select a monitoring period for TARGET to use for this session (Screen 6.1.2). Statistical summaries
of monitoring data for each water quality station or permitted facility are provided for six time
periods spanning 1974 to 1997. The statistical summaries are for station data spanning a 5-year
period (3-year period for 1995-1997). Descriptive statistics (mean; 15th, 25th, 50th, 75th, and 85th
percentiles) are provided for 47 physical and chemical-related parameters at each water quality
monitoring station. Refer to Appendix A for additional information on water quality monitoring and
permitted discharge data included in BASINS.
la
Water Quality Targeting
^Select monitoring period:
fP3\ *ffi>" ' faปi
bjFrom 1995to 1997 ' ' ~ '_ ~GD' ' '^'^j
Screen 6.1.2
3. Select a parameter to evaluate (Screen 6.1.3).
-*-
eet rnonrtoring parameter lo evaluate
^ ^^ -^f-U, /ซ'' ^,
NITRATE NITROGEN. TOTAL
LEAD, DISSOLVED
MERCURY, TOTAL
NICKEL, DISSOLVED
NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, DISS. 1 DET.
NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, TOTAL 1 DET.
Screen 6.1.3
4. Select the desired summary statistics to be used for TARGET analysis (Screen 6.1.4).
6.1-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Mean
15th*
25th %
50th %
75th %
Screen 6.1.4
5. Specify a threshold value for the selected monitoring parameter (Screen 6.1.5). The threshold value
can be a regulatory water quality standard, a discharge standard, or a project-specific value. The
default value is zero. As described below, the threshold value will be used to summarize the number
of times the value is exceeded based on the monitoring data statistical summaries.
Tip: Water quality criteria for selected parameters are available in BASINS under the Water Quality
Criteria Lookup Table, which can be activated under the Lookup menu. Refer to Section 7.6 for
details on how to use lookup tables.
Screen 6.1.5
6. The TARGET session ends by generating three output windows (Screen 6.1.6) that summarize the
results in map and graphical form:
A map displaying the average monitoring value computed for each watershed (hydrologic
cataloging unit) based on the user-specified parameter, statistical summary, and threshold value.
A bar chart that shows the distribution of cataloging units with respect to the number of stations
exceeding the selected threshold value.
6.1-4
-------
6.1 TARGET
A bar chart that summarizes the distribution of cataloging units with respect to the average
monitoring values.
Tip: You can repeat this analysis using different monitoring time periods, parameters, and threshold
values. You can also apply TARGET to the evaluation of point source information, using the same
steps.
Tip: TARGET will notify you if no data are available for the selected parameter or if there are no data
exceeding the selected threshold value.
BASINS 2.0
BBS
Targeted Cataloging Units by No. of Stations
Exceeding Threshold
Total Stations in Project Area: 12603
Category
Targeted Cataloging Units by Avg. Monitoring Value
Total Cataloging Units in Project Area: 58
on
-17
Units
L
Category
IO-1.19388(MG/LAS
11.19388- 5.96938 (M
15.96938-23.8775 (M
Screen 6.1.6
,:. '!.:<;* Av^r^^.^
Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE NIT
6.1-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
TUTORIAL
Select water quality from the TARGET pull-down menu (Screen 6.1.1).
Select the following values for the given parameters:
Monitoring period = 1995 to 1997 (Screen 6.1.2)
Water quality monitoring parameter = "Nitrate Nitrogen, Total" (Screen 6.1.3)
Statistical Summary = 85th percent/Ye (Screen 6.1.4)
Threshold value = 0 (Screen 6.1.5)
This TARGET session will generate a view showing the 85th percentile statistical summary of nitrate data
collected between 1995 and 1997 for each watershed in the study area. Because a threshold value of
zero was selected, all available data will be shown on the view. Watersheds that do not have data for the
selected parameter are illustrated by the "< 0" classification in the legend. Screen 6.1.6 shows the output
for this TARGET session. (Note: If a threshold value is selected, only watersheds with summary data values
greater than the threshold value will be displayed. All other watersheds will be grouped into the "<
threshold value" classification.)
6.1-6
-------
6.2 ASSESS
6*ป it f^^rf^f*
.2 ASSESS
Purpose
The BASINS ASSESS tool allows users to perform water quality and point source discharge
assessment on an individual watershed or a group of watersheds. The water quality assessment relies
on the water quality statistical summaries database. It evaluates each monitoring station separately
and provides a comparative view of the water quality condition at each station. The point source
discharge assessment uses the Permit Compliance System (PCS) stations and corresponding data to
produce a comparative view of sources based on the magnitude of their loading discharges.
Application
ASSESS is the second geographically based analytical tool developed in the BASINS GIS
environment. It is a simple assessment tool that allows the user to evaluate water quality and point
source loading data for individual stations or facilities within a given watershed (cataloging unit) or
group of watersheds. Following a TARGET analysis performed on a regional or state level, the user
can apply ASSESS to examine in more detail those watersheds identified as areas of concern.
Because it operates on individual stations (or point sources), it has several applications, including the
following: evaluation of stream conditions, establishment of preliminary relationships between in-
stream water quality conditions and potential sources and causes, and evaluation of monitoring
programs and availability of monitoring data for selected water quality parameters.
Procedures
Key Procedures
%^ Activate Cataloging Unit theme
/ Select watershed(s)
/ Select Water Quality or Permitted Discharges from the ASSESS pull-
down menu.
ป/" Select monitoring time period
/ Select monitoring parameter to be evaluated
i/" Select desired statistical summary on which the analysis will be
performed
6.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Select one or more watersheds of interest using the Select Feature tool. Watersheds can be selected
from BASINS View or the targeting view generated by a TARGET analysis, as shown in Screen
6.2.1. In BASINS View the Cataloging Unit Boundary theme must be active and visible to select a
watershed. The Average Monitoring Value theme must be active and visible if selecting the
watershed from the generated targeting views.
Tip: ASSESS can be run by selecting one or more watersheds within BASINS view, or the Water Quality
or Permitted Discharges views generated using TARGET.
Screen 6.2.1
2. Pull down the ASSESS menu and select either Water Quality or Permitted Discharges (Screen
6.2.1).
The remaining ASSESS steps and associated screens are similar for both Water Quality and
Permitted Discharges. The following examples correspond to an ASSESS session using the Water
Quality option.
6.2-2
-------
6.2 ASSESS
3. The system identifies which cataloging units are selected and prompts you for confirmation
(Screen 6.2.2).
Water Quality Assessment
You chose 02050301 02050304.02050305,02050306,
ft*-***;*. //, 7~i-w
Screen 6.2.2
4. Select a monitoring time period to use for this session (Screen 6.2.3). Note that water quality
statistical summaries are provided for 5-year time periods spanning the years 1970 to 1997; the 1995
to 1997 time period includes only 3 years of data. Descriptive statistics (mean; 15th, 25th, 50th, 75th,
and 85th percentiles, as well as the number of water quality observations and standard deviation) are
provided for each time period and include summary data for 50 physical and chemical-related
parameters. Refer to Appendix A for additional information on the water quality monitoring and
permitted discharge data included in BASINS.
From 1990 to 1994
From 1985 to 1989
From 1980 to 1984
From 1975 to 1979
From 1970 to 1974
12
Screen 6.2.3
5. Select a parameter to evaluate (Screen 6.2.4).
6.2-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
I NITRATE NITROGEN. TOTAL
LEAD, DISSOLVED
MERCURY, TOTAL
NICKEL DISSOLVED
NITRATE NITROGEN, TOTAL
NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, DISS. 1 DET. M
NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, TOTAL 1 DET.S
Screen 6.2.4
6. Select a water quality summary statistic to use for ASSESS analysis (Screen 6.2.5).
Screen 6.2.5
7. The ASSESS session ends by generating two output windows that summarize the results (Screen
6.2.6):
A map with water quality stations ranked according to the average monitoring value for the
selected time period, selected water quality parameter, and corresponding statistical summary
data.
A bar chart displaying the distribution of the stations based on the monitoring value
Tip: Use overlays of other BASINS data layers (e.g., land use, Permit Compliance System) to establish
a preliminary relationship between in-stream water quality conditions and other upstream sources.
6.2-4
-------
6.2-ASSESS
Tip: You can repeat this analysis iteratively using different monitoring time periods and parameters.
Through this iterative analysis, you can establish the changes in a given parameter over time (e.g.,
compare the 1995-1997 water quality parameter values at a given station to those of 1970-
1974).
8. Use the Arc View Identify tool to examine data for selected stations. Screen 6.2.7 shows an
expanded view of the station distribution map and the information table for a selected station
containing the station reference, concentration value, and parameter measurement unit.
3 BASINS 2.0
BHB!
ป!&!ป,. Ihepe firapWcs Taiget Assejs Model Beport Lookup Utility Window
aA^fl......y..tj.....!.,....?,.-> ''j.Ja^.f-s ..,*_ i_l_X,__.,.,,..,., Q 1.1...., , '' j*._,j*
Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE ... E3 |K
Distribution of Monitoring Stations by Parameter
Value for Cataloging Units:
02050301,02050304
No.
Station
> 0 - 0.57375 (MG/L
0.57375-2.295 (MG/
2.295-11.475 (MG/L
No Data
Category
.BEOS1
^Pl
ent for NITRATE N
Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE NIT
Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE NIT
' / ' ~*J
r.Vi.'. ..v ป~ซ. .
Screen 6.2.6
6.2-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Walei Quality Assessment for NITRATE NITROGEN, TOTAL [P= 95-97, S= 85th Z) V
Screen 6.2.7
TUTORIAL
In the water quality targeting view generated with TARGET, select cataloging units 02050301, 02050304,
02050305, and 02050306. These cataloging units can be identified by activating the attributes table for
the Average Monitoring Value theme and querying the table on the "Cu" field. Refer to ArcView HELP files
for additional information on how to query an attributes table.
Select Water Quality from the ASSESS pull-down menu (Screen 6.2.1)
Confirm that the appropriate cataloging units were selected (Screen 6.2.2).
Select the 1995-1997 time period as the period for the analysis (Screen 6.2.3).
Select "Nitrate Nitrogen, Total" as the parameter of concern (Screen 6.2.4).
Select 85"1 percentiles for the statistical summary data to be used for the analysis (Screen 6.2.5).
6.2-6
-------
6.3 Data Mining
6.3 Data Mining
Purpose
Data Mining builds dynamic links between the map interface and related data tables to allow users
to retrieve and visualize (1) water quality stations and parameter data, (2) permitted facility locations
and pollutant loading discharge data, and (3) bacteria stations and corresponding parameter values.
Application
Data Mining is a tool that allows the user to retrieve and visualize BASINS water quality and point
source loading data using a dynamic linkage between various related data sets. It has several
technical applications, including the following:
When used in conjunction with TARGET and ASSESS, it allows examination of impaired
stream reaches and the geographical extent of potential water quality problems.
It provides station-level statistical summaries of water quality condition for six time periods
(1970-1974, 1975-1979, 1980-1984, 1985-1989, 1990-1994, and 1995-1997). Changes in water
quality condition as reflected in the statistical summaries are indicative of potential trends.
When used in combination with other data layers, including upstream land use distribution and
point source location, it provides a powerful tool for examining potential pollution sources and
causes.
Because it establishes a dynamic link between station locations and their corresponding loading
or concentrations for all parameters monitored, it can be used to support various analyses of
monitoring programs; assess the availability of monitoring data; and identify data gaps in terms
of geographic station coverage, monitoring periods, and monitoring parameters.
The unique relational process established by Data Mining provides an integrated approach to GIS
and regional data management. It brings environmental data closer to watershed and water quality
analysts and allows for a detailed analysis at the site-specific level.
6.3-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Procedures
Key Procedures
*^ Activate appropriate theme
/ Activate Data Mining Feature tool button
/ Use mouse to select stations or facility locations
i/" Select a data point or record on the resulting map or tables to review
data for a given station or facility
1. Activate the Water Quality Station, Bacteria Station, or Permit Compliance System theme by
clicking on the theme name. Check the box next to the selected theme for display on the BASINS
view.
The remaining steps are the same for water quality, bacteria, or PCS data. The following example
corresponds to a Data Mining session using the Water Quality Station theme.
2. Using the Zoom In tool, zoom to a scale suitable for selecting the desired water quality stations.
3. Activate the Data Mining Feature tool button.
4. Select one or more stations, dragging a box around the stations/area of interest (Screen 6.3.1).
Tip: Although Data Mining can operate on an unlimited number of monitoring stations, it is best to
limit the selected stations to a reasonable number to maximize the functionality of the tool.
6.3-2
-------
6.3 Data Mining
& BASINS 2.0
Iheme fiiraphW Tatget
* " .' , *
Assess, Modd vfleport HoSkup Utility , isdgdow "Help'",ฃ1 ^T"J
BASINS View
Screen 6.3.1
The system determines the number of stations selected and prompts you for confirmation
(Screen 6.3.2). Click Yes to continue.
Data Mining
'-' V7, -''
f You have selected 4 water quali< Rations.
to continue? *
Screen 6.3.2
5. Upon confirmation, Data Mining builds the appropriate relational data tables and corresponding data
mining map (Screen 6.3.3). The following tables and map will be linked:
Water Quality Station Table
Water Quality Parameter Table
6.3-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Water Quality Data Tables (one table for each statistical summary table).
Water Quality Data Mining View
A Data Mining analysis of bacteria stations will generate a similar set of tables with bacteria data.
PCS Data Mining analysis will generate up to six permitted discharges data tables for the years 1991
through 1996 that include annual loading rates. Refer to Appendix A for additional information on
the data products included in BASINS.
Tip: Only the data tables that contain data for the selected station(s) or facilities will be displayed. For
example, if water quality data are available for only 1975 to 1989 for the selected station(s), only
three water quality data tables will be displayed in the Data Mining results (1975-1979,
1980-1984, and 1985-1989).
.
6.3-4
^^^'i^Mfi^.^^ih': V^^j^:^My^^^f\i^^iM
lBp4Z23U*lmwROv-,,ป,,,,,.ป,
l^rJll!liLP^i'*<' 'H'%''!$ff$ $i ฐ
WQ Parameter Table HBEltjHS: WQ'Data SO-8*--"" -..--.^ BHiH*
gi?'lp;g;g;|^'?:e'^?^1giS^
00095
OMDO"
'oo'iTb"
00515
00620
s.p.E9f iง. c,s.y syFi*1^11
m'
Ayo^NlirxigtALiASjL
RESIDUE, TOTAL FLT R]!
00900
00940"
Screen 6.3.3
MJIOATE .NIIROGEN- US
UA'5'f!VjPc'
-------
6.3 Data Mining
6. Close all the windows except the project APR view to exit Data Mining.
Tip: Data tables and maps generated by Data Mining will be overwritten every time this function is run;
therefore, the results will not be permanently saved when the project is saved.
TUTORIAL ^ '.-../. ,- J '. --..-',.-" _-- * !
Activate tne Water Quaffty Station theme by clicking on the theme name.
Check the box next to the theme name to display the theme on the map.
Select the following stations using the Data Mining Feature tool 03042185, 03042190,
03042230, and 03042200 (Screen 6.3.1). When prompted, confirm that the stations are selected
(Screen 6.3.2).
Once the Data Mining tables and maps have been generated, click on the Water Quality Parameter
Table to activate it. All subsequent linkages will be based on water quality parameters.
Click on "Alkalinity, Total (as mg/l CACQ3)" to select this parameter. Note that stations that have
measured alkalinity data are highlighted in the Water Quality Stations Table and in the Water Quality
Data Mining map. Data records are also highlighted in each of the water quality data tables (Screen
6.3.3).
Click on the Water Quality Stations title box to activate it. This changes the focus from parameters to
stations.
Click on a station record. Now, all of the parameters measured by this station are highlighted in the
Water Quality Parameter Table, as well as in the water quality data tables. Selected stations are also
highlighted on the Data Mining map. If you select a station on the Data Mining map, the data records
corresponding to the selected station will be highlighted.
6.3-5
-------
-------
T BASINS Utilities
Section 7
BASINS Utilities
Several BASINS utilities have been developed to assist with data management and watershed
assessment. The data management tools are used to update existing data or to add additional local or
regional data to supplement or replace BASINS data products. The comprehensive data products
included in BASINS were developed based on nationally available information and are suited for
large-scale assessments. However, when dealing with localized small-basin analysis, higher-
resolution data might be necessary to effectively capture the site-specific feature variability. The
BASINS utilities includes six main functions that allow the user to delineate subwatershed
boundaries, import new data sets, reclassify existing land use data, manage water quality station data,
reclassify Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data, and access reference tables. These tools and their
functions are described below.
Watershed Delineation: This tool is used to create subwatershed boundaries within a cataloging
unit, thereby allowing the user to evaluate and model water quality conditions on a subwatershed
scale.
Import: This tool is used to import additional data sets and to prepare the data to make them
compatible with BASINS GIS functions and models. The Import tool is currently designed to
function on four data typeswatershed boundaries, land use, Reach File Version 3, and Digital
Elevation Model (DEM).
Land Use Reclassification: This tool is used to change land use classifications within an existing
data set. Reclassification allows the user to update land use data to evaluate the effect of land
use changes on water quality.
Water Quality Observation Data Management: This tool is used to manage water quality data
by allowing the user to add new stations, delete unnecessary stations, relocate misplaced stations,
and incorporate new data into existing stations.
DEM Reclassification: This utility is used to tailor the display of the topographical data.
Lookup Tables: This function allows the user to access several reference tables, including water
quality criteria data, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes and definitions, and STORET
agency codes and definitions. In addition, a Projection Parameter table that displays the
projection parameters for an active BASINS project is included under the Lookup menu.
7-1
-------
-------
7.1 Watershed Delineation
7.1 Watershed Delineation
Purpose
The BASINS Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to segment a watershed into several
smaller hydrologically connected watersheds for use in watershed characterization and modeling.
Application
A watershed boundary created using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tpol allows a user to define
the entire land area contributing to flow in a stream. The BASINS system enables a user to manually
delineate watershed boundaries for analysis and modeling. This tool operates on Arc View vector
data and does not require the Spatial Analyst Extension. Watersheds can be delineated for Reach
File, VI or Reach File, V3 stream segments depending on which Reach File data will be used for
modeling. Single watersheds or watershed systems containing multiple subwatersheds can be
delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. Watershed analysis can be performed on
delineated watersheds using the BASINS Watershed Characterization Report tools. Sample reports
include landuse distribution, point sources (PCS), water quality data, toxic chemical releases (TRI),
soil distribution (STATSGO), and elevation (DEM). Watershed modeling can also be performed on a
single delineated watershed or multiple watersheds using the BASINS Nonpoint Source Model.
The procedures for using the Watershed Delineation tool are described below for single and multiple
watershed delineations. Watershed delineations procedures are the same for Reach File, VI and
Reach File, V3 stream segments. However, reach file data provided for the Pacific Northwest
(PNW) region of the United States is in a different format then standard Reach File, V3 data and
requires special data processing to prepare the data for watershed delineation and modeling. The
procedures for delineating PNW reach data are included at the end of this section.
Procedures
Key Procedures
/ Activate the Cataloging Unit Boundary theme
y Select the Cataloging Unit Boundary in which to perform the
delineation
ซ/ Execute the Watershed Delineation Tool
/ Select Reach File Version 1 or Version 3
t/' Assign a watershed name
i/ Create the watershed outline
/ Create additional watershed outlines as needed
7.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Single-Watershed Delineation
1. Turn on the Cataloging Unit Boundaries and Reach File, VI or Reach File, V3 themes. Reach File,
V3 data will need to be imported using the BASINS Import tool (Refer to section 7.2). Zoom in on
the area in which you wish to delineate a watershed.
Tip! It ;"s recommended that you import and turn on the Reach File, V3 and DEM (elevation) themes for
your selected area. Both themes are useful in defining the watershed boundaries.
2. Activate and display the Cataloging Unit Boundaries theme.
3. Select the cataloging unit boundary in which the watershed delineation will be performed (Screen
7.1.1).
fSf-Accounting Unit Bo(
Screen 7.1.1
7.1-2
-------
7.1 Watershed Delineation
4. Click the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool button.
5. A dialog box will prompt you to select a Reach File (Screen 7.1.2). Select "Reach File, Version 1"
or "Reach File, Version 3" depending on the stream level to be used for NPSM modeling. A unique
ID will be assigned to the delineated watershed based on the Reach File, VI or Reach File, V3
stream reach contained by the watershed. This unique ID is used for watershed characterization
report functions and NPSM modeling.
lir
-Subwatershed:delineaiio
iSU^m
'*'
^
^Select a jeach file-
<*45 ?^ 1, ! ' * _ ,'
<* '
Reach File.. Version 1
Reach File, Version 3
Screen 7.1.2
6. The next dialog box will prompt you: "Please assign a name to the delineated watershed" (Screen
7.1.3). At this prompt, enter a name of the watershed to be delineated. Click OK to save file and
continue. The default directory for delineated watershed boundary themes is
BASINS\DATA\\DELINEATED WATERSHEDSY
Please assign a name to the delineated watershed.!
File Name:
Directories: ~ v
2]jU t c.\basins\dafaSpa\delineated waters '^-ป'~-~~^
1 * _ - 1ฑ 1 " ^4fg^%y7rV"r?T wซl
i ipw~~ li^^i^ t laKif^ol J
% \ iPA. F^g^"^ ss&^wdM*'*?* ^ I
H^_.j ^ ^^fe-- - *..3i-~.rf-..>i
T *
f <.
>J '
basins
data
delineated watersheds
* * < ^s ? #*?/i
^-ซ:ซ*' **,,'..(
^i> ** *
*fr45^ป .; ซ .-ป,
Drives1
c:
Screen 7.1.3
7.1-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
7. A window will prompt you to begin watershed delineation (Screen 7.1.3). Click OK to continue.
Screen 7.1.4
Tip: The theme for your soon-to-be-created watershed will appear at the top of the themes list, the
theme will be active, and the check box will display a check and a dashed outline. The dashed
outline indicates that the theme is in edit mode and ready for watershed delineation.
8. To delineate your watershed, you need to begin and end the delineation process at the boundary of
the cataloging unit in which you are working. The cataloging unit boundary should now appear red.
Place the mouse pointer slightly outside the cataloging unit boundary and click the left mouse button
to begin delineation. Move the cursor to a point within the cataloging unit boundary and click the left
mouse button once to create the first line segment of the watershed outline. Repeat this point-and-
click process until the entire watershed outline is developed (Screen 7.1.5). Finish the watershed
outline by double clicking the mouse at a point just outside the cataloging boundary. It is not
necessary to delineate the portion of your watershed that coincides with the cataloging unit
boundary. The delineation tool automatically clips your watershed' at the cataloging unit boundary.
9. After completing the watershed delineation, you will be asked: "Do you want to continue
subwatershed delineation?" For a single-watershed delineation, Select No (Screen 7.1.6).
Tip: Best results are produced by an "out-and-back" procedure; that is, delineate in the direction of
the watershed's pour point (on one side of the stream segment) and return to the cataloging unit
boundary on the other side of the stream. Stan the watershed delineation at the uppermost
stream segment (headwaters) within the study area and work down stream.
7.1-4
-------
7.1 Watershed Delineation
Assess Model fieport Lookup Utility J&indow
JO Water Qualify Statfc.'"^
length ?069mi
Screen 7.1.5
NPSM Watershed Delineation
Do you wart to continue subwatershed delineation?
.ปซ.ปป, ^i,^*ซซ.,7v i ^ y*1-**
j ' Yes -11 V ฃ
Screen 7.1.6
Tip: If the watershed is not delineated successfully, either the watershed boundary will not appear or
the watershed boundary will appear with a warning window (Screen 7.1.7). If the watershed
boundary appears along with a warning, it is necessary to immediately clean (delete) the
watershed. Click OK to continue. Watershed cleaning is discussed after Multiple-Subwatershed
Delineation.
7.1-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Screen 7.1.7
Multiple-Subwatershed Delineation
Multiple-subwatershed delineation lets you create and save a subwatershed system as a single .shp file.
Subwatersheds in the system can be modeled and analyzed individually or as a group.
1. Activate the watershed boundary theme created above or start a new watershed delineation using the
cataloging unit theme.
2. Select the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool button. If a user delineated watershed boundary
theme is used, a dialog box will prompt: "Do you want to modify this watershed delineation?"
(Screen 7.1.8). Answer YES to continue the delineation on the existing watershed theme. Answer
NO to create a copy of the existing watershed boundary theme. This option allows you to alter a
copy of the watershed delineation theme without making changes to the original theme.
Watershed Delineation
lii^S
Do you want to modify this watershed delineation? ^nsj$er._Npjif:&-
jl'yi'fVMir ini'bfnjn ,!! SHN'iB :',
il'li.iillllillhJIIiiP^lnllihiillnllPliiilii^^
ift.Ye* II
Mei#*~
No
Screen 7.1.8
3. Delineate a new watershed boundary using the methods described above for a single watershed
delineation.
4. After completing a watershed delineation for the first subwatershed, you will be asked: "Do you
want to continue subwatershed delineation?" Select Yes (Screen 7.1.6).
5. Begin delineation of the second subwatershed in the same manner as the first. For this delineation
and subsequent subwatershed delineations, you can begin and end at a cataloging unit boundary or
the boundary of a previously delineated subwatershed (in the same .shp file; i.e., the present
subwatershed system being delineated). Subwatersheds will automatically be clipped where they
cross either the cataloging unit boundary or the outline of another subwatershed (Screen 7.1.9).
7.1-6
-------
7.1 Watershed Delineation
IS BASINS 2.0
yEile^ .Edit Mieffi, Utegjw graphics Taiget Assess /Model fieport Lookup iitility tfaidow" Help
HHEi
*j'i foxio Releas-'a Jnvf'^ ^J
Screen 7.1.9
6. Respond by clicking Yes after each subwatershed delineation if you would like to continue
delineating more subwatersheds. When you have completed the final subwatershed in the system,
click No. Watershed Cleaning
Tip: Additional delineations can be performed using an existing watershed theme. Activate the
appropriate theme and select the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. A window will appear
(Screen 7.1.5). Click Yes to delineate additional subwatersheds in the current watershed theme.
Click No to create a new watershed .shp file. Click Cancel to exit delineation. The remaining steps
are similar to those discussed above.
Watershed Cleaning
In many situations, it is necessary to delete a watershed or subwatershed that has been delineated improperly.
The Watershed Cleaning tool can be used to delete a previously created watershed.
1. Turn on and activate the appropriate watershed theme.
2. Click the Watershed Cleaning tool.
7.1-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
3. Select the watershed boundary segment you wish to delete. A window will ask if you want to delete
the line (Screen 7.1.10). Click Yes to delete the line. Note the selected watershed boundary is
deleted.
, , . ,
p roll want to continue cleaning the watershed theme?
""
Screen 7.1.10
4. After deleting the watershed, you will be prompted to continue cleaning (Screen 7.1.11). If you wish
to clean additional watersheds associated with the watershed theme, click Yes. If you are finished
cleaning the watershed theme, click No.
Do you want to delete this line?
Screen 7.1.11
Tip: If an unsuccessful delineation warning (Screen 7.1.7) continues to appear after clearing and trying
to continue the watershed delineation, review the theme view and attributes table to make sure no
small polygons (defective subwatersheds) were inadvertently created during the delineation. These
polygons may not be visible until you zoom in on the view. Use the cleaning tool to remove any
small polygons.
TUTORIAL
Import the Reach File Version 3 theme: 05010007 and the DEM theme: 05010007.
Zoom in on Cataloging Unit # 05010007. Either the DEM or the Reach File Version 3 can be used as
an aid in delineation. Only the Reach File Version 3 theme will be used here.
Turn on theme 05010007.
Select Cataloging Unit # 05010007.
7.1-8
-------
7.1 Watershed Delineation
TUTORIAL (continued)
Assign the name watershed to your delineation.
Save the file in the BASINS\PA\DELINEATED WATERSHEDS directory.
Zoom in further, so that Reach File Version 1 segments 05010007012, 05010007013, and
05010007014 are visible and cover most of the screen.
Delineate a watershed for all tributaries feeding into Reach File Version 1 segment 05010007014.
Select Yes to continue delineation.
Add additional subwatersheds to the watershed.shp delineation for segments 05010007012 and
05010007013.
Select No to end delineation after completing a subwatershed for each of these three segments.
Watershed Delineations using Pacific Northwest Reach File Data
Stream reach data included in BASINS for the Pacific Northwest (PNW) region of the United States requires
additional data processing before a watershed can be properly delineated and modeled. The PNW reach data
is based on River Reach File, Version 2.1 specifically developed for this region. Data processing described
below assist in simulating PNW reach file data in a manner similar to Reach File, V3.
1. Imported PNW reach data as a Reach File, V3 theme using the BASINS Import Tool. Procedures for
importing Reach File, V3 data are presented in section 7.2.
2. Activate the PNW reach theme and select all stream reaches within a study area. Also select the
downstream reach just beyond the study area.
3. Once all stream segments are selected, choose Convert to Shapefile... from the Themes menu to
convert these stream reaches into their own shapefile. In the dialog box that appears, enter a file
name for the reach file theme to be created. Save the file to the BASINS\DATA\\ RF3\ directory to make this file easy to find when needed (Screen 7.1.12).
Convert Reach File, V3 [17060306]
_J>> -Ni'Xo^r.L- 1ฃ=
Screen 7.1.12
7.1-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
4. The next dialog box will prompt to "Add shapefile as theme to the view", select NO. The theme can
not be directly added to a view because it needs to be "tagged" as a Reach File, V3 theme to properly
function with BASINS GIS functions and modeling. This is accomplished by re-importing the new
theme as a BASINS Reach File, V3 theme.
5. Import the new PNW theme using the BASINS Import tool (Refer to section 7.2). Turn off the
original reach theme to clearly display the new theme in the view.
6. Once the new theme has been imported, the stream network has to be developed using the following
steps below. The PNW reach data contains many stream reaches with multiple line segments. A
reach is defined as the portion of a stream between two tributaries or the headwaters to the first
confluence. A reach must contain a single segment to properly function with BASINS GIS tools and
models.
a. Use the Select Feature tool to identify reaches that include multiple segments. The multiple
segments of a reach need to be merged to form a reach with a single segment.
b. Select all segments within a single reach.
c. From the Themes menu, select Start Editing
d. From the Edits menu, select Union Features. The multiple segments will be merged into on
segment.
e. Select the segments in the next reach to be merged.
f. Select Union Features from the Edit menu.
g. Select Stop Editing from the Themes menu. Choose YES when prompted to save changes to
theme.
h. Repeat steps e to g until all reaches contain a single segment.
i. View the attributes table for this theme to confirm that all reaches contain a single segment. The
number of records (rows) in the attributes table should correspond to the proper number of
reaches (single segment reaches) in the theme.
Assign a stream order to the network using the steps described below. Stream order is used to define
the connectivity of the stream network which is required for modeling. As shown in Figure 7.1, this
method is based on an increasing stream ordering number from downstream to upstream. In this
example, Blacklick Creek is assigned a stream level of one for its entire length. All tributaries that
discharge directly to Blacklick Creek are assigned a two. For example, Elk Creek is a second order
stream. All tributaries directly discharging to Elk Creek are then assigned a three. The process
continues to the upper most reach. Note that at a confluence the main stream channel identified by
name (i.e., Blacklick Creek) in the reach file database is assigned the same stream level for its
upstream and downstream segments.
a. Activate the new RF3 theme's attribute table. From the Windows menu, select Tile to display the
attributes table and BASINS view together.
b. With the attributes table active, select Start Editing from the Table menu.
c. Select Add Field from the Edit menu. A Field Definition dialog box will appear (Screen 7.1.13).
Enter the parameters for the Name, Type, Width and Decimal Places fields according to the
values shown in Screen 7.1.13. Select OK to continue. A new field labeled "Level" will be
created in the table.
7.
.
7.1-10
-------
7.1 Watershed Delineation
Figure 7.1
Field Definition
' Dedinjd.Piaces:
Screen 7.1.13
d. With the attribute table still in edit mode, return to the BASINS view and select the downstream
reach in the new RF3 theme. The record that corresponds to this reach will also become selected
in the table.
e. Return to the attributes table to enter an order number in the new "Level" field for this
stream reach. A number is entered into the "Level" field by selecting the Edit button
from the button bar and using the mouse to click on the record in the level field (Screen
7.1.14).
f. Repeat steps d and e until every reach is assign an order number. Proceed from downstream to
upstream reaches to help properly assign stream order.
g. Select Stop Editing from the Table menu. Choose YES when prompted to save changes to theme.
7.1-11
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Leng>h_ni
RlStchW
412
412
412
412
412
610
544.93
1721,21
1055,60
1706030610430.001
170603067044 0.001
1706030610250.00
srr
__ 454.81 1706030610370.00j O1
i"4!5p.36T37ireg3olio55a"Q5'l jf
s.
i-r
(ii i I'M M i iVi mViVmปi i*MViViVm*ill&i8miE f9* | ซ
^ tป* J im'l*UJ.!!>f!JifI>t'j"iii!ffrit1^.iri..ii.iif .1 ^'
Vf Reach File, V3 (N *ป)
A/
-j Reach Fib, V3(17060308)
" A/
^ Permit Compliance System t $f
T 4
?
__J iodustrra! Facilities 0 is charge Sites T
r (
__J Toxic Be lease Inventory tji!
T !
f Nation a! Ptioiity List Sites *>
.T ,"*
_J Hazardous and Solid Wasie Sites ,
T
_J Wat*r Quality Stations ,
* i >
t
! Bacteria Static ns <
~ i
ซ H
*! il
^^ National Sediment Inventory Station?/ ft
B ^
_j USSS Oa^e Stations
Screen 7.1.14
8. The new theme containing the PNW reach file data is now ready to be used for watershed delineation
and subsequent watershed characterization functions and modeling. Follow the watershed
delineation methods discussed previously in this section. When prompted to select a Reach File, V3
theme, select the new RF3 theme and follow the standard watershed delineation procedures (Screen
7.1.15).
Reach File, V3fl 7060306]
Screen 7.1.15
7.1-12
-------
T.2 import
7.2 Import
Purpose
1
The BASINS Import tool gives the user the ability to import additional data sets and prepares the
data to work properly with BASINS GIS functions and models.
Application
When conducting a watershed assessment using BASINS, the user will often want to add additional
local or regional data to supplement or replace BASINS data products. The comprehensive data
products included in BASINS were developed based on nationally available information and are
suited for large-scale assessments. When dealing with localized small-basin analysis, however,
higher-resolution data may be necessary to effectively capture the site-specific feature variability.
The BASINS system is designed to provide a flexible GIS framework that allows users to easily
integrate local environmental data to supplement or replace the national data products supplied with
the program.
The BASIN Import tool functions like the standard "Add Theme" tool in Arc View; however, it
performs additional functions to prepare the data for use with BASINS GIS functions and models.
The BASINS Import tool is currently designed to import four data typeswatershed boundaries,
land use, Reach File Version 3, and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data. As summarized in Table
7.2.1, the four data types must contain a number of required data attributes. Other data layers can be
imported as a standard Arc View coverage. To import a new data layer into BASINS, the data
layer must have the same projection and datum (NAD83) as the data in the BASINS project.
The projection parameters for the project were selected during the initial BASINS data extraction
and can be determined by using the Lookup Project Parameter menu. The BASINS Import tool
allows the user to project the new data layer, if needed.
Table 7.2.1 Required Data Attributes
Data Type
Type of Coverage
Required
Required Field and Its
Attributes
Other Restrictions
Watershed
Boundaries
Land Use
Digital Elevation
Model (DEM)
Reach File, V3
(RF3)
Polygon
Polygon
Polygon
Line Coverage
No attributes required
Land use code field
Land use area in m2
Land use description field
BASINS DEM data
BASINS RF3 data
All watershed polygons must overlay
an RF1 or RF3 line segment
User-imported land uses are
currently configured to work only
with NPSM and cannot be used with
the Land Use Report generator
This function is designed to work
with the DEM data provided with
BASINS.
This function is designed to work
with the RF3 data provided with
BASINS.
7.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Procedures
Key Procedures
Select Add Theme from the View menu
Select one of the following from the dialog message box
- BASINS Watershed
- BASINS Land Use
- BASINS Reach File V3
- BASINS DEM (polygon)
Other (This option corresponds to the standard "Add Theme" function in ArcView.)
Select the file name to be imported
Importing Watershed Data
Subwatershed boundaries delineated within a cataloging unit(s) are often required for small-basin analysis.
Users can import their own subwatershed themes using the BASINS Import tool. The Import tool assigns
each subwatershed a unique identification number that is used for BASINS GIS functions and modeling.
1. Select Add Theme from the View menu or use the Import button.
2. Select "BASINS Watershed" from the data type message box (Screen 7.2.1).
3. Select the shape file name to be imported (Screen 7.2.2).
4. A dialog box will provide an option to project the data theme to be imported. If the data are not in
the same map projection as the BASINS project, select OK to project the data. Refer to Section 4.2,
Data Extraction, for an introduction to map projections.
5. The final dialog will prompt you to select a reach file (Screen 7.2.3). Select "Reach File, Version 1"
or "Reach File, Version 3" depending on the stream network to be used for NPSM modeling. A
unique ID will be assigned to each subwatershed based on the RF1 or RF3 segment that it contains.
This unique subwatershed ID is used for watershed characterization report functions and modeling.
7.2-2
-------
7.2 Import
^^B BASINS - Data Loading
s ฅ%*> ,^- -^3. & /* jj^-^y^v
ff4^'VT ' ^ ' . V" : v ^' '*x ^
1 BASINS Watershed D
I BASINS Land Use j^-
1 BASINS Reach File, V3 p
I BASINS DEM (Polygon) l'?
1 Others T.
1 ^
1 f':
I L
1 E
Screen 7.2.1
f
"4
M
ป''
5',
i ซ.
p <
* ff '/
y '-
ซ. ^
-^
* c
k/ **
v^-^
kr
^^^^^^^^^1
, .4 A. ซV
-, ฐK - ,
r-<^T^
< Cancel f
( 3
Sq-
t
iv^*
\ * '*
*Vv';
v , ,* ' ;" <
ซ > < . <
% ,
> f ;<* * ? ^
^ c ป *.
^^B Add Theme . | Q ^|
Directory: IjcAbjisjnsWajaXpcL
* * '
__,
_ _..__
> -i r
""""""" """"" "|^ # - v ,-v ^-(>- n, ^^
El 1996cwns.shp jf*. * * | IS data
E] acc.shp [T~ '-'' ^^E^^^l^^^^^l
/ EH bac_stat.shp jl^_ , Q delineated watershec
i H cat.shp Xvp ' CH dem
! H catpt.shp _** r~l landuse
| H cerclis.shp ^ , CD newlu
^ cnty.shp {"l^1* I--3 r^
Data Source Types: " Drives:
i Feature Data Source 1^11^% c.
ป - "
Screen 7.2.2
^^^HiNPSM - Subwatershed delineation
pr^ip^s^v/^ *"i -, * -
tefSelect a reach file: -
**Cifrc-ป*i *"" ^ s ^ "* -
II* Reach File, Version 1 TT
Rfianh Filp V/f=rsinn 1 ^tBi
Reach File, Version 3 ^ .
(^
^
f-y
I
il^
r^
S/
V
!*"
/
<* il
;
:|
,
f ' OK >
5> Cancel'''
U ป, r -irr^ - """' '
S ^^ # %$St*v $& ^ $^ff -^i s?rf A*
i ' f V^ Directories
ฃf tl,rC" "Libraries " o
-ฃฃฃ sr*6*"^* >ซ-*!.* f ^ f^ ^A^^- ซ. > # ^
^ f
_kii '*- - j '
xj
:
Screen 7.2.3
7.2-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Example:
Hydrologic unit boundaries delineated by state or county agencies can be imported directly into
BASINS and used with BASINS tools. In this example hydrologic unit boundaries delineated by the
Virginia Division of Soil and Water Conservation were reprojected and imported into a BASINS
project file for use with NPSM (Screen 7.2.4).
3 Citiloslns Unit Bo
tlutlriil FjoiKtiei __
_ , Toxto RMis* InwEV.Yi
I Biclircj Stjliors .
fs ....... '&ฃ:& f~ ...... '-si
Screen 7.2.4
Importing Land Use Data
If a new land use data layer will be used for modeling, it must be imported using the BASINS land use
Import tool. The following steps are used to prepare the new data set for future land use reclassification and
modeling. Refer to Section 7.3 of the manual for additional information on land use reclassification.
1. Select Add Theme from the View Menu or use the Import button.
Tip: Land use data imported by a user can be used by NPSM but is not available for the Land Use
Distribution Report function.
7.2-4
-------
7.2 Impart
2. Select "BASINS Land Use" from the data type dialog box (Screen 7.2.1).
3. Select the land use file name to be imported.
4. A dialog box will provide an option to project the data theme to be imported. If the data are not in
the same map projection as the BASINS project, click OK to project the data. Refer to section 4.2,
Data Extraction, for an introduction to map projections.
5. Following the projection dialogs a series of windows will follow prompting the user to specify
names of existing land use code and description fields. Declaration of these new fields is required to
run NPSM and to reclassify land uses.
6. A message box will prompt you for the original land use code field. Select the land use code field
name from the list and click OK (Screen 7.2.5).
Screen 7.2.5
7. Enter a new land use code field name and click OK (Screen 7.2.6). Creating a new field name
protects the original data field.
BASINS Landuse Classification
fvTV"""- ^
Mnter new ianduse'cot
h*^ ' ' ' '
{newcode
* >"m ""^(I V
" ' J-5 J .
ie field name L * ' [U*s/ฃ
" .ซ * * ' ,,,_ fr%wi
JfcJ*Par
fx
i"1
ijTrr
icel^
*ซ *
Screen 7.2.6
8. Select the existing land use description field and click OK (Screen 7.2.7). The descriptive field
contains the name of the land use classification, such as residential or deciduous forest. If the new
land use data do not contain a descriptive field, click Cancel to skip this step. Otherwise, enter a new
land use description field name and click OK (Screen 7.2.8).
7.2-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
NPGM Landuse Classification
Selict the existing landuse oescription field:
No description field)
L_pittpa_
L_pittpa_i
Lucode
Screen 7.2.7
fJ enter New Landuse Description held Name:
Screen 7.2.8
9. The last screen prompts you to enter a land use group number. If the land use is a single tile, click
Cancel. The group number is used to identify tiles that belong to the same land use data layer.
10. The new land use theme is added to the BASINS View; however, it is unclassified. The new land use
can be classified using the legend editor. Select the Load button within the legend editor to load
default land use legends.
Importing Reach File Version 3 Data
The Reach File, Version 3 Import tool assigns a unique name to the theme and creates a default legend. This
tool is designed to import Reach File Version 3 data that were extracted from the BASINS CD or web
archive. These data are already in the proper projection and datum. Extracted Reach File data are located in a
folder named "RF3" under the project data directory. The reach files are grouped by cataloging numbers.
1. Select Add Theme from the View menu or use the Import button.
2. Select "BASINS Reach File V3" from the data type dialog box (Screen 7.2.1).
3. Select the file name to be imported (Screen 7.2.2).
7.2-6
-------
7.2 Import
Importing Digital Elevation Model (DEM) Coverages
The DEM Import tool assigns a unique theme name to the coverage and builds a default DEM legend to
display the data. DEM data that were extracted from the BASINS CD or web archive can be directly
imported into the BASINS View using this tool. These data are already in the proper projection and datum.
DEM data extracted from the BASINS CD are located in a folder named "DEM" in the project data
directory.
1. Select Add Theme from the View menu or use the Add Theme button.
2. Select "BASINS DEM (Polygon)" from the data type dialog box (Screen 7.2.1).
3. Select the file name to be imported (Screen 7.2.2).
TUTORIAL
Import the Reach Hie Version 3 theme 05010007 and the DEM theme 05010007 from the tutorial
directory.
7.2-7
-------
-------
7.3 Land Use Recfassification
7.3 Land Use Reclassification
Purpose
BASINS Land Use Reclassification tool is used to group detailed land use classes, based on their
code and descriptions, into broad categories. The land use reclassification tool can modify the
existing land use theme(s) or create new themes with different classifications to reflect alternative
scenarios.
Application
Reclassification of land use is often required to update existing land use data files, to group land use
types, or to evaluate water quality impacts or management alternatives based on changes to land use
over time. For example, changes in water quality due to urbanization can be accounted for by
converting agricultural or forested land that is likely to be developed into an urban land
classification. In addition, land use classes that have similar characteristics can be grouped into a
single classification to simplify modeling. The main application of this tool is to support nonpoint
source modeling.
Procedures
Key Procedures
Import land Use using BASINS Import Land Use tool
Activate the' land use theme
From the Utility menu select Re-classify Land Use
Select an existing land use code(s) to be reclassified
Assign a new code and description
Prior to being reclassified, a land use theme must be imported using the BASINS Import Land Use
tool. This includes the existing BASINS land use themes included in the project. The BASINS land
use theme data files must be copied, renamed, and then imported using the Import Land Use tool.
The application and procedures for using BASINS Import Land Use tool are described in Section 7.2
of this manual.
Tip: If the land use theme that is currently active has a scenario joined to it, you will be prompted to
use the Unjoin Scenario tool first.
7.3-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
2. Activate the land use theme to be reclassified by clicking the cursor on the theme name. Check the
box next to the theme name to display the theme on the BASINS View.
3. From the Utility menu, select "Re-classify Land Use" (Screen 7.3.1).
CELIiijS'lULilliliJITIl^
Screen 7.3.1
4. The reclassification dialog will appear on the screen (Screen 7.3.2). In the left box there will be a list
of land use codes. These are the original land use codes. Click on one and its description will appear
below the box. To add a land use code to a reclassified category select a code or multiple codes (hold
Shift and click other codes for multiple selection), and then click the button with the arrow pointing
to the right. The codes should appear in the right box.
5. Below the right box are two text entry fields. Use the "landuse Code" field to enter a new numerical
code for the codes listed above. In the "Landuse Description" field enter a new description for this
new land use category.
6. When finished with the current classification click on the "Lock Changes" button. The new code will
reappear in the left box. If you click on the new code, the new description will appear below the left
box.
7.3-2
-------
7.3 Land Use Reclassification
^^^^^H s8 Landuse Re-classification Tool |
t& *L, """Hr-ST ~ฃ
^ChoGseianSt
*ปjpiiปcliNfi
1s' V
*tr
?
%
16
\t*
4r
?t
*,<
I :
-&
* /
0
wajim
12
13
1'4
15
16
17
21
22
t!|* 4 jpBjSSfTSf,
i%ฃ CtฃF6nt Dssc
*~*
^3 j- - * ("
;alion"
BmUBIIII^^^
^^^K
5f=ปrp= i=W s-
^ibon.
t
" i > "i t fi
f ป j
b
!;
k
b
fft
^L~ -* . ^
I,, 'ป ri t K r ^ ,
^ ! /_. *
' v v d ^
^"^yf^"! , ^
N" --/fTT^? -
*
fe
w,^1
iฑ:J
." 4,^ J -i. ^ > '
^1P*'L'"' * * ** ^ IA
r-J? r^WT* ^ f & f,
">
S=
,r? ^ - "l ' -'
i
P
!jrr
r
h
[^
f
','
nr
SE
2^fy> v^rT" vf, 'ซ',
^fl|6Ci^^ OpoS Sra . ^
3Je$cfsStort, tffilow
W1" ^. *- *
L^lduseCode
px
1
&
*>
r
ฃ *
t*
W'f
A
' rt
r~
**K,
4
^
- 5
* RESIDENTlAi. _, j <> <
^ *,tf<ฃf i* * f r ^ 1 &^
^^S f / *>"
^5jEj Says dassificaton as a seed
E CSSaVfl-dassificatootolandus
yiH>^ ^ * *ซ p
igf r^&fbLj!
m&*-
%&r? .,!*2m
fe;_ f/^%^
r , '- ^
^0
ปth*n*~ { (f '
* f ( jฃ^_fc.^t **' 7 ' 1 '
jpa^5 1 ,
**. A %
-, ,
Landuse Descrffi^Qa^
%
I ^ _ai_f^^sa_ ^
*~!ซ-^*: ^.1 ^fc^.-i.J- ฅ_,,
>'..'' i -1 I
9
Screen 7.3.2
Tip: Once "Lock changes" has been clicked it is
unless you quit and begin again.
not possible to go back to the original classification
7. Repeat steps 4 through 6 until reclassification is complete.
8. Below the left box are two radio buttons labeled "Save classification as a scenario" and "Save
classification to landuse theme". Select one of these options and Click OK button to save changes.
When the "Save classification to landuse theme" option is selected, the new classification is saved to
the original attribute table. This option is not recommended if multiple scenarios will be considered.
Selecting the "save classification as a scenario" option will save the reclassified landuse into a new
database. This option allows the user to save multiple scenarios for an area without altering the
original landuse information.
9. When saving as a scenario you will be prompted to enter a filename (Screen 7.3.3). Enter a filename
and click OK. The scenario file will be saved to a user selected directory. The file extension is .sen
(for scenario).
10. BASINS returns to the BASINS View. The classification changes may only be immediately
noticeable if the "Save classification to landuse theme" option was exercised. If the "Save
classification as a scenario" option was used then the changes will only be apparent when running
NPSM.
7.3-3
-------
BAS/NS Version 2.0
Screen 7.3.3
Tip: The ^classification land use data will be used by NPSM but is not available for the Land Use
Distribution Report function.
11. Enter scenario information in the next dialog box. (Screen 7.3.4)
Screen 7.3.4
Tip: Once the selected Land Uses have been reclassified, the NPSM model will need to be rerun to
incorporate these changes into the model.
7.3-4
-------
7.3 Land Use Reclass/ficat/on
Modify the percent perviousness for each landuse if necessary (Screen 7.3.5). Click OK to save the
changes and complete the reclassification.
- Modify Percent Peiviousness
CT| Select a ianduse Category
WETLANDS
FOREST
** j&VK*
(/
'-'-
'ft.
^'Efrter percent perviousness- [ ^yf?''*5
Screen 7.3.5
TUTORIAL .. f
Activate the "Newlu.shp" Theme (do not select an area on the theme).
Select "Re-classify Land Use" from the Utility menu.
Select existing land uses 11 through 17 from the list by clicking on them one at a time (Screen
7.3.2).
Enter "10" for the New Land Use code.
Enter "Urban or Built-up" for the new description name.
Select "save classification as a scenario" and click OK.
Enter a file name for the scenario and save to the land use directory (Screen 7.3.3).
The new land use classification scenario file can be selected while executing NPSM from BASINS.
7.3-5
-------
-------
7.4 Water Qualify Observation Data Management Utilities
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management
Purpose
The Water Quality Observation Data Management utilities can be used to access and manipulate
the water quality observation database of the BASINS system. They can be used to add new stations
to the database, delete unnecessary stations, relocate misplaced stations, and incorporate new water
quality observation time-series data. An export utility is also included to provide the capability to
generate a text report of water quality observation data for selected water quality monitoring stations.
This text report can then be opened in the post processor and visualization tools along with modeling
results..
Application
The Water Quality Observation Data Management utilities include a palette of tools and two
utilitiesthe Water Quality Observation Station Management tools, the Append Water Quality
Observation Data utility, and the Export Water Quality Observation Data utility.
The Water Quality Observation Station Management tools operate only on the water quality
observation stations' primary attributes. A default point data layer of water quality stations was
created from the USEPA STORET database. Only a limited set of stations was selected from
STORET to be included in this layer. The selection criteria included the availability of sufficient
time series of raw water quality observation data to allow for trend analysis and assessment of water
quality conditions over time. Other considerations included the size of the overall water quality
observation file and the need to obtain a balanced national coverage. With the station management
tools, the user can enhance the station layer by updating the file and adding stations not included in
the original file.
The Append Water Quality Observation Data utility can be used to add new water quality
observation time series into the database for a given station. The basic database provided with
BASINS is prepared from the USEPA STOELET database and contains observation data for 106
parameters. The water quality observation data are collected by a number of organizations including
individuals, contractors, universities, water laboratories, and federal, state, and interstate agencies.
Tip: The water quality observation data of a particular monitoring station are stored as a DBF
file with a filename the same as the 8-digit (string) name of the cataloging unit where the
station Is located. The observation data for several monitoring stations within the same
8-digit watershed are stored in the same file. The DBF file is stored in the WQOBS
subdirectory under the user's DATA directory.
7.4-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
For this utility to function properly, the file that contains the new data to be appended should be in the
correct format. A single file may include new data for several stations. The utility will ensure that the new
data will be appended to the appropriate observation DBF files in the DATAYWQOBS directory.
By providing users the capability to add new water quality stations and update observation data, the BASINS
data system can be enhanced and expanded to include more local data and therefore increase the usefulness
of the system to state and local watersheds and water quality analysts.
The Export Water Quality Observation Data utility can be used to generate a text file that contains a report of
observation time-series data on selected water quality parameters for selected water quality monitoring
stations. The exported text file can be used in several applications. Model calibration is a key application
using the NPSM postprocessor or other commercially available spreadsheets. Another key application is for
analysis of trends and changes over time at a given location (involving a single station or multiple stations).
The third key application is for comparative analysis of water quality conditions at various locations. For
example, the user can compare several monitoring locations (upstream and downstream of a water body) to
evaluate the contribution of a point or nonpoint source.
Procedures
Key Procedures
Water Quality Station Management Tools
v' Activate and check the check box of the Water Quality Observation
Station theme
*/" Select the appropriate tool from the drop-down palette of Water
Quality Station Management tools
i/" Edit the geographical location or attribute data of the water quality
monitoring station
Append Water Quality Observation Data
i/ Activate and check the check box of the Water Quality Observation
Station theme
/ Under the Utility main menu, select the Append Water Quality
Observation Data submenu
%/" Enter the filename of the file to append
Export Water Quality Data Observation
/ Activate and check the check box of the Water Quality Observation
Station theme
/" Select the station(s) for which the export file will be generated
/" Under the Utility main menu, select the Export Water Quality
Observation Data submenu
i/ Select the water quality parameters) in the select box
/ Enter the filename of the export file
7.4-2
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
Adding New Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.1), click the name of the Water Quality
Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
stations in the View window. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of Water Quality
Station Management Tools. The drop-down menu includes the four Water Quality Station
Management Tools as follows:
"A" for adding a new station
"M" for moving an existing station
"E" for editing primary attributes of an existing station.
"D" for deleting an existing station
3 BASINS 20
ieV Iheme "firapWcs" Taipei' Assess Model Beport Lookup Utility "Mndow
~
Water Quality Observation!*
|gfsl1&98 Clean Water N eeds Sffj
.State Soil
*eta*ssi
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
processing code indicates the last processing function performed on the selected station and include
the following:
"A" for adding a new station
"M" for moving an existing station
"E" for editing primary attributes of an existing station.
i Attributes of New Water Quality Observation Station
' ''"' '" :' "" """
If+Jlfej.
'
DMe 3^MM_aL2517:28:031998
C^mmenls J |
Screen 7.4.2
4. Click OK to save the new station and its attributes; otherwise, click Cancel.
Tip: When you are entering the primary attributes of the new station, all text fields in the pop-up table
should be filled out to activate the OK button which will allow you to save the new station
attributes. When no data are available for a particular text field, a space can be entered instead.
Note that all text fields except for the Comments field and the other fields with predetermined
values have already been initialized with a space.
5. Continue adding as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another Water Quality Data
Management Tool from the drop-down palette or another ArcView or BASINS tool to deactivate the
Add Station tool.
7.4-4
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
TUTORIAL
Click the theme Water Quality Observation Station to make it active (Screen 7.4.1).
Check its check box to display the point locations of the observation stations in the View Window.
Select the Add Station Tool in the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools.
Using the mouse, click a point in the View window to add a new station. For this example, the new
station was added at a point that has coordinates ofX = 1,422,269 and Y = 2,089,066. Enter the
values for the primary attributes of the new station in the pop-up table that appears. You may use the
values shown in Screen 7.4.3. Note that initial values for some of the parameters are already
initialized (Screen 7.4.2). Click OK to save the new station and its attributes. Note that the added
station is now shown in the View Window.
Attributes of New Water Quality Observation Station
Enter Attribute information ,
ld"|9999 7_
Agency | StateX
Twe LZIY^MiNJ^TREAM^
it r
_____j ^> ^
Cu j 05010007
Seg O24
Onoff On
C>ate I Wed Mar 2518:02:341998 '
/ ?f .-ฅ<
Bproc |A^7
=___ __Z.34"' -" i^f.*
Comments1' N ew station
Screen 7.4.3
Editing Primary Attributes of Existing Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation
Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.1), click the name of the Water Quality
Observation Station Theme to make it active. Check its Check Box to display the point locations of
the stations in the View Window. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of Water
Quality Station Management Tools.
2. From the drop-down palette, select the Edit Station tool denoted by an "E".
7.4-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
3. By using the mouse, select an existing station in the BASINS View window. In the pop-up table that
appears (Screen 7.4.4), edit the primary attributes of the existing station as needed.
SiS^al^^^^TaEiiKW-is^^
New Station Y+StateAgengj>X_
Screen 7.4.4
4. Click OK to save the new station and its attributes; otherwise, click Cancel.
Tip: The primary attributes of an existing station that contains no data (blank field) will cause the OK
button of the pop-up table to remain inactive. If no new data are available to replace these blank
fields, enter spaces instead to activate the OK button.
5. Continue editing as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another Water Quality Data
Management Tool from the drop-down palette or another Arc View or BASINS tool to deactivate the
Update Station tool.
7.4-6
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management (Jtf/itfes
ruroR/AL
Select the Edit Station Tool in the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools.
Select the station that you just added with the previous tool. A pop-up table that contains the primary
attributes of this station appears. Note that it contains the attributes you entered with the previous
tool.
You may now edit the attributes. You may use the values shown in Screen 7.4.4.
Click OK to save the edited attributes.
Moving (Updating Location) of Existing Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation
Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.1), click the name of the Water Quality
Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
stations in the View window. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of Water Quality
Station Management tools.
2. From the drop-down palette, select the Move Station tool denoted by an "M".
3. By using the mouse, select an existing station in the BASINS View window. A place marker drawn
around the selected station will indicate that the station is ready to be moved (Screen 7.4.5). Using
the mouse, move or drag the station to the desired new location.
4. In the dialog box that appears, click Yes to save the new location; otherwise, click No. Click Cancel
if you want to continue dragging the same station to another location.
5. Continue moving as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another Water Quality Data
Management Tool from the drop-down palette or another ArcView or BASINS tool to deactivate the
Move Station tool.
TUTORIAL _ _ _._______* -_ ^ ^..' _ - ^ ' JT-Usl
Select the Move Station tool in the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools.
Select the new station that you added in the previous tool. A place marker around the selected station
is drawn (Screen 7.4.5).
By holding the mouse down, drag the station to its new location. For this tutorial, the station was
moved to a location just downstream of the original location (Screen 7.4.6).
7.4-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
& BASINS 2.0
Bill El
ijgfVieoe C tean Water''N ee'ds $::S,
fflii,.;!":!: N I,y:' . " ' .'""i" *, ' ' ซ'-'-'.'
i.; Mjnagtd Area Database
Screen 7.4.5
Deleting Existing Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.6), click the name of the Water Quality
Observation Station theme to make it active. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of
Water Quality Station Management Tools.
2. From the drop-down palette, select the Delete Station tool denoted by a "D".
3. By using the mouse, select an existing station in the View Window.
Tip: Use Delete Station with caution since you might accidentally delete the wrong station, particularly
when several stations are very close to one another. Use the ArcView Zoom tool to increase the
resolution and clearly identify the station to be eliminated before you initiate the "Delete Station"
process.
4. In the dialog box that appears, Click Yes to delete the station; otherwise, Click No.
7.4-8
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
ฉBASINS 2.0
_ EcC/Jifiew Xtjeme ||faphics*^Tgiget' Assess Model Blporf* Lookup Ut&y
~- *
nne
Delete water quality station
Water Quality Observation
^01V1996 C'lean $raier(N eetfs
State Soil **
en.
Managed ปr*a Data!?ass
CD .
Classified Shellfish Area
D6M OS010007
274-417 _
524-821
622 - 723
724 - 894
Land Use
, CD
L baltmd
~i T" *
Urban or Buiit-up
Screen 7.4.6
5. Continue deleting as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another water quality data
management tool from the drop-down palette or another ArcView or BASINS tool to deactivate the
Delete Station tool.
TUTORIAL
Select the Delete Station Tool In the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools. .
Use the ArcView Zoom tool to increase the resolution of the view and then select the station that you
moved in the previous tool
In the dialog box that appears, click Yes to delete the station.
At this point, your database should be back to its original form (that present just before you used the
station management tools).
Append Water Quality Observation Data Utility - Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.7), click the name of the Water Quality
Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
7.4-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
stations in the View window. This will activate the submenu Append Water Quality Observation
Data under the main menu Utility.
Watซr Quality Observation
1096 C lean Water N eeds
_ *
I 1 H .1 1W f
Sol
J Claisrtltd Shellfish Area
|J DEM05010tป7
I t (274-417
S24-
822 - 723 ; - ',
724-88.4; ป 1
Lan'dUsFe Index ' ' ]
CD
Urban or BuHt-up
Screen 7.4.7
2. Select the submenu Append Water Quality Observation Data under the main menu Utility.
3. In the file dialog box that appears (Screen 7.4.8), enter the name of the file that contains the new data
to append. Click OK to append the file; otherwise, click Cancel.
Enter Ihc file name of water quality data to append
Screen 7.4.8
7.4-10
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
Tip: The Append utility requires that the file to be appended be in the correct format. The new file
should be in DBF format and must contain nine fields for the station name, agency, 8-digit
cataloging unit code (CU) in character format, date, time, depth of measurement, STORET
parameter character code (FARM), numeric value of the measurement, and any additional
comments (Screen 7.4.9).
newwqobs.dbf
iiiliiffiMi..i0Jง9ง,
'pjraisjomu I'm'iie
megijoiis I'oi'eli'
1
1.99919 i 15.000001 Datal
I'bbmb |"";2a566o61'iDaiia'2"
Tb5oi'bbb7 llTToos"
*
1959151 i 12:P0.ฐ.9ฐJ DataS
Toboio" I aooooolDaiiaT
0169600116 101696
105010007 1971014
1045
Li2ฃ!I^^ฑI*
Screen 7.4.9
TUTORIAL
K * -ป I *ฅ ^ f jw -* 4 i, * ^ .j n
C//c/f t/ie theme Water Quality Observation Station to make it active (Screen 7.4.7).
Check its check box to. dispjay the point locations of the observation stations in the View Window.
Select the submenu Append, Water Quality Observation Data under the main menu Utility.
Enter the name of the file as shown in Screen 7.4.8 and click OK to append the file. The file to append
for this tutorial is saved in \BASINS\Data\Tutorial\Extra.
' A pop-up table (Screen 7.4.10) will appear, confirming that the file has been appended to the
appropriate BASINS DBF files.
Click OK to end the tool.
The following tables have been updated
O5010007.dbf
05010007. dbf
O5010007.dbf
O5010007.dbf
*
Screen 7.4.10
7.4-11
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Export Water Quality Observation Data Utility - Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.11), click the name of the Water Quality
Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
stations in the View window. This will activate the submenu Export Water Quality Observation Data
under the main menu Utility.
BASINS 2.0
ilo8ef fieporf Lookup PPfH Window Help
nMa=if^f^tHfs^rrrarr T+VH-JV or..* . "-1 .H.
nDDEl
ซp -ป T-,
f' Append Water Quality ObsesVaton Data
Sgp"100e'C tean Water
*.; ;;'',ป"ป" ' " " "'""
i1!)! ........ ,' ii1 Ha, i;;;:: ..... '";:vi,;i":!"':1ff1^'''',
Database ..... V;';,
S 524 -821 ,
, . 622 723
, ,, 724-804
s*J!s, , ' .*,' "" ' V : !:." * t 4 '' :\ , if ir'-' , .,ซ .rf'1'
'frJ:il*ndU*ซ Index' " ' S'"A
.......
spซt walet CJualiw Observation Data
tSaUUSKtH*
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
Water Quality Observation
* SelecJ^ater Quality Parameter.^)
TEMPERATURE, WATER (DEGREES CENTI1
TURBIDITY.HACH TURBIDIMETER (FORMA;
COLOR (PLATINUM-COBALT UNITS)
ALKALINITY, TOTAL (MG^L AS CAC03)
pt
HARDNESS, TOTAL (MG,'LAS CAC03) ;
SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE (UMHOS 'CM @
i ?!....
I **, f '<
Screen 7.4.12
Enter the Water Quality Observation Export File
File Name: '
,4 Dnves;
=. -,-j^: . .'
Screen 7.4.13
Tip: Before saving, remember the directory and file name generated so it can be imported to a
postprocessing tool or a commercial spreadsheet for statistical analysis, model calibration, and
visualization and graphing.
Format of the Exported File
The standard format of the exported text file is as follows:
[Number of stations]
[Station 1 unique identifier]
[Station 2 unique identifier]
[Number of parameters]
[Parameter 1 code and name]
7.4-13
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
[Parameter 2 code and name]
[Station 1 unique identifier]
[Station ID]
[Agency ID]
[Location]
[Cataloging Unit]
[Parameter 1 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g. No Id_samp Date
[Number] [Sampling Id] [Date]
Time Value Depth]
[Time] [Value] [Depth]
[Parameter 2 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g. No Id_samp Date
[Number] [Sampling Id] [Date]
Time Value Depth]
[Time] [Value] [Depth]
[Station 2 unique identifier]
[Station ID]
[Agency ID]
[Location]
[Cataloging Unit]
[Parameter 1 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g. No id_samp Date
[Number] [Sampling Id] [Date]
Time Value Depth]
[Time] [Value] [Depth]
[Parameter 2 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g. No Id_samp Date
[Number] ' [Sampling Id] [Date]
Time Value Depth]
[Time] [Value] [Depth]
7.4-14
-------
7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management i/tf/fifes
Example File:
06486000+112WRD
06601200+112WRD
2
00010-TEMPERATURE, WATER (DEGREES CENTIGRADE)
00300-OXYGEN, DISSOLVED (MG/L)
BASINS ID: 06486000+112WRD
Station ID: 06486000
Agency: 112WRD
Location: Missouri River at Sioux City, IA
BASINS CU: 10230001
Parameter: 00010-TEMPERATURE, WATER (DEGREES CENTIGRADE)
Number of Records: 10
NO Id_samp Date Time Value Depth
1 0644000001 800121 1045 0.00001
2 0644000002 800208 0830 0.00001
3 0644000003 800310 1530 1.00000
4 0644000004 800404 1240 4.00000
5 0644000005 800417 1435 10.00000 4.60000
6 0644000029 800417 1515 10.00000
7 0644000030 800529 1110 21.00000 20.40000
8 0644000055 800617 1100 22.00000
9 0644000056 800710 1205 27.50000 5.60000
10 0644000081 800710 1304 27.50000
Parameter: 00300-OXYGEN, DISSOLVED (MG/L)
Number of Records: 12
NO Id_samp Date Time Value Depth
1 0644000001 800121 1045 13.60000
2 0644000002 800208 0830 13.90000
3 0644000003 800310 1530 12.40000
4 0644000004 800404 1240 12.20000
5 0644000055 800617 1100 8.70000
6 0644000082 800811 1100 7.80000
7 0644000108 800916 1230 8.10000
8 0644000109 801007 1240 9.20000
9 0644000136 801104 1345 11.00000
10 0644000137 801203 1045 13.20000
11 0644000138 810106 1000 13.80000
12 0644000139 810206 1230 13.90000
BASINS ID: 06601200+112WRD
Station ID: 06601200
Agency: 112WRD
Location: Missouri River at Decatur, NE
BASINS CU: 10230001
Parameter: 00010-TEMPERATURE, WATER (DEGREES CENTIGRADE)
Number of Records: 9
NO Id_samp Date Time Value Depth
1 0644100001 800409 1245 6.00000
2 0644100002 800507 1100 16.00000
3 0644100003 800611 1245 24.50000
4 0644100004 800716 1145 25.50000
5. 0644100005 800813 1245 25.00000
6 0644100006 800917 1215 21.50000
7.4-15
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
7 0644100007 810219 1400 2.00000
8 0644100008 810310 1100 5.00000
9 0644100009 810408 1100 12.00000
Parameter: 00300-OXYGEN, DISSOLVED (MG/L)
Number of Records: 13
NO IcL_samp Date Time Value Depth
1 0644100001 800409 1245 11.80000
2 0644100002 800507 1100 9.30000
3 0644100003 800611 1245 9.40000
4 0644100004 800716 1145 7.70000
5 0644100005 800813 1245 8.30000
6 0644100006 800917 1215 8.10000
7 0644100007 810219 1400 12.80000
8 0644100008 810310 1100 12.90000
9 0644100009 810408 1100 9.80000
10 0644100010 810506 1130 9.00000
11 0644100012 810708 1045 7.60000
12 0644100013 810805 1130 7.90000
13 0644100014 810909 1100 10.10000
Click the theme Water Quality Observation Station to make it active (Screen 7.4.11).
Check its check box to display the point locations of the observation stations in the View window.
Use the Select Feature tool to select the station in which the export file will be generated. For this
tutorial, the station selected is indicated in Screen 7.4.11 in a different shade (e.g., yellow when in
color).
Select the submenu Export Water Quality Observation Data under the main menu Utility.
In the dialog box that appears, select the parameters as shown in Screen 7.4.12 and click to continue.
In the file dialog box that appears, enter the filename as shown in Screen 7.4.13 and save it in the
Extra directory under the \Data\Tutorial directory. Click OK to export the file and end the tool. A word
processor can be used to open this export file.
7.4-16
-------
7.5 DEM Rec/assiffcatfon
7.5 DEM Reclassificatiom
Purpose
Digital elevation models (DEM polygon coverages) used in BASINS contain large amounts of
spatially distributed information that cannot always be displayed in suitable detail. The DEM
Reclassification tool allows a user to modify default color and interval schemes to display more
detailed information based on the elevation features of selected areas, such as watersheds. A more
detailed classification of selected areas within watersheds permits a more accurate delineation of
subwatershed boundaries.
Application
This tool performs a topographic reclassification of the DEM coverage based on the elevation
features of a selected watershed or area of interest within a watershed. A key feature is the ability to
assign different numbers of classes to hilltop, middle basin, and valley areas depending on the
watershed relief. This type of classification allows the user to focus the classification on key areas in
the watershed. Potential applications of the DEM Reclassification tool include assisting in the
watershed delineation process and providing more detailed elevation changes indicative of the
severity of the relief.
Procedures
Key Procedures
v' Activate the DEM Polygon theme
i/ Zoom in and select the area of interest within a watershed
/ From the Utility menu select the Re-classify DEM option
/ In the BASINS DEM Classification dialog box, set your classification
parameters
/ Select a color scheme for OEM's legend
7.5-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1. Activate the DEM polygon theme by clicking on the theme name.
Tip: If you did not extract a DEM polygon during data extraction, you will need to run extract again and
add it to your database directory.
2. Zoom in and select the area of interest in the watershed.
Tip: You can use the Select Feature tool or use the Select by Theme option under the Theme menu to
select an area of interest on the DEM polygon theme. The OEM's ^classification will be based on
the elevation features of the selected area.
Tip: DEM data are tiled by watershed (8-digit Cataloging Unit) and therefore cannot operate on
multiple watersheds.
Tip: DEM Rectification operates on large amounts of data and therefore performs extensive
processing. It is desirable to limit analysis to small watersheds. You can use the Watershed
Delineation tool to define a subwatershed of interest and then apply DEM Reclassification.
3. From the Utility menu, select the Re-classify DEM option.
4. Assignment of classification parameters (Screen 7.5.1):
Hilltop Zone (%)
Hilltop Classification
Interval (m)
Valley Zone (%)
Valley Classification
Interval (m)
Sets the number of higher elevations, in terms of the percent of total
elevations, to include in the hilltop zone. Select a small percentage to
display a more detailed classification of higher elevations.
Class interval for the hilltop elevations. Enter a small interval if you want to
see a more detailed classification in hilltop areas.
Sets the number of lower elevations, in terms of the percent of total
elevations, to include in the valley zone. Select a small percentage to
display a more detailed classification of lower elevations.
Class interval for valley elevations. Enter a small interval if you want to see
a more detailed classification in valley areas.
7.5-2
-------
7.5 DEM Reclassification
After you set the classification parameters, the maximum, minimum, median, and mean elevation, as
well as standard deviation statistics for the selected area, are displayed in the lower left corner of the
dialog box. Classification information is summarized in the top right corner of the dialog box. A
suitable classification scheme may require a few attempts at classification parameter selection.
5. Select a color scheme for the legend of the DEM polygon theme from the drop-down list in the lower
right corner of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to finish DEM reclassification.
: To change the color scheme without changing the classification after the DEM reclassification is
finished, select the Edit Legend option under the Theme menu or double-click on the legend of
the DEM theme to open the Legend Editor (Screen 7.5.2). Choose another color scheme from the
Color Ramps drop-down list.
ฉ BASINS DEM Reclassification
0 i Classification Parameter
* f 1%*, \ f f
' ", Percentages must be between 1 'and 39.
'* '? - _
' > Hซop Zone [%),- [J
*f Hilltop Classification (interval (mj * ' [~]
?> - f " ฃ.
I-, ,ClassificationInfoimafiorr ' vV_ , ~
- i MMmum Elevation in Hilltop Zone (rnj^ 545 ""' ,
Maximum Elevation in Valley Zone (m); 455
* ',' Valley Classif/catfon Interval (m) [TT
^^Slatisiios - ( ", v- ป''".'',
i, i*j r Minimum Elevatiop (m)' ' 382
,' Masamum Elevation (m) * 609
~ Median Elevation (m). ' " 523
, '* Mean Elevation (m) 495
Standard Deviation (m)' * 46
ฐ-ปr ^ *> H,!ltop If Classes fit). ' '~ * " 5
,3i
,Middle Basin Classes (ft)
, Valley'El Classes {ซ} ; ?
," Jotal El Classes {ป).' 15
A
Choose a,color scheme
* [ Red Monpchrorriatic ,
Cancel
Screen 7.5.1
7.5-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Legend Editor
j',
Screen 7.5.2
TUTORIAL
Activate the DEM 05010007 theme.
Zoom in on the watershed.shp theme.
Select an area encompassing the three subwatersheds in the watershed.shp theme.
From the Utility menu, select Re-classify DEM.
Assign a value of 20 to "Hilltop Zone", 10 to "Hilltop Classification Interval", 20 to "Valley Zone", and
10 to "Valley Classification Interval". Select the Red Monochromatic color scheme. Click OK. Note that
the entire DEM 05010007 theme is reclassified to better represent your selected area.
7.5-4
-------
7.6 Lookup Tables
7.6 Lookup Tables
Purpose
The Lookup Tables provide users quick and easy access to important reference information such as
the map projection, definitions of agency codes, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes, and
the water quality criteria and threshold values of a particular pollutant.
Application
The Lookup Tables provide four types of information: (1) water quality criteria and threshold values,
(2) SIC codes and definitions, (3) STORET agency codes and definitions, and (4) the map projection
of the map products in the current BASINS project file.
The lookup table for the water quality criteria provides key threshold values that a user needs when
applying TARGET at a regional scale or when examining water quality summary data at specific
monitoring stations.
The lookup table for the map projection of the data products in the current BASINS project file is
useful for reference purposes, particularly when new data have to be added. For the new spatial data
to be displayed in the same map extent as the existing data, the map projection parameters specified
in the lookup table should be used during projection.
The lookup table for the agency codes can be used as a reference to identify the source of monitoring
data in BASINS. The lookup table for the SIC codes can be used as a reference to identify the
industrial classification of a point source discharger.
7.6-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Procedures
Key Procedures
Water Quality Criteria and Threshold Values
^ Under the Lookup menu, select the Water Quality Criteria menu
^ Select the pollutant in the dialog box to view the corresponding
threshold values
Standard Industrial Classification Codes and Definitions
" Under the Lookup menu, select the Standard Industrial Codes menu
/ Select the search option (SIC Number or SIC Name) in the dialog box
and select a specific SIC number (or name) to display the
corresponding SIC name (or number)
STORE! Codes and Definitions
/ Under the Lookup menu, select the STORE! agency codes and
definitions menu
^ Select the STORET agency code in the dialog box to display the
corresponding program name, contact person, and telephone
number
Map Projection Parameters
^ Under the Lookup menu, select the Projection Parameters menu
Water Quality Criteria and Threshold Values
1. With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the Water Quality Criteria menu under the Lookup
menu. Note that the lookup tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS View
window.
2. In the scroll box of the dialog box that appears (Screen 7.6.2), select the monitoring parameter by
clicking on its name. The threshold values associated with the selected pollutant parameter for six
water quality criteria are displayed in the text box in the bottom half of the dialog box. Threshold
values are displayed for freshwater acute and chronic, marine acute and chronic, and human health
carcinogenic risk (recalculated values) for water and organic tissue. The Chemical Abstract Service
(CAS) number and the STORET parameter code are also provided for the selected pollutant.
3. Select as many parameters as needed. To quit the dialog box, click the X at the upper right corner of
the dialog box.
7.6-2
-------
7.6 Lookup Tables
& BASINS 2.0
EH Ell
Watershed shp
ซ f
t t, rj~7*1
Permit Compliance System
industrial Faemttes Oischafjl
Natjenal Pfiotlty Lfei Sites
Ijgf fjazlrdous td|aste S&ป 4
aier Quality Stations
i #
*"Naซonal Sediment invanto/'
Screen 7.6.1
@ Water Quality Lookup Table
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocjiclohexane (Lindane)
*| HexachlorocycloheKane-Alpha
^73T- r^ "^ ~^T-
It
Freshwater Acute
Freshwater Chronic
Marine Acute
Marine Chronic
HHRV Water
HHHV Organ
*?\ I 4* ~T
6
3.68
Unknown
Unknown
0.00075
0.00077
''ui^1* " ^ '
ug/l ซ ,1
ug/l CT C
ug/l p *
U3^ i& f
"9/l fc 1
ug/l P i
'
t*
Screen 7.6.2
7.6-3
-------
S4S/NS Version 2.0
Standard Industrial Classification Codes and Definitions
1. With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the Standard Industrial Codes menu under the
Lookup menu. Note that the Lookup Tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS
View window.
2. In the dialog box that appears (Screen 7.6.3), click the radio button associated with the preferred
search optionby SIC number or by name. Depending on the selected search option, select the SIC
number or name in the scroll box by clicking on it to display the corresponding SIC name or number
in the text box in the bottom half of the dialog box. The 1997 North American Industry Classification
System (NAICS) code and name associated with the selected SIC number or name are also included
in the display.
Screen 7.6.3
3. Select as many SIC names or numbers as needed. To quit the dialog box, click the X at the upper
right corner of the dialog box.
STORET Codes and Definitions
1. With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the STORET Agency Codes menu under the Lookup
menu. Note that the Lookup Tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS View
window.
2. In the scroll box of the dialog box that appears (Screen 7.6.4), select the STORET agency code. The
corresponding program name, contact person, and telephone number are displayed in the bottom half
of the dialog box.
3. Select as many STORET agency codes as needed. To quit the dialog box, click the X at the upper
right corner of the dialog box.
7.6-4
-------
7.6 Lookup Tables
Storel Agency Lookup Table
AIJCCCIW
! AIJCMOE
AL84
CHESBAY
CONSENGR
DELRBCIW
DELRBCMW
DUPOCO
-*s~- ,~~
?ฃ&
t'.i* Choosea-STORET agenrar
p% ' j. i , ' 'V11 *ป s !
f cm* from the list to display
B. .'rt, '" ' <> ... % ."'.'
-program Name
''
f
'cof MISSION
1-
Contact
! "Phons Number **
* (312J353-0293
Screen 7.6.4
Map Projection Parameters
1. With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the Projection Parameters menu under the Lookup
menu. Note that the Lookup Tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS View
window.
2. The projection parameters of the data products in the BASINS View of the current BASINS project
file are shown in the text box that appears (Screen 7.6.5).
Proiection: Custom Albers Equal-Area Conic
Spheroid: GRS 80
Central Meridian: -96
Reference Latitude: 23
Standard Parallel 1:29.5
Standard Parallel 2: 49.5
Northing: 0
Easting: 0
Screen 7.6.5
3. Click OK to quit the text box.
7.6-5
-------
-------
S Watershed Characterization Reports
Section 8
Watershed Characterization Reports
The BASINS system includes tools designed to assist in summarizing key watershed information in a
format suitable for preparing watershed characterization reports. These tools can be used to make an
inventory and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at the watershed and subwatershed
scales. The tools' functions include generation of customized maps and tables summarizing the
overall condition of the study area.
Watershed characterization is key to understanding water quality issues and pollution sources in the
watershed. In addition to evaluation of the watershed condition, it provides the necessary information
to assess monitoring programs, identify data gaps, and develop watershed-water quality modeling
strategies.
BASINS version 2.0 provides users the capability to generate six different types of watershed
characterization reports:
Point Source Inventory Report
Water Quality Summary Report
Toxic Air Emission Report
Landuse Distribution Report
State Soil Characteristics Report
Watershed Topographic Report
The customized maps and tables that compose these reports are stored in a directory called
\Basins\WcReport\\Reports\, in which the is the user-defined name or
identifier of the study area. This study area name corresponds to the name in the View Table of
Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of the study area. By default,
when a user uses the 8-digit cataloging unit as the basis for defining the study area (without
delineating a new subwatershed within the 8-digit cataloging unit), the study area is assigned the
name "catalogi" based on the theme name Cataloging Unit Boundary in the View Table of Contents.
When generating a report for the first time, the user is provided the option to select another name to
replace the default study area name.
The files stored in the \Reports directory are of two typestext file (*.txt, *.txl, *.tx2) and image
file (*.wmf)which, respectively, contain the tabular and map information about the selected
watershed characteristic. These files can be directly imported into any standard word processor for
further formatting and incorporation into other watershed characterization reports.
tซฃ.
8-1
-------
-------
8.1 Point Source Inventory Report
8.1 Point Source Inventory Report
Purpose
Point Source Inventory Report provides a summary of discharge facilities in a given watershed. The
report relies on the EPA Permit Compliance System (PCS) database to identify permitted facilities in
the selected study area and summarizes their discharge loading for a given pollutant. A discharge
loading summary is provided for a given year. BASINS version 2.0 includes annual point source
loading data for the period of 1991 to 1996.
Application
Point Source Inventory Report is a useful tool for characterizing pollutant loadings in a given
watershed. Potential applications of this report tool include rapid identification of point sources, a
mapping function to display the geographical distribution of point sources in the study area, and
evaluation of their proximity to major streams (streams in Reach File, VI). The inventory and
summary of loading discharges also allow the user to perform a planning-level assessment of the
magnitude and severity of point source contributions. Generating this report for various years can
provide information to evaluate the changes of point sources over time and support trend analysis.
Procedures
Key Procedures
Activate the watershed boundary theme
Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated
Under the Report main menu, select the Point Sources Inventory
Report submenu
Select the discharge year, pollutant of interest, and map option in
the dialog box
8.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.1.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme may be the cataloging Unit
boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
Screen 8.1.1
r f / f \__~T~' J mm_._t I
2. Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed(s) for
which the Point Source Inventory Report will be generated.
Tip: The Select Feature tool allows you to drag a box over a group of features you want to select.
Features that fall partly or wholly inside the box you define are selected. To select features that
are not adjacent to one another, hold down the SHIFT key and select as many nonadjacent
features as you want. By default, selected features are highlighted in yellow on your view.
3. Under the Report main menu, select the Point Sources Inventory Report submenu. In the dialog that
appears (Figure 8.1.2), select the discharge year and monitoring (pollutant) parameter from the list
8.1-2
-------
8.1 Point SourcB Inventory Report
boxes provided. Click the check box if a location map of point sources is to be generated. You may
choose to enter the map title in the text box provided.
\& Report Generator - Point Sources
5*.1
li f**.Sf*y *- !*-:ซ'-,. 5 i r~-> "JrW* ""?*'ซ ^* ' ,t >*< 1 j ! r
* Please^select cascharge year and monitoring parameters Enter a Wfe if you want
3Si'2*ป!SL *JLI - * '' ^ J -
:e a map
Ut * * " / * U<\ ,. ,V^f - '-
")(* ซ rซ f( ซ**ป** v * Vซf >,ซ
Irf t ^4.^ f ' ซ F^v.**
ซV
, ^<
>*#
SELENIUM, TOTAL (AS SE)
CHLORINE, TOTAL RESIDUAL
CHLORINE, FREE AVAILABLE
SOLIDS, TOTAL DISSOLVED-180 DEG.C
MERCURY, TOTAL (AS HG)
BOD, CARBONS
*> ?' "- Tji -ป,
v .* . fe'4ซ.j-
Mlj; "j ป **!
^?^_^lil^^W'f
fe^^r..;^i^^-?^^^T^r;Tisl
-^ '> ^-^M ^/^^'ft'.Mt '^ x-^ 7 <'V ^'^/c-^v^-^fe^i
fSP^BOD^Point Sources '
,*;!-, \ฃ/ ' r^^-^- ' . nr^*--ปp- -V^^^?7^F7rS^* L, / ^,*. ซ(.
/' -
*9
*%
^ ^
:& V",9* ** AJ f
jfv$ rmjr ff* *-
fc^ ซ aatu--.^ i.".f^^ ' .,
Screen 8.1.2
li' ^^%a/ .../Ti>/>". ^\"%^^^
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Generated Report
The generated report includes two tables and a map layout. The first table, "Point Source Inventory -
Summary by subwatershed" (Screen 8.1.3), provides a complete list of all discharge facilities within the
watershed(s) and pertinent information such as location (city, subwatershed, and reach number), status
(major vs. minor facility), and Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) number. The second table, "Point
Source Load - Summary by subwatershed," provides the list of discharge facilities that actually discharged
the selected pollutant for the given year (Screen 8.1.4).
|iSf. Point Source Inventory - Summary by subwatershed HIIsl_E3||
Table xx.
NPDES
Point source inventory within
Facility Name
the selected
City
study area (PCS
,=============
, 1995).
fe.
1
Status SIC Reach File, VI E'
m
Subwatershed: 05010007 m
PA0096946
PA0205435
PA0205541
PA0002992
PA0004499
PA0215856
PA0217107
PA0096S39
PA0204331
PA0204153
PA0095273
PA0204072
PA0056715
PA0090140
PA0204188
PA0216399
PA0217301
PA0097985
PA0022292
PA0098612
PA0217336
PA0205630
PA0044431
| --
ALEXANDER, RICHARD & BELINDA
BENNY. JOSEPH & MARGARET
BESTFORM FOUNDATIONS INC
BETHLEHEM STEEL CORP-JOHNSTO
BLAIRSVILLE MACHINE PROD CO
BLAIRSVILLE MUN AUTH
BRW STEEL CORP
BURRELL FOOD SYSTEMS. INC
BURRELL TWP SEW AUTH
CAMBRIA COGEN CO
CASTLE GAS COMPANY INC
CHARLTON. THOMAS
CLARK. ROBERT
CLYMER BOROUGH MUN AUTH
CONEMAUGH TWP AREA SCHOOL DI
CONEMAUGH TWP MUN AUTH
CONEMAUGH TWP SUPERVISORS
DOLAN ENTERPRIZES, INC.
EBENSBURG BORO MUN AUTH
EBENSBURG POWER COMPANY
EMERALD ESTATES INC
ENERGY CENTER, INC.
FAIRFIELD MANOR. INC.
68440
76020
18090
40800
07000
07010
40800
10580
10580
11170
10580
81760
46880
14840
19280
40360
15910
39840
23160
11170
11190
06880
07720
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
MAJOR
minor
minor
minor
minor
495
495
331 05010007006
379 05010007002
494
495
495
491
347
495
495
495 05010007017
821
494
495
495 05010007010
491
495 05010007002
Is
K'l
M|)P
fe!
jlAi
$/Xf.?
m
If
Wrl
5wt
VyJ
ง"" '
p
i'/iM
**?.".?
if
pfi
frl
Screen 8.1.3
'v' Point Source Load
- Summary by subwatershed
Table xx. BOD. CARBONACEOUS
Reach File. VI
NPDES
USE!
05 DAY. 20C load within the selected study area (PCS, 1995).
Facility Name Mile Point
Load (Ibs/yr)
Subwatershed: 05010007
05010007002
05010007003
05010007003
05010007010
05010007010
05010007015
05010007015
05010007017
Total Number of
'< 1
PA0026034
PA0002054
PA0026778
PA0022292
PA0032611
PA0005011
PA0005037
PA0001716
Facilities:
JOHNSTOWN CITY 29.6
PENELEC - SECTARD GENERATING
WINDBER AREA AUTH 8.1
EBENSBURG BORO MUN AUTH 14.3
PORTAGE AREA SEW AUTH 20.0
PENELEC CONEMAUGH
GPU/GENCO-HOMER CITY GENERAT 3.5
FMC CORP
8
' - ' , ~ ',..":"-." -;*""". :"""".' ,-.. .-/ 0-' -.", '//( :>. "'^\"\ '-. -.:!'"
1627414.8
0.0
252092.3
74416.5
68728.3
1151.3
2994.3
194.4
JL
K
|
C
*
ง
if
ป
ft
2
*
IFf
Jd
Screen 8.1.4
8.1-4
-------
8.1 Point Source Inventory Report
The map layout shows the locations of all discharge facilities within the watershed(s) (Screen 8.1.5).
Different map symbols are used to distinguish the facilities that discharged the selected pollutant for the
given year from those facilities that did not. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn in the map
for reference purposes. A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s)
relative to the EPA regional boundary.
ฉ BASINS 2.0
C Point Source Map Layout
B.QD:Ro:iot sources:
Screen 8.1.5
When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu.
Another way to print the map layout is through the Print button in the Project Window with the Layouts
component selected and the "Point Source Map Layout" layout highlighted.
The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
Arc View print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate an acceptable printout of
the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content of
the tables using a word processor.
8.1-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Tip: The files pcs.txl and pcs.tx2, which contain the tables, and pcs.wmf, which contains the point
source map, are located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\ directory. The
is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the
name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of
the study area.
Tip: The subwatershed ID listed in the reports corresponds to the unique ID number automatically
assigned to the subwatershed by the delineation tool or watershed boundary import utility. The
subwatershed ID corresponds to a cataloging unit number (eg. 05010007) if the report generator
was run using the cataloging unit theme or an RF1 or RF3 segment ID for user delineated or
imported watershed boundary themes (eg. RF1 = 05010007020 or RF3 =
5010007 035 4.93;.
8.1-6
-------
8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
Purpose
Water Quality Summary Report provides a summary of water quality monitoring stations within the
selected watershed that monitored a particular pollutant during a given time period. The water
quality data are presented as statistical summaries of the mean and selected percentiles of the
observed data. The data were originally obtained from USEPA's Storage and Retrieval System
(STORET). The information generated in this report is summarized in table format and, if selected,
in a map format.
Application
The Water Quality Summary Report generates information for characterizing water quality
conditions of water bodies within a given watershed and can be used to support various watershed
assessment and evaluation programs. Potential applications include review of existing monitoring
programs, evaluation of ongoing monitoring activities, location of key stations with sufficient and
relevant monitoring data for model calibration, and evaluation of data gaps. Although the
information is summarized statistically, it can provide basic information to assess the conditions of a
given water body, as well as to evaluate its changes over time.
Procedures
Key Procedures
ป/" Activate the watershed boundary theme
/ Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated
i/ Under the Report main menu, select the Water Quality Summary
Report submenu
/ Select the time period, pollutant, and map option in the dialog box
8.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.2.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit
boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
Ite
.ฃ? BASINS 2.0
fiiSjiiy^^
Lookup^ Utility Window Help
SPSP"Ep!nt Source Inventory Report
I -J-OJ'I? Air Emrssion Report
ItiSr'j.aLj ,iซM. "~ t .) r
rj Weatherstation
ปn Weather Station Ar
haracteristic Report
ป4 , ~ , f *v. ~ *
WDM Weather Dat
Iฎ,'
JFJ" "Cata'loging Unit'Co1*1
''''!!"'''' 1"!" ''i '',!h',! ,'' p iง
Cataloging Unit Bo
--Accounting UnftBo
"ifi|i,1,Major Roads'
A/
_j Urban Area Names
Screen 8.2.1
2. Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed for which
the Water Quality Summary Report will be generated.
3. Under the Report main menu, select the Water Quality Summary Report submenu. In the dialog
(Screen 8.2.2) that appears, select the time period(s) from the check boxes and monitoring (pollutant)
parameter from the list box provided in the dialog. Several time periods can be checked at one time.
Click the check box if a location map of water quality monitoring stations is to be generated. You
may choose to enter the map title in the text box provided.
8.2-2
-------
8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
3 Report Generator - STORET Water Quality Stations
,
. * rป ;** y* Please select veatfsl of data and me desired monitoring parameter,
;^'VW , ,- " r'% i ;\ ''x'1''*?*''''t *>1 * *
i 3>y-{^ '-X** ** ^j*^/ir"/, /,
;v /'I
ซ^ฃ^aLJkiaU-1ง?4 ,
raJ^^JV^W'' 4^7 SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
l^i^ffj1'^^" - ^ T.'/
v^i-^irlS?:^^?-*;?
BOD,5DAY,20DEQC
PH
ALKALINITY, TOTAL (AS CAC03)
RESIDUE, TOTAL FILTRABLE DRIED ATI*
RESIDUE, TOTAL NONFILTRABLE (TSS)fg
NITROGEN, AMMONIA, TOTAL
- _,f
Screen 8.2.2
4. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to quit the tool without generating the
report.
TUTORIAL
Click the theme Cataloging Unit Boundaries to make it active.
Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View Window.
Check the check box of the theme Water Quality Station to display the location of the water quality
stations.
Using the Select Feature tool, select watershed 05010007. Your BASINS screen should now look like
Screen 8.2.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to Selected Theme tool.
Under the Report main menu, select the Water Quality Summary Report submenu.
In the dialog box that appears (Screen 8.2.2), select the time periods 1975-1979 and 1985-1989
and the parameter Dissolved Oxygen, and enter the title Dissolved Oxygen.
Click OK to continue.
Click OK to accept the default directory Catalog! where all report files will be saved. The report files
wq.* are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Catalogi\Reports\ directory.
8.2-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Generated Report
The generated report includes several tables and a map layout. The first table, "Water Quality Station
Inventory - Summary by Subwatershed" (Screen 8.2.3), provides a complete list of all water quality
monitoring stations within the watershed(s) and pertinent information such as county location, river basin,
and reach location. Not all of the water quality stations listed in the table might actually have monitored the
selected pollutant for the given time period. The second set of tables, "Water Quality Summary - by Station"
(Screen 8.2.4), contain the water quality stations that actually monitored the selected pollutant for the given
time period(s). Each table is associated with a different water quality station and shows the statistics of the
observed data for each time period selected.
"' Water Quality Station Inventory
(Table xx.
Agency
03039200
03039300
03039340
03039420
03039440
03039700
03039750
03039800
03039920
03039925
03039926
03039930
03039931
03039950
03039957
03040000
03040100
03040110
03040511
03041025
03041028
03041500
03041650
03041675
03041700
03041710
03041720
03041800
mmK
Water quality station inventory within the selected study area(s)
(years of data: 75-79, and 85-89)
Station No.
112WRD
112BRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112SRD
112WRD
112WRD
112HRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112BRD
112WRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
i 1 iTrrm
Location
CLEAR RUN NEAR BUCKSTOWN, PA
WELLS C AT-MOSTOLLER, PA
BEAVERDAM C AT STOYSTOWN, PA
NORTH BRANCH QUEMAHONING CR
QUEMAHONIHG C AT BOSBELL, PA
DARK SHADE CR. AT CENTRAL CI
DARK SHADE C AT REITZ, PA
CLEAR SHADE CR AT OGLETOฅN,
LITTLE PAINT CREEK AT SCALP
NORTH FORK BENS CR AT NORTH
NORTH FORK BENS CR AT N.F. R
SOUTH FORK BENS CR HR THOMAS
SOUTH FORK BENS CR NR THOMAS
S FK BENS C NR FERNDALE. PA
BENS C AT" FERNDALE, PA
STONYCREEK RIVER AT FERNDALE
L CONEMAUGH RIVER AT WILMORE
HOWELLS RUN NEAR EBENSBURG,
S FORK AT SOUKSBURG, PA
LITTLE CONEMAUGH RIVER AT JO
HINCKSTON RUN AT MINERSVILLE
CONEMAUGH RIVER AT SEBARD, P
HENDRICKS C NR WEST FAIRFIEL
TOMS RUN NEAR BLAIRSVILLE, P
MCGEE RN AT BRENIZER, PA
DUTCH RUN NEAR BLUE GOOSE, P
ELK CREEK NEAR BELSANO, PA
SOUTH BRANCH BLACKLICK CREEK
-J3THlC!!--Cr!EEKi=i3LiStiS!IฃSn!Lj*ilJ._-
County Watershed Seg
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007 009
CAMBRIA 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007 010
CAMBRIA 05010007 002
BESTMORELAND05010007
BESTMORELAND05010007 002
INDIANA 05010007
VESTMORELANDOS010007 002
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
-Tซr,T-ปJtป, '"-""ISftS^HjBt^rtnpasB;
No of Obs
(OXYGEN, DISSOLV)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
^^T^*r>s>!!<^-'Tr^*^
M
1
1
*
$
w
'.V.
ffl
ti
?M
i
,f
i''
w)
ฃJP
m
W
tin
j'0j
f)fl
tt'j
w
in'
is
f'M
m
W
;^
ft
Screen 8.2.3
The map layout shows the locations of all water quality monitoring stations within the watershed(s) (Screen
8.2.5). Different map symbols are used to distinguish the facilities that monitored the selected pollutant for
the given time period from those facilities that did not. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn
in the map for reference purposes. A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected
watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional boundary.
When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu. The
print function that ArcView provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
ArcView print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate an acceptable printout of
the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content of
the tables using a word processor.
8.2-4
-------
8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
&. Water Quality Summary
-by Station
^^(^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Eirft
ITable xx. Water Quality Summary for 112WRD Station No. 03040000: OXYGEN DISSOLVED (Units' MG/L)
(Location: STONYCREEK RIVER AT FERNDALE, PA., CAMBRIA, Watershed: 05010007, Reach Segment : ).
Years
1975 - 1979
1985 - 1989
No of Obs Mean 25 th
5 7.20 6.50
NO DATA
'/. 50th '/. 75th /.
7.00' 8.00
m
BBSS
!
i
1
1
I
End of Table
Table xx. Water Quality Summary for 112WRD Station Ho.03041025: OXYGEN, DISSOLVED (Units' MG/L) J$
(Location:_IITTLE COHEMAUGH RIVER AT JOHNSTOWN. PA., CAMBRIA, Watershed: 05010007, Reach Segment:
Years
1975 - 1979
1985 - 1989
No of Obs Mean
5 8.60
HO DATA
25th X 50th '/i 75th '/.
8.00
9.00
9.00
End of Table
Table xx. Water Quality Summary for 112ฅRD Station No. 03041500: OXYGEN. DISSOLVED (Units: MG/L) .,
Sฐ - ?! R*VER_AI SEWARD, PA. SITE 31, WESTMORELAND, Watershed: 05010007, Reach Segmel
Years
Ho of Obs Mean
25th % 50th X 75th %
'>&^
Screen 8.2.4
\&. BASINS 2.0
Water Quality Station Map Layout
:Diss!Olv:ed:Qxygen
(* ,"*
Screen 8.2.5
8.2-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
The tables and the map are developed for the purpose of integrating them into a single document. A standard
word processor can be used to import both the tables and the map for further editing and formatting.
Tip: The files wq.txl and wq.tx2, which contain the tables, and wq.wmf, which contains the location
map of the water quality stations, are located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\
directory. The is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It
corresponds to the name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the
boundary information of the study area.
8.2-6
-------
8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
Purpose
Toxic Air Emission Report provides a summary of facilities that are part of the Toxic Release
Inventory (TRI) and have estimated air releases of a particular pollutant in a selected watershed.
Application
Information generated in Toxic Air Emission Report can be used to support the characterization of
emission sources in a given watershed. It generates tabular summaries of TRI facilities with their
corresponding estimates of pollutant air releases and other pertinent information such as facility
identification name, city location, status (active or inactive facility), ownership type (government,
commercial), and SIC code number. Together with other reports generated in BASINS, such as point
source discharges, land use distribution, and water quality summary, this report can support analysis
of the relative magnitude of air emissions in the overall watershed loading. This report also generates
a map showing the location of the TRI facilities overlaid with the Reach File network (i.e., RF1) and
the boundary of the selected watershed.
Procedures
Key Procedures
^ Activate the watershed boundary theme
/ Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated
/ Under the Report main menu, select Toxic Air Emission Report
submenu
%/" Select the toxic release year, pollutant type, and the map option in
the dialog box
8.3-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.3.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit
boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
M Source Inventory ffepart
i^dter Quality Summary Report
'toxic ait emission .'. : . : Sifc^IpPw>ป>.",,.>,4;
lW(wt ^asSSegiiBtiiiSE i
Screen 8.3.1
2. Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the
watershed(s) for which the Toxic Air Emission Report will be generated.
3. Under the Report main menu, select the Toxic Air Emission Report submenu. In the dialog box that
appears (Figure 8.3.2), select the toxic release year and monitoring (pollutant) parameter in the list
boxes provided. Click the check box if a location map of TRI facilities is to be generated. You may
choose to enter the map title in the text box provided.
8.3-2
-------
8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
Report Generator - Toxic Air Emission
E Wef a title if you want
' '
Pataraeter 38
>jv
1------
HYDROCHLORIC ACID (1995 AND AFTER ACID AEROSOLS ONLYiil
PHOSPHORIC ACID
HYDROGEN FLUORIDE
AMMONIA
Screen 8.3.2
4. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to quit the tool without generating the
report.
TUTORIAL
Click the theme Cataloging Unit Boundaries to make it active.
Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View window.
Check the check box of the theme Toxic Release Inventory to display the location of the TRI
facilities. Using the Select Feature tool, select watershed 05010007. Your BASINS screen
should now look like Screen 8.3.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to
Selected Theme tool.
Under the Report main menu, select Toxic Air Emission Report submenu.
In the dialog box that appears (Screen 8.3.2), select the year 1992 and parameter Zinc (Fumes and
Dust), and enter the title Zinc (Fumes and Dust) Air Emission.
Click OK to continue.
Click OK to accept the default directory Catalog! where all report files will be saved. The report files tri. *
are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Catalogi\Reports\ directory.
8.3-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Generated Report
The generated report includes two tables and a map layout. The first table, "Toxic Air Inventory - Summary
by subwatershed" (Screen 8.3.3), provides a complete list of all TRI facilities within the watershed(s) and
pertinent information such as city location, status (active or inactive facility), type of ownership
(government, commercial), and Standard Industrial Classification number. The second table, "Toxic Air
Emission - Summary by subwatershed" (Screen 8.3.4), provides the list of TRI facilities that actually
released the selected pollutant for the given year. The air releases are grouped into two types, stack and
fugitive emissions. Stack emissions include releases that occur through stacks, vents, ducts, pipes, or other
confined air streams, as well as storage tank emissions and air releases from air pollution control equipment.
Fugitive emissions include equipment leaks from valves, pump seals, flanges, compressors, sampling
connections, and open ended lines; evaporative losses from surface impoundments and spills; and releases
from building ventilation systems.
J-* Toxic Afi Inventory - Summary by subwalershed
iTable xx. Toxic air emission source inventory within the selected study area (TRI, 1932). j||
i
ID
Facility Name
City
SIC
Ownership
Status i ง
Subwatershed: 05010007 |1
1SS01CRBS
15501GLHR
15501MLTS
15501THCL
1SS41WHPM
15S63HGHL
15601SSNL
1S627CRNN
1S627KYST
15627NDST
1S681BRZN
15681FDRL
15701FSHR
1S701MCCR
1S701SCHR
15717BLRS
15717FMCC
15717WSTN
1S748FMCC
15748STRM
15901SNDR
15902CCKR
1S902JHHS
15902SCMM
3 con ACT-TV
PENH CARBOSE INC.
GILMOUR MFG. CO.
MULTI-SERVICE EQUIPMENT CORP
FLEETWOOD FOLDING TRAILERS I
WAMPUM HARDWARE CO.
HIGHLAND TANK & MFG. CO.
SEASON-ALL IND. INC.
CRAIN IND. INC.
KEYSTONE FOAM CORP.
INDUSTRIAL CERAMICS INC.
BREEZE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
TRANSTECHNOLOGY CORP. FEDERA
FISHER SCIENTIFIC CO.
SPECIALTY TIRES OF AMERICA I
SCHROTH IHD.
BLAIRSVILLE MACHINE PRODS. C
FMC CORP. BLAIRSVILLE PLANT
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP.
FMC CORP. HOMER CITY PLANT
STAR MFG. CO.
PENN TRAFFIC CO. SANI-DAIRY
KORNS GALVANIZING CO.
JOHNSTOWN CORP.
SCM METAL PRODS. INC.
SOMERSET
SOMERSET
SOMERSET
SOMERSET
FREIDENS
STOYSTOWN
INDIANA
DERRY
DERRY
DERRY
SALTSBURG
SALTSBURG
INDIANA
INDIANA
INDIANA
BLAIRSVILLE
BLAIRSVILLE
DERRY TOWNSHIP
HOMER CITY
HOMER CITY
JOHNSTOWN
JOHNSTOWN
JOHNSTOWN
JOHNSTOWN
2679
3089
3089
3792
2892
3443
3442
3086
3069
3264
3429
2869
3821
3011
2491
3499
3535
3356
3535
3448
2024
3429
3325
3399
Screen 8.3.3
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Act i ve a&
Active K
Active m
Active M
Active H
Active m
Inactive ;H
Active am
Active !H
Inactive |W
Active m
Active p
Active M|
Active sVtW
Active 5m
Act i ve AW]
Active tun
Active iWf
Act i ve ,'j'S
Active $w
Active tila
Active &wj
Active M
Commercial Active |!5!
~ ..... ^m-i
^iiป9^^^Sป=^ซ4S^!?'i:ซmisiii;S=if,e~-'i-,,ป -T.-i-Tl35
The map layout shows the location of all TRI facilities within the watershed(s) (Screen 8.3.5). Different map
symbols are used to distinguish the facilities that released the selected pollutant for the given year from those
facilities that did not. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn in the map for reference purposes.
A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional
boundary.
When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu.
Another way to print the Toxic Air Emission map layout is through the Print button in the Project Window
with the Layouts component selected and the "Toxic Air Emission Layout" layout highlighted.
The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
ArcView print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate an acceptable printout of
.
8.3-4
-------
8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content of
the tables using a word processor.
ฉBASINS 2.0
14 TRl Air Emission - Summary by subtvateished
liable SK. XYIENE (MIXED ISOHERS) (Ibs./yr) air emission within the selected study area (TRI, 1992^
Facility ID Facility Name
Fugitive Emission
Subwatershed: 05010007
15601SSKIL148 SE&SON-AII IHD. INC. 0
15501THCIMRD2 FLEETWOOD FOLDING TRAILERS INC. 7 5000
15904NTDMT409 UNITED METAL FABRICATORS INC. 1148
15904MGLPR303 EMGLO PRODS. CORP. 0
15563HGHLNRTE HIGHLAND TANK & MFG. CO. 11918
15907BTHLH17J JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORP. FREIGHT C 23000
Total Number of Facilities: 6
Stack Emission
20613
31000
10509
18920
0
0
!*ปJ? JsasSฃm)nr SLtaMk&^aa
Screen 8.3.4
a*.... Aaป v "1
8.3-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
f^^*1ปปซlR(ป>ซIป>SWfปtป
Zinc (Fume: on Dust): Air Emission
Screen 8.3.5
Tip: The files tri.txl and tri.tx2, which contain the tables, and tri.wmf, which contains the location map
of the TRI facilities, are located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\ directory. The
is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the
name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of
the study area.
8.3-6
-------
8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
Purpose
Landuse Distribution Report provides a summary of the land use distribution within the selected
watershed(s). The BASINS default land use data were originally obtained from the USGS
Geographic Information Retrieval and Analysis System (GIRAS) and use the Anderson Level II
classification. The information generated in this report is summarized in both table and map layout
formats.
Application
Landuse Distribution Report can be used to examine the various land uses in the study area (by
subwatershed) to assist in developing a modeling strategy such as the selection of nonpoint source
segments (subwatershed) and the land use classes to be represented in the nonpoint source model. It
can also be used to assess the need for a nonpoint source monitoring program and to determine areas
where monitoring data are most useful for model parameterization and calibration. The report
generates two tables. The first table is a tabular summary of the total acreage under each land use
category (Anderson Level I classification). The second table provides the breakdown of the land use
distribution in more detail using the Anderson Level II classification. The report also generates a
map showing the land distribution within the watershed overlaid with the Reach File network (RF1)
and the boundary of the selected watershed.
Procedures
Key Procedures
v^ Act/vate the watershed boundary theme
/ Select the watershed for which the report will be generated
/ Under the Report main menu, select the Landuse Distribution
submenu
8.4-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.4.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit
boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
apeli!;;;, assess, Model
.t iew
Mer 4ซaw Symnwry Report
issrorfRe^ot? v* *r
|ractenstie Rep
SJ^ Perm it Compliance
I DVBa'oUrla Stations !"'.''.':
,, **r* , L , >. , n if ,11 ^ - ' -,!
m ' '"' *ซ':,
Screen 8.4.1
2. Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed for which
the Land Use Distribution Report will be generated.
3. Under the Report main menu, select the Land Use Distribution Report submenu. In the dialog box
that appears, enter the land use map title. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to
quit the tool without generating the report.
8.4-2
-------
8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
TUTOR/AL
Click the theme Watershed.shp to make it active. This demonstrates that the report tools can also be
applied to user-delineated watersheds.
Check its Check Box to display the boundary theme in the View Window.
Using the Select Feature tool, select the three delineated subwatersheds. Your BASINS
screen should now look like Screen 8.4.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the
Zoom to Selected Theme tool.
Under the Report main menu, select Land Use Distribution Report submenu.
In the dialog box that appears, enter tlie title Land Use Distribution.
Click OK to continue.
Click OK to accept the default directory Watershe where all report files will be saved. The report files
landuse.*are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Watershe\Reports\ directory.
Generated Report
The generated report includes two tables and a map layout. The first table, "Land Use Information -
Summary by Major Land Use Category" (Screen 8.4.2), contains the total acreage under major land use
category. The second table, "Land Use Information - Summary" (Screen 8.4.3), contains the acreage under
more detailed land use classification.
|S, Landuse Information - Summary by Major Land Use Category , HS3E3|
j ITable xx. Land use distribution
| Sub-Watershed
j Land Use Name and Code
! Urban or Built up Land
Agricultural Land
Forest Land
| Water
Barren Land
, Total
R|,1'E,' " , .' ,: *
by major land use
05010007014
Area ( acres )
238
13605
25684
58
592
40177
r~
category .
05010007013
Area (acres)
1810
3504
24539
87
267
30207
*
05010007012
Area (acres)
450
12018
36030
0
1320
49818
.
Total Area
(acres)
2498
29127
86253
145
2180
120203 *
.:" ", |/|y>iLf
I
iปj
Screen 8.4.2
8.4-3
-------
r
BASINS Version 2.0
:>', Land Die Infoimation - Summary
|Table KX. Detailed land use dis
Sub- Water shed
land Use Name and Code
Urban or Built-up land
RESIDENTIAL-11
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES-12
IHDUSTRIAI-13
TRAHS, COMM, UTII-14
OTHER URBAN OR BDILT-UP-17
Subtotal
05010007014
Area (acres)
238
0
0
0
0
238
05010007013
Area ( acres )
1034
437
44
270
25
1810
05010007012
Area (acres)
280
45
18
0
107
450
HUE!
a
I
Total Area J I
(acres) B
1552 1
4^2 m
62 m
270 3
132 m
2498 1
Agricultural land
CROPLAND AND PASTURE-21
13605
3504
12018
29127
Subtotal
Forest Land
DECIDUOUS FOREST LAND-41
EVERGREEN FOREST LAND-42
MIXED FOREST LAND-43
Subtotal
Water
RESERVOIRS-53
Subtotal
Barren Land
STRIP MIHES-75
Subtotal
13605
13313
10993
1378
25684
58
58
592
592
3504
16903
6509
1127
24539
87
87
267
267
onon-7
12018
35602
428
0
36030
0
0
1320
1320
29127
65818
17930
2505
86253
145
145
2180
2180
moKigHjM
Screen 8.4.3
The map layout, "Land Use Map Layout" (Screen 8.4.4), shows the land use distribution using the major land
use categories. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn in the map layout for reference purposes.
A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional
boundary.
When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu. The
map can also be imported into a document using a word processor.
The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
AcrView print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generated an acceptable printout
for the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content
of the tables using a word processor.
Tip: The files landuse.txl and Ianduse.tx2, which contain the tables, and landuse.wmf, which contains
the land use map, are located in the \Basins\WcReort\\Reports\directory. The
is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the
name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of
the study area.
8.4-4
-------
8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
BASINS 2.0
ut * laraphics Mncfaw Help - - *
* "ป ^"^v ^j V .^ ^ ~ M
*K:
Land Use Map Layout
; *j
n
Land: Use: Distribution
Screen 8.4.4
8.4-5
-------
-------
8.5 State Soil Characteristic Report
8.5 State Soil Characteristic Report
Purpose
State Soil Characteristic Report provides a summary of the spatial variability of selected soil
parameters within one or a set of subwatersheds. The soil parameters considered include water table
depth, bedrock depth, soil erodibility, available water capacity, permeability, bulk density, pH,
organic matter content, soil liquid limit, soil plasticity, percent clay content, and percent silt and clay
content. The data were originally obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Natural
Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) State Soil and Geographic Database (STATSGO). The
information generated in this report is summarized in table format and, if selected, presented in map
format.
Application
State Soil Characteristic Report is a useful tool for characterizing the spatial variability of soil
within the selected watershed(s). The soil data were originally obtained from the STATSGO
database, which breaks down an area coverage into smaller georeferenced units called map units.
Each map unit is further broken down into soil components and layers.
Soil parameter values are calculated by STATSGO map units and by subwatershed through a
combination of aggregation methods such as area-weighting and depth integration. The parameter
value for a particular map unit can also be selected so that it corresponds to the value of the largest
soil component within the map unit (e.g., mode method) and/or to the value of the soil surface layer.
The calculation can be based on the minimum, maximum, or mean values of the soil parameters
available in the STATSGO database.
The soil report generates a table of aggregated values of the selected parameter by STATSGO map
unit and by subwatershed. It also generates maps showing the spatial variability of the selected soil
parameter by map unit and by subwatershed overlaid with the Reach File network (RF1) and the
boundary of the selected watershed.
fio
Procedures
Key Procedures
i/ Activate the watershed boundary theme
*^ Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated
/ Under the Report main menu, select the State Soil Characteristic
Report submenu
/ Select the soil parameter, type of estimate, aggregation method, and
map option in the dialog box
8.5-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps
1. In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.5.1), click the name of the watershed boundary
theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit boundary theme
or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
36,257 40 *+ ,i
toe- flKM ctr J*. f I. i
ป-'i~i-a'ป^'i:^vป.;ซ;ir--^^
Screen 8.5.1
2. Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed(s) for
which the soil report will be generated.
3. Under the Report main menu, select the State Soil Characteristic Report submenu. In the dialog box
that appears (Screen 8.5.2), select the soil parameter from the list box and the type of estimate,
component aggregation method, and (if necessary) layer aggregation method through the check
boxes. Click the check box if soil maps are to be generated. You may choose to enter the map title in
the text box provided.
For soil parameters that do not vary with depth, such as water table and bedrock depths, only soil
component aggregation is required to obtain the "representative" values by map units. You may
choose the area-weighted method of aggregating the soil components within a map unit to obtain the
"representative" value. On the other hand, you may choose the value of the largest soil component
within the map unit as the "representative" value for the entire map unit.
8.5-2
-------
8.5 State Soil Characteristic Report
'ra*~vซ ;^% '?'ซ
Stfo^vrti,, S\ /;
Vt- , 4 A, .
-'*! * *
.t <
Screen 8.5.2
For the rest of the soil parameters that also vary with depth (soil layers) such as soil erodibility,
available water capacity, permeability, bulk density, pH, organic matter content, soil liquid limit, soil
plasticity, percent clay content, and percent silt and clay content, an extra step of layer aggregation is
required to obtain a "representative" value for all soil layers. You may choose the depth-integration
(depth-weighted) method of aggregating the soil layers of a particular soil component within the map
unit. On the other hand, you may choose the value associated with the surface soil layer as the
"representative" value for all soil layers.
For the soil parameters supported in this report tool, the STATSGO database reports both minimum
and maximum values. This provides the user an option of generating the soil characterization report
based on minimum, maximum, or mean (of the minimum and maximum) values.
4. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to quit the tool without generating the
report.
TUTORIAL
Click the theme Watershed.shp to make it active. This demonstrates that the report tools can also be
applied to user-delineated watersheds.
Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View window.
8.5-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
TUTORIAL (cont) . , . :>':. ..^p;'.^:.-^v;/;;;'' ^;.^,ฃ ^-:^{
Using the Select Feature tool, select the three delineated subwatersheds. Your BASINS screen should
now look like Screen 8.5.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to Selected Theme
tool.
Under the Report main menu, select the State Soil Characteristic Report submenu.
In the dialog box that appears (Screen 8.5.2), select Parameter Permeability and Options Mean, Area-
Weighted and Depth-Integration.
Enter the title Soil Permeability.
Click OK to continue.
Click OK to accept the default directory Watershe where all report files will be saved. The report files
soil.* are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Watershe\Reports\ directory.
Generated Report
The generated report includes two tables and two map layouts. The first table, "State Soil Report - Summary
by subwatershed" (Screen 8.5.3), contains the acreage of the STATSGO map unit and the corresponding
aggregated values of the selected parameter. The second table, "State Soil Statistics - Summary by
subwatershed" (Screen 8.5.4), contains the total acreage of the subwatershed and the mean, maximum, and
minimum of the map unit values within the subwatershed.
3?. Stale Soil Repor
|Table xx. Soil
Map Unit
Subwatershed :
PA022
PAOS3
PAOS6
Subwatershed :
PAD 2 2
PAD 5 3
PA056
Subwatershed :
PA022
PA053
PAD 55
Note: Type of
B (*.:" '. .' '-
- Summary by subwatershed
distribution by STATSGO Map
Area (acre)
05010007014
28180
11312
685
05010007013
21772
57
8378
05010007012
29551
18023
2245
Estimate: Mean; Components:
. . -. - ,-,--.-:. ,, -:_ v:- .-,:-,.: .,-;"< j
^^^KMll
Unit. !*.
Permeability (in/hr) ^
1
9.33 ฃ
0.77 ฃ
ฐ-77 u
i
9.33 ll
0.77 L
0.77 P
|
9.33 |,
0.77 r
1.17 1
t
Area-weighted; layers: Depth-integration ,11
o
Screen 8.5.3
8.5-4
-------
S.SSfate Soil Characteristic Report
S, State Soil Statistics - Summary by subwatershed , HE"!
Table xx. Soil statistics - Summary by subwatershed ( Parameter: Permeability (in/hr)).
Statistics
Area ( acre )
Hean
Min
Mas
Note: Type of
05010007014
40177
6.77
0.00
9.33
Estimate: Hean; Components
05010007013
30207
6.94
0.00
9.33
: Area-weighted;
05010007012 Composite
49818
5.86
0.00
9.33
Layers :
-5
120203
6.44
0.00
9.33
x
as
ป*'
f
1
Depth integration. (**
Rf
Screen 8.5.4
The first map layout (State Soil Map Layout 1) shows the spatial distribution of the selected soil parameter
by watershed in which one value is assigned for each subwatershed (Screen 8.5.5). The second map layout,
"State Soil Map Layout 2," shows the spatial distribution of the selected soil parameter by STATSGO map
unit (Screen 8.5.6). On both maps, the Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn for reference
purposes. A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the
EPA regional boundary.
& BASINS 2.0
Die Edit Layout* fitaphics
*"8.ซซ*ซ -u J^ ^ t , sr,
sS. State Soil Map Lavout 1
:::::: :Soil Re:rmeab.iljty:by sub
Screen 8.5.5
li^d!^^
8.5-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
BASINS 2.0
^/^l.ij^w^. ,r;^^
"pisas:''.' H1 "7"*'",'""" i<^Vs^trvv->1''i':!-'i!tf ;V''~-*'ifV^^^^j7i!^^ '4^^1^^-ji^lTJ--
f'ffcC'''.:, i?-:'.i:,:,:'Al
Slate Soil Map Layout 2
Soil Permeability by map unit
tubllty Opfhrr
f~n'0.760
1 1-0.760.0.760
\Reports\ directory. The is the
user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the name in the View
Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of the study area.
8.5-6
-------
8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
Purpose
Watershed Topographic Report provides a statistical summary and distribution of discrete land
surface elevations in the watershed. It also generates an elevation map of the selected watershed. The
default source elevation map in BASINS is derived from the conversion of the USGS one degree
Digital Elevation Map (DEM) into a vector map product. The information generated in this report is
summarized in table format and, if selected, in map format.
Application
Watershed Topographic Report is a useful tool for characterizing the magnitudes and distribution of
elevations in the watershed. Statistical measures of elevation such as minimum, maximum, mean,
median, and standard deviation are provided. A graph showing the cumulative percentage of the total
area under a particular elevation is generated (hypsometric curve). This information can be used to
quickly evaluate the relative "steepness" of the watershed compared to that of other watersheds and
to correlate it with the results of water quality modeling. In conjunction with the Reach File data, the
DEM data can be used to assist users in delineating watersheds more accurately. Using the Identify
tool, the user can determine theซlevฃtion at key locations such as the headwaters of a stream. The
hypsometric curve provides an overall description of the elevation in the watershed and consequently
can assist in defining key topographic parameters generally required for water quality and nonpoint
source modeling.
Procedures
Key Procedures
/ Activate the watershed boundary theme
/ Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated
/ Under the Report main menu, select the Watershed Topographic
Report submenu
8.6-1
-------
S4S/WS Version 2.0
Operation Steps
1. In BASINS View's Table of Contents (Screen 8.6.1), click the name of the watershed boundary
theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit boundary theme
or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
S| BezSototion - [Clipboard Viewer!
_ _
...,, .,, , , ,
r-G Hazafdous'WIste 'i'";.
L"f i!;;,,1:.!;.:!,:1,,.! * i ,
L fa % I H ** Ik i{ il |M
fF"tii'
'?r;; ;:'ri
Screen 8.6.1
2. Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed(s) for
which the land use report will be generated.
3. Under the Report main menu, select the Watershed Topographic Report submenu. In the text box
that appears, enter the map title.
4. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel.
_
8.6-2
-------
8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
Tip: The DEM theme for the selected watershed should be available. Since DEM is not a part of the
BASINS core data, it has to be Imported manually. Default BASINS DEM data that came with the
extracted data are stored in \BASINS\Data\\Dem\. The is the directory where the BASINS extracted data are stored, and it was
specified during data extraction.
Tip: The BASINS DEM data layer is tiled by watershed (8-digit cataloging unit). Due to the size of each
watershed DEM file, it is recommended that you import only the needed files. Refer to Section 7.2
for instructions on how to import DEM files.
TUTORIAL
1w .x .1 j.,,...-.., .^.^--.^-.s..^^ ... *.** *.%f ..,...,!,.,,,;" jg.," ^^ ^ ^ ^ฃ*1Z* *h,wปrf* -^ , ** '
Click the theme Watershed.shp to make it active. This demonstrates that the report tools can also be
applied to user-delineated watersheds.
Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View Window.
Using the Select Feature tool, select the three delineated subwatersheds. Your BASINS screen should
now look like Screen 8.6.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to Selected Theme
tool. This requires that the DEM data for the particular selected subwatersheds have been imported
into the BASINS View already.
Under the Report main menu, select the Watershed Topographic Report submenu.
In the dialog box that appears, enter the title Land Surface Elevation.
Click OK to continue.
Click OK to accept the default directory Watershe where all report files will be saved. The report files
dem.*are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Watershe\Reports\ directory.
Generated Report
The generated report includes a table, chart, and map layout. The table, "Elevation Report" contains the
summary statistics of the land surface elevations in the watershed (Screen 8.6.2). It also shows the percent
distribution of the total watershed area under a particular elevation. This distribution is plotted in the chart
component of the report (Screen 8.6.3). The map layout shows the land surface elevation map in the
watershed (Screen 8.6.4). The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn for reference purposes. A map
inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional
boundary.
When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu. The
map layout can be activated by clicking on it. Another way to print the map layout is through the Print
button in the Project Window with the Layouts component selected and the "Elevation Map" layout
highlighted.
The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
Arc View print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate a good printout of the
8.6-3
-------
BX\S//VS Version 2.0
BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you use a word processor to
import both the tables and maps for printing, further editing and formatting, or incorporation into other
documents.
Tip: The file dem.txt, which contains the table, and dem.wmf, which contains the elevation map, are
located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\ directory. The is the user-
defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the name in the View Table of
Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of the study area.
*4 Elevation Report
Elevation report for subwatershed: 05010007014, 05010007013 and 05010007012
Statistics:
Min. Elevation: 304
Max. Elevation: 731
Hean Elevation: 548.043
Median Elevation: 638
Std. Deviation: 78.387
Elevation
y. Area Below Elevation!
304
305
306
308
309
311
312
313
314
316
317
318
319
320
0
0.26
0.31
0.35
0.37
0.37
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.46
0.48
0.5
0.52
0.54
Screen 8.6.2
8.6-4
-------
8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
& BASINS 2.0
"S8r>3oปป
I Elevation Plol
Elevation (m) vs. Area Below (%)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Area Below (%)
------- ^
Screen 8.6.3
& BASINS 2.0
1029 h <*
504 m t
6i\ Elevation Map
Land: Surface: Elevation
Screen 8.6.4
8.6-5
-------
-------
9 Stream Water Quality Models
Section 9
Stream Water Quality Models
One common objective of water quality modeling studies is to be able to predict the impact of
different point and nonpoint source loading scenarios on surface water bodies. Many models predict
the impacts of different loading scenarios under different environmental conditions very well. The
input requirements for such models, however, are often beyond the scope of many modeling studies.
Simpler models may provide acceptable accuracy for a given set of environmental conditions and
require less input. The stream water quality models included with BASINSQUAL2E and
TOXIROUTEprovide the user a means of performing simpler modeling studies with somewhat
limited data requirements. In situations where a continuous simulation model of the fate and
transport of water quality constituents in surface water bodies is required, the BASINS Nonpoint
Source Model (NPSM) can be used.
QUAL2E and TOXIROUTE are simple one-dimensional, steady-state models. QUAL2E uses
complex algorithms to simulate nutrients, biochemical oxygen demand, dissolved oxygen,
temperature, algae, and conservative and nonconservative substances. TOXIROUTE calculates final
and average concentrations of general water quality constituents based on a dilution and first-order
decay algorithm. Both models accept point source discharges and are suitable for specific flow
conditions. BASINS facilitates the setup of model input by automatically processing geographic and
point source data.
The BASINS system also enables the user to view output from these models in a spatial context. The
Visualization tool allows the user to select a classification scheme for visually displaying various
flow and pollutant levels in each reach modeled.
9-1
-------
-------
9.1 QUAL2E
9.1 QUAL2E
Purpose
The QUAL2E model allows users to simulate the fate and transport of water quality constituents in
streams under a given flow condition.
Application
QUAL2E is a steady-state,one-dimensional receiving water quality model. Data processing and
preparation of an input file for QUAL2E is automated within the BASINS system. A QUAL2E
simulation includes point source and reach data from BASINS View, as well as any user-supplied
nonpoint source data. Some of the BASINS data are tailored, with as few changes as possible, to
allow the input file to fulfill QUAL2E requirements. QUAL2E Windows Interface User's Manual
(USEPA, 1995) and The Enhanced Stream Water Quality Models QUAL2E and QUAL2E-UNCAS:
Documentation and User Manual (Brown and Barnwell, 1987) provide further details. Hydraulic
structures or dams are not retrieved by the GIS to support the configuration of the stream system
selected for simulation.
Procedures
Key Procedures
^ Activate the Reach File theme
v^ Select the reaches you want to simulate using QUAL2E
ซ/" Select QUAL2E under the Models menu
i/ Select a year for point source discharge
%^ Select conservative and nonconservative water quality constituents
%^ Import QUALINP.RUN using Run under the Import menu in QUAL2E
y' View and edit data
/ Click on Run to execute QUAL2E
1. In BASINS View, click on the check box next to the Reach File theme and make it active by clicking on
the theme legend text. Select the reaches you want to model. In general, remember the following three
points when you select reaches:
9.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Select connected reaches so that they build only one network.
Do not select too many reaches.
Reach lengths should not be significantly different.
Geographic selection in QUAL2E simulation is different from that in NPSM and TOXIROUTE
simulations because individual reaches in a cataloging unit are selected instead of a whole cataloging
unit or watershed. BASINS first checks the data pertaining to the selected reaches to find out
whether the selected reach network is acceptable for simulation with QUAL2E. BASINS then
modifies the reach data slightly such that QUAL2E reach input requirements are satisfied. QUAL2E
reaches are divided into small computational elements of equal length such that each reach has an
integer number of computational elements. In natural systems it is not always possible to find
streams that will meet this requirement without adjustment. Therefore, reach lengths in QUAL2E
might appear slightly different from those in BASINS View.
2. Pull down the Models menu and select QUAL2E (Screen 9.1.1).
3. Select the year of point source data you want to model (Screen 9.1.2).
&1 BASINS 2.0
&, BASINS View
lLf*R ea ch1hlซ. .
/V . !r
. Pซ'1>it Compliance.
,, j, \.i. i|i
't ^ JV
Industrial Facilities
T
t
Tox!ฐ R eleast*lnve"
i_l No N ational Priority
f Hazardous and Sot
T ^
Water Quality Statl;
|_J Bacteria Stations
x
J Nation alStdfmtnt*
,ijj USOS Gage Statioj,
Screen 9.1.1
9.1-2
-------
9.1 QUAL2E
QUAL2E
Irsebajgeyear fo^point source loading from
lit; Compliance System' e
Screen 9.1.2
4. You will be informed that BASINS generates input data for CBOD, dissolved oxygen, fecal
coliform, nitrogenous species, and organic and dissolved phosphorus by default (Screen 9.1.3). All of
these substances are automatically selected so that any point source data are automatically processed
and included in the QUAL2E simulation.
SQUALZE
11
*. ^ ,( * -fc^j' ttts, s * ^
i Default Parameters
ฃ
f CBOD, nitrogen cycle and phosphorus cycle are selected by
| default. Select conservative and non-conservative constituents in
r ; subsequent screens.
1
ft'
ฃljpK~ "::
* -fi .
JSr
tป?
*
K",
L;
ir
_
t
f
I
f
k
*
^
Screen 9.1.3
5. You will be prompted to select up to three conservative substances and one nonconservative
substance. The numbers in front of the substance name indicate the number of discharges in the
selected reaches and the total number of pounds discharged per year. After you select one
conservative substance in Screen 9.1.4, click OK. You will then be prompted to select a second
conservative pollutant. If you do not want to select any more pollutants, click Cancel. You will then
be asked to select a nonconservative substance.
QUAL2E
Delect 1^conservative constituent,
if iDjschargers, TotLoadfbs^yr), Parm
TlResiz^ window to view list)
t
OK
S*'
Cancel
Screen 9.1.4
Select a nonconservative substance or click CANCEL to model only the conservative substance(s)
previously selected.
9.1-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
7. You will be notified how to load the input file (QUALINP.RUN) in QUAL2E (Screen 9.1.5).
Important Notice
BASINS has created a QUAL2E "RUN" file located in
'c: SbasinsSmodelsXqual2eS qualinp. run'
After this message QUAL2E will be invoked. Choose the "RUN
file" option from the "Import" menu to load the BASINS' generated
RUN file.
Screen 9.1.5
8. You are now in the QUAL2E graphical user interface (Screen 9.1.6). Choose RUN file from the
Import menu and select QUALINP.RUN to load the input you have just created. You can use the
Next and Back buttons to move from screen to screen. You can click the Index button to view a list
of all active and inactive screens, and you can go to any screen by clicking the appropriate button.
You can modify the data on any of these screens.
! B QUAL2E (QAL2E010.INPJ
QUAL2E Simulation
Description of this run
|-Simulation Typej rUnits
-------
9.1 QUAL2E
Tip: If multiple point sources discharge to one computational element, QUAL2E cannot handle them as
separate entries. Only one discharger can be specified per computational element, forcing BASINS to
total all the dischargers in a computational element while preparing a QUAL2E input file. Therefore,
you might see "5 disch" (five dischargers together) or "3 disch" instead of a discharger name in the
Point Loads and Withdrawls screen in QUAL2E.
Tip: When some of the necessary information is not available in BASINS View, a reasonable value is
assigned to fill the blank (for example, the temperature of point source discharges is assumed to
be 25ฐC). Some additional information is stored in DEFAULT.Q2E, which can be viewed and
modified using any text editor. These data are also used to prepare an input file.
Tip: In a QUAL2E simulation, if the user selects a reach that has an upstream reach not included in
the current simulation, BASINS assumes that the selected reach is a headwater reach while
preparing the input file for QUAL2E. If the user wants to carry over the effect of upstream
discharges, he or she might have to model upstream reaches separately, record the output flow
and concentrations, and type these numbers in the Headwater Source Data screen in QUAL2E.
Tip: By default QUAL2E uses 7Q10 flow as stream flow. You may change stream flow values to simulate
other conditions (e.g., mean flow).
Tip: QUAL2E uses its own numbering scheme for reaches. The reach number in the Reach File 1 (RF1)
database appears in the Reach Name column of Screen 2 (Stream Reach System).
Tip: When a discharger is located at the most upstream or most downstream computational element
of the reach, the discharger location is shifted one computational element inside the reach
because QUAL2E does not allow these two elements to receive point source discharges.
Tip: The rating curve information for stream reaches is not generated automatically. You will have to
develop rating curves for all the reaches you are simulating and substitute the values in Screen 11
(Hydraulic Data).
9.1-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
9. Save the project. Click Run to execute the model.
10. You can view the output file after the model has run or you can view the output in BASINS View by
selecting Visualize from the Models menu. Refer to Section 9.3 for more information on the
Visualization feature. Click Yes when you are asked if you want to view the model output. BASINS
will display the model output using a text editor. Close the window when you are done. For more
information on using QUAL2E and the Windows interface to QUAL2E, see the references (Brown
and Barnwell, 1987; USEPA, 1995). In addition, the QUAL2E Windows interface user's manual is
included, in PDF format, in your BASINS installation under
\BASINS\MODELS\QUAL2E\USERMANL.
11. Click the Graphics button to begin the plotting program. Click the REACHES button. This screen
(Screen 9.1.7) displays the reach network and the computational elements used for the simulation.
Note the locations of point sources. Click File and Exit to exit this screen.
! QUAL2E REACHES (QAL2E010.RCHJ
^Background
E1H^i-*KrpJ;-^^i1:Hfe^>^fce^f^"
-------
9.1 QUAL2E
TUTORIAL
In BASINS VIEW (TUTORIALAPR file), display and activate the REACH FILE theme. Locate and select
the following reaches:
05010007012
05010007013
05010007014
Select 1993 as the point source discharge year.
Click CANCEL when prompted for a conservative substance.
Once the QUAL2E Windows interface appears, select the Import menu and choose Run. Recall the
name of your input file is QUALINP.RUN. Select this file. Performing this action loads data from BASINS
into QUAL2E.
Since there is no point source discharging any pollutant (according to PCS) in the three stream reaches
being modeled, all the elements in Screen 3 (Computational Elements) are standard elements and
Screen 17 (Point Loads and Withdrawals) is inactive. Assume that you know there is a point source
facility discharging at 9.2 kilometers upstream of the confluence of reaches 05010007013 and
05010007014. Also assume that you have the following information.
Point source facility name : Blacklick WWTP
Receiving stream reach id (Cuseg): 05010007013
Treat (%) 0.0
Flow (m3/s)
0.5
Temperature (ฐC) 23.0
DO (mg/L) 5.0
BOD (mg/L) 50.0
In QUAL2E each reach is divided into multiple cells called computational elements. The length of each
computational element is 1.642 km (Screen 2, Stream Reach System). Therefore, Blacklick WWTP is
located at the 7th computational element of reach 05010007013. Note that reach 05010007013
becomes Reach No. 1 in QUAL2E. Change the type from S to P for the 7th element of Reach No. 1 in
Screen 3 (Computational Element). Uncheck all the boxes except BOD and DO in Screen 4 (Water
Quality Simulation). Open Screen 17 (Point Loads and Withdrawals), and you will find a blank line in
the table. Enter the facility name as Blacklick WWTP. Also enter flow and concentrations information as
shown above.
Click on the Index button and open Screen 11 (Hydraulic Data). Data elements, except for Manning's
roughness coefficient, in the Hydraulic Data screen are not available from the RF1 database.
Therefore, you will have to supplement the data from other sources. Assume depth versus flow and
velocity versus flow relationships are known. Using Figures 9.1.1 and 9.1.2, substitute the coefficients
and the exponents in appropriate fields of the Hydraulic Data screen.
Convert them to cubic meters per second by dividing the numbers by 35.3. Now compare these
numbers with flows listed in the Headwater Source Data screen ofQUAL2E. The default setup is to
simulate low flow condition, but you may change the values to simulate mean flow condition.
9.1-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1.2
1.0
0.8
~ CJ.U
u
_o
:> 0.4
0.2
0.0
5010007012
5010007013
20
25
0 5 10 15
Flow (m3/s)
Figure 9.1.1
Open Screen 16 (Headwater Source Data) and write Headwater Names and corresponding How values
ฃ 3
I
1
0
5010007012
5010007013
5010007014
= 1.05Q0326
0 5
Figure 9.1.2
10 15
Flow (m3/s)
20
25
(note the units). Open BASINS ArcView and activate Reachfile 1 theme. Select the i tool and click on
the reaches you are simulating. Write MNFLOW (mean flow) and SVTNFLOW (low flow) values of
reaches 05010007013 and 05010007014. These flow values are in cubic feet per second.
To plot a graph, select 1 as Starting Reach and 3 as Ending Reach. Note that the Flow versus Distance
option is selected as the Type of graph. Click Run and press OK to accept that the plot will be saved as
the selected file. The graph shows a plot of flow versus distance. You may plot water quality
constituents versus distance. Select 1 as Starting Reach and 3 as Ending Reach in the first graphics
screen. Select the Water Quality Constituents versus Distance option selected as the Type of graph and
click Next. Select Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Dissolved Oxygen. Click Run and press OK when
you are asked to confirm the filename in the Graphics Selection screen. Close the plot window when
you are done. Also close the QUAL2E Graphics window.
9.1-8
-------
9.2 TOXIROUTE
9.2 TOXIROUTE
Purpose
TOXIROUTE provides a modeling tool for BASINS users to perform simple assessments of
pollutant concentrations in rivers.
Fo>
Application
TOXIROUTE uses a simple first-order decay solution to simulate the transport of selected pollutants
in streams and rivers. This simplification provides an initial approach for examining concentrations
of discharged pollutants in receiving waters. TOXIROUTE does not explicitly consider nutrient or
chemical reactions or transformations. In cases where algal growth or other significant chemical
processes are a concern, this simplified model might be inappropriate. The TOXIROUTE model
assumes steady-state conditions, where the system has reached equilibrium. The methodology might
have limitations in cases where wet weather processes, such as nonpoint source runoff, predominate.
When the TOXIROUTE model is applied within BASINS, the model receives point source discharge
and reach data, from BASINS View.
Procedures
Key Procedures
/ Activate the Cataloging Unit Boundary theme in BASINS view
*^ Select a cataloging unit
/ Select Toxiroute under Models menu
/ Select a year for point source discharge data
I/" Select a pollutant
S View and edit data, if necessary
i/" Click Run to execute the model
9.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1. In BASINS View make Cataloging Unit Boundary the active theme and select a cataloging unit.
2. Pull down the Models menu and select TOXIROUTE (Screen 9.2.1).
oJ BASINS 2.0
Beport Lookup Utility " !tfmetow%Melp'!in ซt$4
. g-CT"-*-! -i * L a- l'itt V**'Tfc > y
Screen 9.2.1
3. Select the year of point source data you want to model (Screen 9.2.2).
Screen 9.2.2
4. TOXIROUTE will only simulate pollutant transport in certain reach types including A, E, M, R, S,
and T. The reach type is included in the Reach File, Version 1 database. If the selected study area
contains other reach types, a TOXIROUTE warning dialog box will appear (Screen 9.2.3). This
dialog box includes a list of the reach segments that are not be considered in the simulation. Click
OK to continue.
9.2-2
-------
9.2TOXIROUTE
TQXIROUTE Warning
Types of reaches supported by BASINS include A, E, M, R, S and T.
The following reach(es) will not be considered:
04030101001
04030101002
04030101003
04030101004
04030101005
04030101006
04030101007
Screen 9.2.3
You will be prompted to select a pollutant from a list of pollutants (Screen 9.2.4). If available,
BASINS View generates the point source data for the selected cataloging unit. TOXIROUTE
automatically loads the information provided by BASINS View. To help you select a pollutant, the
two numbers before the pollutant name indicate the total number of facilities in the cataloging unit
and the total estimated load of all discharges combined in pounds per year, respectively.
TOXIROUTE
pipes*28* window to view 1st]
iJ&" **? $*> rt ^*"Sฃ2&"1 /^^^
Screen 9.2.4
6. The first screen of TOXIROUTE (Screen 9.2.5) allows you to select pollutant-specific parameters
for simulation. There are six buttons immediately below the menu bar of each screen. If you place
the cursor on any of these buttons, you will see a brief description of the button in the status bar at
the bottom left corner of the screen. The buttons are, from left to right, open a new project file
(TXR file), open an existing project file, save the project file, go to the previous screen, go to
the next screen, and run the model.
7. For the selected pollutant, enter the background concentration, parent molecular weight, child
molecular weight, and half-life. Background concentration refers to the concentration observed at the
upstream end of simulated reaches. Available monitoring data are typically used to estimate the
background concentration. The parent molecular weight and child molecular weight are not
significant if there is no degradation product (child chemical) produced during the decay of the
selected pollutant (parent chemical) (USEPA, 1985). The parent and child molecular weight are used
to calculate the child chemical concentration. The stream flow selection box lets you select 7-day
10-year low flow (7Q10) or mean flow. The 7Q10 is representative of dry summer conditions based
on a statistical analysis of flow data. Click the right arrow to go to the next screen.
9.2-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
:' F^fflTutorial Example
srit Molecular Weight I1 -ฐ
il Hป" i:,r- '"J if :^lii^i'^^'"^""*'"'+'1J'^'i'i*';?i-'T"ir ซ=*" * - -y;^
flt.'", n.j'iyijLui . I''.'H i* li 'ป 'L jy: ILJ ' . 4
Screen 9.2.5
8. In the Reach List screen (Screen 9.2.6), you can view information about all of the reaches in the
cataloging unit, including their lengths and stream flows. Currently the NFS flows and NFS loads
LITTLE CONEMAUGH R
Screen 9.2.6
9.2-4
-------
9.2 TOXIROUTE
columns are not active. Use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to view other parts of the screen.
You cannot edit any data on this screen. Click the right arrow to move to the next screen.
9. In the Discharger List screen (Screen 9.2.7), you can view/edit point source loading information. All
of the facilities (or dischargers) in the cataloging unit are listed regardless of their discharge of the
particular pollutant. You can edit the load limits from a facility by clicking on the cell and typing a
number. If a discharger is located at the most downstream point of a reach (the distance of the
discharger location from the endpoint of the reach is 0.0), TOXIROUTE assigns the lesser of 1 meter
or 1 percent of the reach length as the distance from the bottom of the reach.
IB TOXIROUTE [ d:\basins\modelout\lnFproj.txr ]
Ill ^*.j ^fE^ff^L.
IMANORJNC
JOHNSTOWN CITY
BLAIRSVILLE MACHINE PROD CO
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP
PENELEC - SEWARD GENERATING STATION
SHEESLEY SUPPLY CO
WINDBERAREAAUTH
SCM METAL PRODUCTS INC.
BETHLEHEM STEEL CORP-JOHNSTOWN
PORTAGE AREA SEW AUTH
EBENSBURG BORO MUN AUTH
^T*" ~ฐr w i"1"^-~ป~~ป^
Screen 9.2.7
You can also add or delete a facility by clicking the right mouse button once. When you click the
right mouse button, a pop-up menu appears with two options Add Discharger and Remove
Discharger. If you choose to add a discharger, a blank line will appear at the bottom of the table. By
default the model will assign a value of 0.0 to the distance and load columns and will specify the
type as Discharger. You can edit the load and distance. After you enter data in any column for the
new discharger, press Enter/Return to accept. BASINS will then automatically activate the next cell
to the right. If you want to delete a facility, make any cell in the row of the facility active (click the
left mouse button on the cell) before you click the right mouse button and then select Remove
Discharger from the pop-up box. This is the last screen for TOXIROUTE input. You can run the
model by clicking on Run.
10. The Output screen (Screen 9.2.8) lists concentrations on a reach basis. The Average Concentration
column lists average concentrations of the pollutant in reaches, whereas the Final Concentration
column lists the concentrations of the pollutant at the end of the reaches. The average concentration
of a reach is the mean value integrated for the total length of the reach. The final concentration is the
concentration at the downstream end of the reach. It should be noted that when one discharge or
several discharges are located at the extreme end of a stream reach, the resulting final concentration
of this reach is usually significantly higher than the average concentration due in large part to the
9.2-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
m TOXIROUTE [ d:\basins\modeloul\lxrpioj txr 1
m&m
gOSOj 0007006 J STONY CR
LITTLE CONEMAUGH a N BR
Screen 9.2.8
location of the discharges. The Child Concentration column shows the final concentrations of the
chemical produced during the decay of the parent chemical. Use the scroll bars to view the hidden
parts of the screen. You need not save the output file. Each time you run the model, it generates an
output file with the project name as the file name and .out as the filename extension. You can save
the output under any name by selecting Save Output under the File menu. You can view the output
by selecting Visualize under the Models menu in BASINS View. Refer to Section 9.3 for further
details.
9.2-6
-------
9.3 Visualization
9.3 Visualization
Purpose
With Visualization, the user can view model output graphically in BASINS' GIS environment.
Streams are displayed in different colors to portray the relative magnitude of flow and pollutant
concentrations.
>App//cat/on
Visualization is a tool included in BASINS to allow the user to view the model results in the
BASINS View environment. In this way the model results can be interpreted spatially. Using this
approach, the user can concurrently view other relevant data, such as land use, point source
locations, and gaging stations. Currently, BASINS supports visualization of the TOXIROUTE and
QUAL2E simulation results. NPSM output cannot be viewed in BASINS.
Procedures
Key Procedures
Select Visualize under the Models menu.
Select a model name
Select an output file
Select or edit the classification scheme when prompted
9.3-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Visualizing TOXIROUTE Output
TOXIROUTE simulates one pollutant for all reaches in a cataloging unit during each application. The model
output contains four elementsaverage concentration, final concentration, child concentration, and stream
flow. In BASINS View, you can choose one of the four elements to visualize.
1. In BASINS View pull down the Models menu and select Visualize.
2. Choose "TOXIROUTE output file" in the output file type selection dialog box (Screen 9.3.1).
Screen 9.3.1
3. Specify the TOXIROUTE output file name in the file selection dialog box (Screen 9.3.2). The
TOXIROUTE output files are located in the \BASINS\MODELOUT directory. An output file has the
same name as the TOXIROUTE project name, but it has an .out extension. When a file is created in
the TOXIROUTE output screen, you have the option to choose any name for an output file by
selecting the Save Output option under the File menu. The default project name is TXRPROJ, and
therefore the default output file name is TXRPROJ.OUT. After you have selected the output file
name, click OK.
Select TOXIROUTE file to visualize:
1EIISSE
ame: . .1 ; ..'' itiSfDiredtoriesrv^'''i*;2<--;X':^S
y..- ^ ^-^" ^^ '"-'^'"'^^1^
Ixrproi.out
List Files of Type:
^^t'i#&'sVi'';'rc'fXW~-ฃ*&T#Z$^W
-------
9.3 Visualization
4. Select the output element you want to visualize in the dialog box, as shown in Screen 9.3.3. Note that
the name of the pollutant (e.g., "CBODU (20 deg C), calculated") appears in the text in the dialog
box.
Screen 9.3.3
5. The next dialog box (Screen 9.3.4) asks you whether you want to use previously saved ranges to
group results for visual display. If you have not previously selected a scheme or you want to develop
a new scheme, click No. If you want to use an existing scheme, click Yes. You will be prompted to
specify the file name of the scheme. Once a file has been selected, a dialog box will prompt you to
accept or modify the selected classification (Screen 9.3.5). If needed, make modifications and select
OK to continue.
Model Visualization
111;
-
Do i>ou want to use an existing elassifrcatioh scheme?
Screen 9.3.4
Model Visualization
'ซT~ " v
Accept or modifi' the selected classification:
IB__
OK
i.
laxintMfn'GL
JL7J33_896__
^class-maxinwm [7J3_89S__
OT** I"
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Model Visualization
Screen 9.3.6
7. The next dialog box (Screen 9.3.7) gives you the option to save the current settings of the
classification scheme for future use. If you do not want to save them, click No. Otherwise, click Yes
and you will be prompted to provide a name for the scheme.
;, ii ,, ; ,i'i,;" ,: uป . T;ป">,ซf ,!,,,, hl" nH"h ">J1J ฃ i '-.' - - - ,. .
. '.:.'' ,;; |! : i \*l ' .1 S"'1*^ i'"'*'"!' "f !i" iiV '
.": Si-",!(:ซ M SiiiiSi: -iirfrhl'-ii MS ;-"iซ
iii'iilii* rf^
Screen 9.3.7
8. Screen 9.3.8 displays the results. One of the two windows has the banner "TOXIROUTE:
F=filename, output element name" (e.g., Average Concentration). Notice that the new active theme
includes the pollutant name and the legends for the classification scheme. You can double-click with
the left mouse button on the window banner for a full screen view.
Visualizing QUAL2E Output
QVAL2E output can include temperature, dissolved oxygen, BOD, algae, nutrients, fecal coliform, and up to
three conservative substances and one nonconservative substance. The output file also includes the values of
a large number of intermediate variables (or components), which are calculated during the simulation. You
might often find it very useful to visualize these variables (e.g., the components of dissolved oxygen
balance). Therefore, the pollutant selection dialog box shows a long list of items from which you can choose.
QUAL2E output visualization displays only the reaches that were included in the simulation.
Note: The Windows interface to QUAL2E can graph model results, but cannot map them.
1. In BASINS View pull down the Models menu and select Visualize.
2. Choose "QUAL2E output file" in the output file type selection dialog box (Screen 9.3.9).
Specify the QUAL2E output file name in the file selection dialog box (Screen 9.3. 10). The QUAL2E
output files are located in the \BASINS\MODELS\QUAL2E directory. There are two QUAL2E
output files. Both have the same name as the QUAL2E input file (e.g., QAL2E002.INP), but each
has a different extension. The summary output file has an .out extension, which is displayed after
3.
9.3-4
-------
9.3 Visualization
ฉ BASINS 2.0
MreW Xheme' .graphics TsiieC Assess Mociel 'iBipbrf Looldip Utility Window Hefo
- ^ *-" ~ ~ป-- t * *; * ~~i. ____.__. *__
Spate l7763
TOXIROUTE: F=lxrproj, Average Conbe... HSUM
ARSENJp, TOTAL- ,
t * ""00QO<.Q.OGG i^
959
SJB58-16 448
NoI> ata
(U Permit Compliance
'Industrial Facilities 3 }*
T ซ ^
? ^ ^
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Select QUAL2E file to visualize:
QUAL2E output p.doul
Screen 9.3.10
Screen 9.3.11
5. The next dialog box (Screen 9.3.12) asks whether you want to use previously saved ranges to group
results for visual display. Click No if you do not have any, or want to create a new presentation
scheme. If you want to use an existing scheme, click Yes and you will be asked to specify the file
name of the scheme. Once a file has been selected, a dialog box will prompt you to accept or modify
the selected classification (Screen 9.3.13). If need, make modification and select OK to continue.
jiji:; Db^oU want to use an existing classification scheme?
Screen 9.3.12
9.3-6
-------
9.3 Visualization
Model Visualization
***. v *>,*", *",-*',.
pt or modify the selected classification.
iirjtmum
?V?-*
^ซ. ซ*? *~ ~T- ? ^ G~
;'cja^s-minimum |733896_ ____
isjinium I4ro2_78
3dass-mmirmim fl092
*y ?C * "~~
-
4 class-maximum 1183462
ksป ซป ซ' _ ! A-=, -,
5* if x ป *
<5 dass-mmimurtt } 1834 62
<$y,
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
8. Screen 9.3.16 displays reaches that were included in the QUAL2E simulation each color-coded
according to the selected presentation scheme. One of the two windows has the banner "QUAL2E:
F=filename, output element name" (e.g., Biochemical Oxygen Demand). Notice that the new active
theme includes the selected output element name and the legends for the classification scheme. You
can double-click the left mouse button on the window banner for a full screen view. You might want
to check the Reach File,VI theme to view other reaches in the cataloging unit. Other themes can be
viewed to examine related information with the model visualization.
3 BASINS 2.0
mmm
Open", I Print
gi^Sf'^
,f||f'.Toxic R *lซa*,t, inve ''
Screen 9.3.16
9.3-8
-------
10 Nonpoint Source Model
Section 10
Nonpoint Source Model
Purpose
The BASINS Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) is a planning-level watershed model that integrates
both point and nonpoint sources. It is capable of simulating nonpoint source runoff and associated
pollutant loadings, accounting for point source discharges, and performing flow and water quality
routing through stream reaches and well-mixed reservoirs. NPSM uses most of the simulation
capabilities of the Hydrologic Simulation Program - FORTRAN (HSPF). For a detailed description
of the simulation algorithms used in the HSPF, refer to Hydrological Simulation Program -
FORTRAN, User's Manual for Release 11.0 (Bicknell et al, 1996), published by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, Georgia. That
manual can also be downloaded from the BASINS Web site.
Application
NPSM provides a graphical user interface (GUI) that can be launched directly from the BASINS
View or as a stand-alone program. The model can be used to simulate a single watershed or a system
of multiple hydrologically connected watersheds. Each watershed is defined as a hydrologic unit
containing a series of point and nonpoint sources discharging to a unique stream reach. When using
NPSM within the BASINS GIS environment, a watershed can be subdivided into a number of
segments (or subwatersheds). Subwatershed boundaries can be either developed through an on-
screen delineation process using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool or imported using the
BASINS Import tool. Imported watersheds are generally watershed boundaries that have been
delineated and digitized. When NPSM is executed from the BASINS View, the corresponding land
use distribution data, stream characteristics data, and point source data are extracted and prepared for
integration into the model's interface. NPSM interface requires the designation of meteorological
data and the simulation period, as well as the model parameter values required to build the model
input file and ensure a successful simulation.
NPSM can be applied to support various watershed and water quality modeling studies. Examples of
such studies include the following:
Simulation of watershed existing conditions and evaluation of the current water and water
quality status.
Simulation of future land use change effects on both the water balance and water quality
loading.
Simulation of various point and nonpoint source control strategies.
Development of watershed or subwatershed controls necessary to meet specific water quality
goals.
10-1
-------
BAS/NS Version 2.0
Procedures
Key Procedures
/" Activate and select the watershed theme for modeling
ซ/" Select NPSM from the Models menu
v' Select NPSM options in the "Non-point Source Model Options"
window
*/" View and/or modify the default pervlousness percentages associated
with land use categories
ซ/" Proceed through the NPSM interface, making necessary settings
-------
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
1. While in the BASINS View, display and activate the theme containing the boundaries of the
watershed(s) to be modeled by checking the box next to the theme name and clicking on the theme
title.
2. Select the watershed(s) by clicking the Select Feature button and creating a small box within the
watershed(s) using the left mouse button. When modeling a multiple-subwatershed system, ensure
that the watersheds are hydrologically connected.
Tip: Use the SHIFT key on your keyboard and the Select Feature tool simultaneously to select
multiple watersheds if all watersheds cannot be selected at once by creating a single box.
Tip: Each subwatershed must contain at least one unique stream reach (either Reach File, Version 1
or Reach File, Version 3), and watershed boundaries must have been delineated using the BASINS
Watershed Delineation tool or imported using the BASINS Import tool (selecting BASINS
Watershed as the import file type). If a multiple-subwatershed system is being modeled, the
watersheds must be connected by reaches.
3. Once the simulation domain is defined (watershed(s) is selected), NPSM can be launched by
selecting NPSM from the Model pull-down menu.
4. Select NPSM options in the "Non-point Source Model Options" window (Screen 10.1.1). First, enter
a project name for simulation of the selected watershed(s); use eight characters or fewer for the
project name and do not include a file name extension. A subdirectory denoted by the project name is
created within the BASINSNMODELOUT directory at the root of the drive selected for BASINS
installation. The subdirectory will contain all BASINS-created files required to run NPSM for the
selected watershed(s). Next, select the discharge year for Permit Compliance System (PCS) data to
be incorporated into the model. A file containing average flow and loading values for the discharge
year selected will be created for each point source facility located within the watershed(s) being
modeled. Finally, select whether to modify the default percent perviousness value associated with
each land use category. In most situations this is recommended. Checking the box will enable you to
view and update/edit the default perviousness percentages for each land use category represented in
the model. Click OK to proceed or Cancel to end execution of NPSM.
10.1-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
^^&j^^^S^^^:'^-^^^^-^^::_
Screen 10.1.1
NPSM Landuse Theme List
Screen 10.1.2
Tip: If a local or updated land use data layer is available and you opt to use it for modeling, this layer
should be added to the BASINS theme using the BASINS Import tool. If a land use data layer is
Imported/added as a standard import, it will not be recognized by NPSM.
10,1-2
-------
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
6. If a land use scenario(s) was developed using the BASINS Land Use Reclassification tool, a dialog
box will provide an option to select a land use scenario (Screen 10.1.3). Click Yes to choose a
scenario. Click No to use the selected land use theme's original classification.
NPSM Landuse Scenario
tile has saved soenario(s). Do^ou want louse it?
Screen 10.1.3
If you choose to select a land use scenario, navigate to the directory containing the land use scenario
file disignated with a SCN file extension (Screen 10.1.4). Choose a file and Click OK. The next
dialog provides an option to view the scenario attributes including name, creator, and date. You can
accept the selected scenario or return to Screen 10.1.4 to choose a different scenario file.
BASINS 2.0 - NPSM
File Name:
"' , Directories:
luscenl .sen
Iuscen2.scn
, uirecrones: -ปf - n OK I
II]^^V^8(p^^ay35m'OCp7Maridi^Sn j ^^.-;: :--"^j
ฃ k""' 1 & c s
17" T?> / & basins f* b;^ 1Z*""/1 * " *
basins
data
05010007
landuse
EJ
5-v^v
List Files of Type:
Drives;
]_ScenaripJiles_
Screen 10.1.4
7. View and modify the default perviousness percentages associated with the land use categories
represented for your simulation in the "Modify Percent Perviousness" window (Screen 10.1.5). The
default land use representation for modeling is a lumped Anderson Level n representation consisting
of the land use groupings below (individual land use codes that have been lumped are in
parentheses). These land use categories are located in the "Select a Landuse Category" list. However,
if a new land use coverage was imported into BASINS by using the BASINS Import tool (and
selecting BASINS Landuse as the file type) or a land use theme was reclassified using the BASINS
Landuse Reclassification tool, different land uses will appear in the list. Land use categories in these
situations will consist of those designated during import or reclassification. No automated grouping
of land uses will be performed (with the exception of any groupings made when using the BASINS
Landuse Reclassification tool).
10.1-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Urban or Built-up Land
Agriculture Land
Rangeland
Forest
Water
Wetland
Tundra
Perennial Snow or Ice
Barren Land
Unclassified
(10-19)
(20-29)
(30-39)
(40-49)
(50-59)
(60-69)
(80-89)
(90-99)
(70-79)
(0)
NPSM extracts land use areas for each watershed being modeled and divides them into separate
pervious and impervious land units for modeling. Therefore, each land use must be assigned a
perviousness percentage. When a land use is highlighted in the "Select a Landuse Category" list, the
corresponding default perviousness percentage is visible in the "Enter percent perviousness" box.
This number, which can be edited, must be an integer between 0 and 100. The percent perviousness
value is used directly to subdivide each land use category into pervious and impervious land units.
For example, if a percent perviousness of 25 is assigned to Urban or Built-up Land in a watershed
containing 500 acres of Urban or Built-up Land, two separate land units will be identified in the
modela pervious Urban or Built-up Land unit of 125 acres and an impervious Urban or Built-up
Land unit of 375 acres.
Screen 10.1.5
10.1-4
-------
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
Tip: If the default percent perviousness values for land use categories are changed, the changes can be
made to the default set by checking the "Save the changes" box. If the changes made are intended
only for the present simulation, the "Save the changes" box should not be checked.
Click OK to proceed or Cancel to halt execution of NPSM.
Tip: Each land use category is subdivided by NPSM into two land units, based on the perviousness
percentages. The first land unit represents the pervious portion, and the second land unit
represents the impervious portion. Note that the model uses different simulation algorithms to
represent the runoff and pollutant loading processes associated with pervious land and impervious
land.
Tip: You can expect the data extraction and preparation for NPSM, following the definition of land use
perviousness, to take a few minutes, depending on the size and location of the study area, the
number of subwatersheds to be modeled, and the characteristics of the hardware used.
If no point source data are available for the watershed(s) you are modeling, a warning window
appears (Screen 10.1.6). Simply click OK to continue. In this situation, no point source discharge
data are passed to the model; however, flow and concentration values for any pollutant and any point
source facility can later be entered directly into the NPSM interface (see Section 10.9).
There is no PCS data associated for the selected year
Screen 10.1.6
10.1-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
When NPSM is launched, the BASINS GUI appears in the background of the "Nonpoint Source
Model" window, referred to as the NPSM interface. The BASINS GUI displays four graphical
windows (Screen 10.1.7), which contain the following information:
Watershed Data Management (WDM) weather stations in close proximity to the selected
watershed(s).
Land use distribution for the selected watershed(s).
BASINS View.
BASINS project window.
$J BASINS 2.0
mmm
Selected Waters he
fjff iS*1e'ct*d*Land Use
i i
, Industrial Facilities ,
T
*"Toxte (HCease l/tve !
TOP"PQIPPPPpr- r y
. * 'I^;*
Setected Watarshg
ง| Selected Land Use
* mmm RESIDENTW
Screen 10.1.7
Tip: The BASINS GUI can be viewed by minimizing the NPSM interface or clicking the cursor on any
portion of the BASINS GUI.
10.1-6
-------
1O.1 NPSM Execution from the BASfNS View
The NPSM interface (Screen 10.1.8) is a window containing a series of 14 interface buttons located
immediately below a menu bar. The first two buttons from the left should be the only active buttons:
Create a new project
Open an existing project
Tip:, Increase the NPSM interface window size to view all interface buttons.
The remaining buttons, which do not become active until a new project is created or an existing
project is opened, are described later in this section. Also note that the BASINS GUI remains in the
background of the NPSM interface. The GUI, along with any of its tools or functions, can be
accessed during activity in the NPSM interface simply by clicking on it. For example, you can (1)
perform a characterization of the soil in the watershed(s) being modeled to estimate the soil
permeability, (2) assess the distribution of elevations in each subwatershed, (3) review the
distribution of point sources and their annual loading for specific pollutants for a given year, or (4)
review available water quality data.
10.1-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
onpoint Source Model
Screen 10.1.8
9. The GIS data extracted for the current study area are sent directly to the NPSM interface, where a
new NPSM project is created.
If NPSM is executed on a Reach File, Version 3-level watershed or if Reach File Version 1 data are
incomplete for the reach contained in the watershed being modeled, a warning window appears
(Screen 10.1.9). Click OK to continue. In this situation, reach data passed to the model are
incomplete and must be edited within the Reach Editor.
INonpoint Source Model
' * * * , n ** t -' '>*ป*,
The fofowrg teaches from the GIS import fie contain incomplete or invalid data
001
I i *.,,
P' |'*| 11 Ptease complete or ed* the missing information using the Reach Editoi before tunning the model
I f i Most likely the slope, width, depth, or the Manning n ate missing.
' 1'
*ป t r -
HP i i
I t if *> * * * A * I T <" ' *'
Screen10.1.9
_
10.1-8
-------
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
Once again, if no point source data are available for the watershed(s) you are modeling, a warning
window appears (Screen 10.1.10). Simply click OK to continue. In this situation, no point source
discharge data are passed to the model; however, flow and concentration values for any pollutant and
any point source facility can later be entered directly into the NPSM interface.
Nonpoint Source Model
*~t l'***
S? ^E
ซy
Unable to open pIS point source input file
fe, fd:VBasins\ModeloytMutorial\Worial.PSR J.
^-4' v"* ' ' , "~ s^ "' - .
'XfVi'f, ^-"f- *
sw^ % ' \ป *s *
ปi<4i**++ rป? (
Screen 10.1.10
You will be prompted to save this new NPSM project. Enter a project name (use eight characters or
fewer to create the project file; a .prj extension is automatically assigned by the system) (Screen
10.1.11). Click Save. This project will be saved in the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory within the
subdirectory associated with the watershed(s) you are modeling.
Save File .As..
Se jrt j Ql tutorial
* ซ*ia-
tttejjame" jtun1|
p^r ^*- i""""""" ' ' ''""
?^ve as jype I Proiect Files (* pt|)
^-fes^srl
Screen 10.1.11
Notice that all of the NPSM buttons are now active and in full color.
10.1-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
TUTORIAL
Display and activate watershed.shp.
Select all three subwatersheds of watershed.shp.
Name your project tutorial.
Select 1993 as the PCS discharge year. Check the box to view and update/edit the default percent
perviousness.
Assign a perviousness percentage of 100 to any Agriculture Land, Range/and, Forest, or Barren Land
and a perviousness percentage of 50 to Unclassified or Urban or Built-up Land. Do not check the
"Save the Changes" box.
After the NPSM interface appears, save the project as runl.pri in the BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL
directory.
_
10.1-10
-------
1O.2 Executing NPSM as a Stand-Atone Program
10.2 Executing NPSM as a Stand-Alone Program
The Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) can also be executed as a stand-alone program. An existing project
can be opened, a new project can be created using data previously extracted during NPSM execution from
the BASINS View, or a new project can be developed from scratch. No tutorial steps are provided in this
section. These steps assume that you are already familiar with executing NPSM from BASINS and
specifying model inputs.
1. From the Windows Taskbar at the bottom of your computer screen, select the Windows Start button.
2. Select Programs from the Start menu.
3. From the Programs menu, select BASINS.
4. Select Nonpoint Source Model from the BASINS menu.
5. The NPSM interface appears in much the same manner it does when executing NPSM from the
BASINS View. The only exception is that the BASINS GUI is not present in the background of the
NPSM interface.
6. At this point, a new NPSM project can be created using previously extracted data, an existing NPSM
project can be opened, or a new NPSM project can be created from scratch.
a. To create a new project using data extracted previously by executing NPSM from the BASINS
View, select New from the Project heading or click on the Create a new project button.
The following window prompts you to "Select Landuse File". Be sure that the directory in the
"Look in:" box refers to the watershed(s) you wish to model. This directory should be located
within the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory. A file denoted by your project name and a .wsd
extension should appear in the file list. Highlight this, file and click Open.
A warning window appears if the previously extracted data represents a Reach File, Version 3
segment or a Reach File, Version 1 segment with incomplete data. Click OK to continue.
If no point source data are available for the watershed(s) you are modeling, a warning window
will appear. Simply click OK to continue.
You will be prompted to save the project being created. Enter a project name (use eight
characters or fewer; a .prj extension is automatically assigned). This project will be saved in the
BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory within the subdirectory associated with the watershed(s) you
are modeling.
b. To open an existing project or to create a new NPSM project from scratch, select Open from the
Project heading or click the Open an existing project button.
The window that appears prompts you to "Select Project File...". If you are opening an existing
project, be sure that the directory in the "Look in:" box refers to the watershed(s) you previously
modeled. This directory should be located within the BASINSNMODELOUT directory. A list of
10.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
NPSM project files should appear in the file list. NPSM project files are denoted by a .prj
extension. Highlight the file you wish to open and click Open.
If you are creating a new NPSM project from scratch, locate and open the SAMPLE.PRJ file
located in the BASINS\MODELOUT\SAMPLE directory.
Notice that all of the NPSM buttons are now active and in full color.
10.2-2
-------
10.3 NPSM Interface
10.3 NPSM Interface
The NPSM Interface (Screen 10.3.1) consists of the menu headings Project, Functions, Default, and Help (all
located across the top of the screen), NPSM functional buttons (located directly below the menu headings),
and a status bar and clock (located at the bottom of the screen).
Tip: . If you move the cursor on top of any button, you will see a brief description of the button function
in the status bar.
The NPSM functional buttons alone can be used to complete a successful NPSM simulation. With the
exception of the Default heading, options listed in the menu headings simply offer another method of
performing the NPSM functional button actions. Options for opening and creating a default file are available
only from the menu heading.
It is recommended that you proceed through the NPSM functional buttons in order, from left to right. If data
are edited in a button located to the left of the screen, it is necessary to make changes to data in every button
located to the right of this button. The details and requirements for each button are presented in Sections 10.4
through 10.14.
Nonpoinl Source Model [C:\Basins\Modelout\tutorial\run1.prj]
iiiu lit
ซct functions fiefeult Help '
%$&&!!&&!& ^t-ifc'*"*- *...ฃป aftf^? _T\A >. ...
Screen 10.3.1
10.3-1
-------
-------
10.4 Reach Editor
10.4 Reach Editor
I. Click on this button to view or modify stream reach settings and associated parameters
through the "Reach Editor" window (Screen 10.4.1). This window contains five options
Add/Remove Reaches, Setup Reach Network, Reach Network Visualization, Reach
Characteristics, and F-Tables.
Hi Reach Editor
,,
r*""' ซ - .i^'..rr.-^..);..-t.>fe.-t .'.Y .*..!...*..?
*_ ป.(. ซjjg~*"J" I ' "~*irt~Tt~~~,'ฃ~""" '"j~T
Reach Network Viซualizahon }
ljgakjfe j.._ ...^-....,.1 A - / , " I
Screen 10.4.1
2. Select Add/Remove Reaches to view the reaches associated with the watershed(s) selected
for simulation. This window (Screen 10.4.2) displays Reach #, Reach Name, Reach ID, # of
Exits, Type (Stream or Lake), and Watershed for each reach.
Be sure that all reaches are designated as Streams because NPSM currently does not simulate
lakes.
Be sure that designations in other portions reflect any changes made to existing reaches in this
window.
The # of Exits should be set to 1, because multiple exits are not currently supported in NPSM.
10.4-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
^e
Tip:
When editing cells in this window or any similar window in the NPSM interface, be sure to
the ENTER button on your keyboard to confirm the changes before clicking OK or Cancel.
press
Tip:
Reaches can be added or removed from this screen by clicking on the right mouse button
selecting "Add Reach" or "Remove Reach".
and
Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes. If you select OK, you will be prompted to clear the Output Manager data (screen 10.4.3).
Select Yes if you have modified the watershed ID number or No if you have not.
Screen 10.4.2
umtetyou rteed to deaf Mieputput Manner jaataxy
15 altered and the esistirig output'setw'is'tiot.yaiid. Ul
Screen 10.4.3
10.4-2
-------
1O.4 Reach Editor
3. Select Setup Reach Network to view the reach network in a text format. This window (Screen
10.4.4) displays the Reach #, Reach Name, Headwater, Upstream Left, Upstream Right,
Complementary, and Downstream reach for each reach being simulated. This network is set up
automatically based on the characteristics derived from the information in the BASINS Reach File,
Version 1 and Reach File, Version 3 files.
Each reach appearing in the "Add/Remove Reaches" window should also be present in this window.
Any reach that is a headwater should be designated with a "Yes" in the Headwater column. If you
need to change the headwater designation, click on the cell you wish to change and click on one of
the two radio buttons at the top of the window (Yes and No).
The Upstream Left, Upstream Right, Complementary (reach feeding into the most downstream end
of the reach in question), and Downstream columns contain the appropriate reach numbers of the
surrounding reaches. A value of -999999 for any of these categories (which is acceptable in many
situations) signifies that no surrounding reach matches this identification. Headwater reaches should
always have values of -999999 for the Upstream Left and Upstream Right categories.
Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes.
S Reach Network Editor
Screen 10.4.4
4. Select the Reach Network Visualization button to view the reach network graphically. The "Reach
Graph" window (Screen 10.4.5) displays information from the "Setup Reach Network" screen in a
graphical manner. It also allows you to add, remove, and move reaches in a visual manner.
Each blue line segment represents a separate reach. Moving the cursor onto a segment changes the
segment color to green and displays a box containing reach identification information. The
10.4-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
identification information includes Reach name, Reach #, Watershed ID, Reach ID, ULCSM
(upstream left), URCSM (upstream right), DSCSM (downstream), and CCSM (complementary).
When the watershed delineation is based on Reach File, Version 3 streams IDs are automatically
assigned by BASINS. In the visualization screen the assigned ID and the original reach ID are
displayed.
Click OK or Cancel to exit this screen.
Screen 10.4.5
Tip: To add, remove, or move a reach segment, highlight the segment and click on the right mouse
button. A list of three options is available"Add Reach", "Remove Reach", and "Move Reach".
Selecting "Add Reach" will open a window that prompts you to right-click on the reach to which
the new reach will be connected. Do so and choose the desired connectivity relationship from the
following menu of three options: "Position Reach Upstream Left of...", "Position Reach Upstream
Right of...", or "Cancel". Selecting "Cancel" will stop the reach addition process. Selecting either
of the first two options will open the "New Reach" window (Screen 10.4.6). Fill out the required
information in this window. Click OK to save changes or Cancel to stop the addition process.
Selecting "Remove Reach" will open a window prompting you to delete the segment. To delete,
select Yes; to not delete, select No.
Selecting "Move Reach" provides options similar those in "Add Reach".
For watersheds delineated using Reach File Version 3 data, the connectivity will frequently not be
complete. You will need to manually connect the stream reaches using the visualization screen
functions.
10.4-4
-------
10.4 Reach Editor
5 New Reach
Stream
/**H--
(shed ID t I
^^"Hft^P** ^ fKJ&S be -if 4
t T / / *
t ,'; i *. x, -. < ,
Screen 10.4.6
5. Select the Reach Characteristics button to view and edit reach parameters related to length and
elevation. Data in this window (Screen 10.4.7) include Reach #, Reach Name, Length, Delta h, and
Elevation. Length refers to the length of the reach segment (in miles). Delta h refers to the change in
vertical elevation over the length of the reach (in feet). Elevation refers to the average elevation of
the reach segment (in feet).
Tip: Clicking on the column heading displays a definition of the parameter, as well as units. The same
functionality exists in tables throughout the NPSM interface.
Values in this table have been transferred directly from Reach File, VI in BASINS. Values of -
9999.000 are not acceptable and result from missing data in the database. These values must be
edited directly on this screen before running the model.
Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes.
ฃ7% ,3* 05010007014 BLACKLICKCR 15.6000 490.3260 ",
Screen 10.4.7
10.4-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Tip: Missing data can easily be generated using basic topographic maps. Missing data on this screen
can be also be derived from other data sources in the BASINS GUI. Toggle between the NPSM
interface and the BASINS GUI (if you have executed NPSM from within the BASINS View) by
pressing the ALT and TAB buttons on your keyboard at the same time and selecting the ArcView
icon. In BASINS View, turn on the DEM theme for your area of interest and the Reach File, VI
theme. First be sure that the length values in the NPSM interface are representative of the
reaches you are modeling. The length value extracted from BASINS is the length of the most
downstream reach segment for each of the watersheds you previously delineated. If you did not
develop your watershed's pour point to coincide with a reach segment node, or if you delineated a
fairly large watershed with multiple Reach File, VI stream reaches, you may need to measure a
new segment length and put this value in the Length column of the "Reach Characteristics"
window. The Measure tool in the BASINS GUI can be used to measure a new length. Missing
elevation and delta h values can also be determined by identifying the elevation (using the DEM
theme) at the most upstream end of your reach segment and at the most downstream end.
Elevation is simply the average of the upstream and downstream elevation values, while delta h is
the difference between these two values. These values should also be entered into the appropriate
columns of the "Reach Characteristics" window.
6. Select the F-Tables button to display the function tables or rating curves used for flow calculations.
If all required information for construction of these tables was available from the Reach File, VI
database in BASINS, five rows of values for Depth, Area, Volume, and Outflow will be populated
for each reach in your reach network (Screen 10.4.8). These tables must be complete for each reach
in the network to run a successful simulation.
Screen 10.4.8
The relationship between the stream depth and flow rate can also be seen using the F- Curve button.
This curve can be displayed on various axis types (linear or logarithmic). Depth and flow rates can
be displayed for any point on the curve using the mouse (Screen 10.4.9). Depth and flow are
displayed on the left side of the screen. The units of the displayed values are the same as those on the
axis scales.
10.4-6
-------
10,4 Reach Editor
- , iป !ซซ[ป
* i * >j "F
? "
f' '-^ ' V j.
*>;, ^*.. , ^ s;, ; ^
Screen 10.4.9
The stream cross section can be displayed using the Cross Section button. To adjust the F-Curve and
F-Table to actual stream morphology, modify and update the cross section characteristics (Screen
10.4.10).
Screen 10.4.10
10.4-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
'32
Figure 10.4.1
Use the left mouse button to vertically or laterally adjust various elements of the cross section. The
vertical parameter table can also be used to adjust the cross section configuration. For assistance on
cross section parameters, use the Variable Definition button (Figure 10.4.1).
The tables for each reach can be displayed by clicking the down arrow next to the "Display FT ABLE
for" box. These tables can be edited if a better stream representation is available. The number of
rows can be adjusted by clicking on the "Adjust Table Size" button and making changes to the
"Number of rows" box on the following screen (Screen 10.4.11). "Number of outflows" refers to
multiple exits from your reach. Currently, NPSM supports a single outflow. Click OK to save
changes and exit the "Adjust FTABLE Size" window or click Cancel to exit without changes.
If the F-Tables are not populated for each of the stream reaches, it is necessary to either develop
them from scratch by using the "Adjust Table Size" option and providing the values directly in the
F-Tables, or by using the Import option, which develops the F-Tables based on a limited set of
stream characteristics.
Click on the Import/Export button to import the required data. The "F-Table Import/Export"
window appears (Screen 10.4.12). Currently, only one option is available on this screen. This option
is used to import stream characteristic data (from the Reach File Version 1 database in BASINS) to
Screen 10.4.11
10.4-8
-------
1O.4 Reach Ed/tor
calculate F-Tables, while assuming a trapezoidal cross-sectional representation. Click the "..."
button.
The subsequent window (Screen 10.4.13) prompts you to select the file to import. Be sure that the
directory in the "Look in:" box matches the project name you defined for your project. This directory
is located within the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory. A file denoted by your project name and a
.ptf extension should appear in the file list. Highlight this file and click Open.
After the file name appears in the "Data File" box, click the Import button.
Tip: Check that the last row of the F-Table has a very large depth. This will ensure that the model does
not calculate a depth out of range of the F-Table during the simulation. If this depth is too small
compared to the depth at potential high flows, the simulation will fail. To change this depth by
recreating the F-Table, use the Import method discussed below.
M FT able Import/Export
' ""
C,SBASINSSinodelounBIaซknck1\
, -
Wi*< Data File C,SBAS
fefC , ^ Xl ^ ^* * '5*' I ^
"""
f
BK^tt^L^fJ^ZL
ซ. x,t nW4~\ f .1 "/ "i s &
ซ' Trv ป > fe. ,t.^-V ;. .>./ซ '..i >
-;
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Select file to import
utoriaLptf
Screen 10.4.13
The 'Trapezoidal Import Data Review" window appears (Screen 10.4.14). This window displays a
table containing the following values for each reach: Reach ID, L (reach length, ft), Ym (mean reach
depth, ft), Wm (mean reach width, ft), n (Manning's roughness coefficient, dimensionless), S
(longitudinal reach slope, ft/ft), Type (trapezoidal, the only representation currently available), m32
(side slope of upper flood plain left), m22 (side slope of lower flood plain left), w!2 (zero-slope
flood plain width left, ft), m!2 (side slope of the channel left), m31 (side slope of upper flood plain
right), rn21 (side slope of lower flood plain right) wll (zero-slope flood plain width right, ft), ml 1
(side slope of the channel right), Yc (channel depth, ft), Ytl (flood plain side slope changes at depth,
ft), Yt2 (maximum depth, ft), Exits (# of exits), Fraction 1 (fraction of flow through Exit 1), Fraction
2 (fraction of flow through Exit 2), Fraction 3 (fraction of flow through Exit 3), Fraction 4 (fraction
of flow through Exit 4), and Fraction 5 (fraction of flow through Exit 5). Currently, the Exits and
Franction 1 values should be set to 1, because only one outflow can be simulated. Parameters
defining the channel cross section are shown on Figure 10.4.1. Values for all of these variables must
be appropriate to develop a working F-Table.
Click OK to save changes and proceed or Cancel to proceed without saving changes.
10.4-10
-------
10.4 Reach Editor
Screen 10.4.14
A message box will notify you that import is complete (if successful) or that F-Tables were not
calculated for specified reaches (if unsuccessful). In either situation, click OK to continue. If
F-Table calculation was unsuccessful, review the available data and repeat the import process.
Once the F-Tables for all reaches are complete, click OK to save changes and continue. Click
Cancel to continue without saving changes.
7. Click Done to exit the "Reach Editor" window.
Tip: Clicking the cursor and dragging the line between column headings from left to right allows you to
increase the width of any column in the table.
TUTORIAL ,;, '.. ,
,-,-","'. x **'''<**ปป'
Select F-Tables.
Select the Import/Export... option.
Select "..." open the runl.ptf file located in BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL, and click Import.
10.4-11
-------
-------
10.5 Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
10.5 Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
1. Click this button to open the "Simulation Time and Meteorological Data" window (Screen
10.5.1). This window allows you to select the most appropriate meteorological data set and to
define the model simulation period.
Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
*-
M Me c \Basms\Dala\met dataUutoual wdm
Sซ^flHซ!js^,^^
?weathซ station PA JOHNSTOWN 2
, |7' Write this station to PLTGEN file
* *ป( #_% t f*. * >'ป**
. BK ft
pan for weather station (date, hour) r8-"=^=" ^=, ;
"" f f Endf ~~^'tf
J
assigned watersheds
(double-click to select}
(double-click to deselect)
Assigned watersheds
, -^-ffl... ^*<*ฃ .^--^. ^
-> PA JOHNSTOWN 2 [tutorial wdrn]
BLACKLICK CR (05010007013) -> PA JOHNSTOWN 2 [tulorial.wdm]
BLACKLICK CR (05010007014) -> PA JOHNSTOWN 2 [tutorial.wdm]
"mulation trme (date, hour)
' """ ^
Screen 10.5.1
Meteorological data sets are compiled by weather station, in Watershed Data Management
(WDM) files, which are binary files that contain the hourly data required by NPSM. In BASINS,
a single WDM file containing meteorological data is provided for each state or territory. Each of
these files contains meteorological data for up to 10 weather stations falling within that state or
territory. If you wish to use meteorological data from a state outside your U.S. EPA Region, you
can download WDM files from the BASINS download page or extract them from the Region CD
of interest. The BASINS nation- and. territory-wide WDM coverage includes data for 477
weather stations. Meteorological data for each weather station consist of hourly time series for
air temperature, precipitation, dew point temperature, wind velocity, solar radiation, cloud cover,
potential evapotranspiration, and potential surface evaporation. The period of record is generally
January 1, 1970 to December 31, 1995, however, a number of stations contain shorter periods
due to limited data availability.
At this point, be sure you have either downloaded or extracted a WDM file for your study area.
The WDM data set consists of three files with the same name but different extensions (.WDM,
.INF, .TXT). Each file name is a two-letter state abbreviation. The files should be located in the
10.5-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
project data directory in the METJDATA subdirectory. If you do not have a WDM file,
download the appropriate files from the web site and copy them to the MET_DATA
subdirectory.
2. To select WDM files for application to NPSM, click the Add... button. The subsequent screen
prompts you to add a WDM file to the project. Highlight the appropriate WDM file and click
Open. Notice that the WDM file will appear in the "Select WDM file" box. Additional WDM
files can be loaded in the same manner.
All available weather stations for the WDM file in the "Select WDM file" box are listed in the
"Weather station" box. Clicking the down arrow displays the entire list of stations. Weather
stations are listed by the state abbreviation and the appropriate National Weather Service station
name. Note that the time span of available data for the selected station is also displayed in this
window.
3. Each watershed being simulated (those listed in the "Unassigned watersheds" box) must be
assigned meteorological data from a single weather station. Separate watersheds may be assigned
different weather station(s). You may assign a station to a given subwatershed based on how well
the station represents the subwatershed's climate, taking into account proximity of the station to
the subwatershed, elevation differences between the station and the subwatershed, and data
availability. To assign a watershed, select the appropriate station in the "Weather station" box
and double-click on the watershed name in the "Unassigned watersheds" box. The watershed and
the corresponding weather station to which it has been assigned will appear in the "Assigned
watersheds" box. To change a weather station designation already made, simply double-click on
the watershed in the "Assigned watersheds" box, and it will be sent back to the "Unassigned
watersheds" box.
Tip: Toggle between NPSM and the BASINS GUI (if open) by pressing the ALT and TAB buttons on
your keyboard simultaneously and selecting the ArcView icon. In the BASINS View, display
WDM weatherstations and examine their proximity to the selected watershed(s). Use the
Identify tool to identify and determine the appropriate weather stations for modeling.
To write the meteorological time series data from a simulation (as model output), check the box
next to "Write this station to PLTGEN file". This box can be checked for each weather station
you use in your simulation. Upon running the model a separate file will be created for each
station, and the file(s) will be located in the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory.
4. After selecting the appropriate weather stations, define a simulation period in the "Simulation
time" box. The simulation period must lie within the time spans of all weather stations selected
for watersheds. The format for specifying the start and end time is MM/DD/YYYY HH.
5. Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without
saving changes.
10.5-2
-------
1O.5 Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
TUTORIAL
Open the tutorial.wdm file.
Select the "PA Johnstown 2" weatherstation.
Select to "Write this station to PLTGEN file".
Assign the selected weatherstation to all three subwatersheds.
Enter a simulation time period of 01/01/1980 (00) to 12/31/1984 (24).
10.5-3
-------
-------
ID. 6 Land Use Editor
10.6 Land Use Editor
1. Click this button to view and/or modify the land use representation of watershed(s) being
modeled. The "Land Use Editor" window (Screen 10.6.1) displays each pervious and impervious
land unit defined for modeling. Recall that land uses in each watershed being modeled are
divided into pervious and impervious land units based on the assigned perviousness percentages.
The pervious land units are listed first for each watershed, followed by impervious land units.
Each land unit is defined by Land Name (based on the classification of the land use used for
modeling), Land Type (pervious or impervious), Area (land unit area, acres), and Watershed (the
subwatershed to which that land unit is assigned).
The land units in this table can be edited. Additional land units can be added and existing land
units can be removed by clicking the right mouse button and performing the appropriate action.
Additionally, Land Names can be changed by clicking on the appropriate cell and typing in a
new name. Land Types can be changed from pervious to impervious or impervious to pervious
by clicking on the appropriate cell and selecting the Pervious or Impervious radio button in the
"Land Type" box at the top of the window. Land unit areas can be changed by clicking on the
appropriate cell and typing in a new numerical value. Note that the "Current" watershed area in
the "Total Watershed Area" box is updated as changes to land unit areas are made. The
Watershed number for each land unit can also be changed by clicking on the appropriate cell and
typing in a new number. This new Watershed number must match a watershed defined in the
"Add/Remove Reaches" section of the "Reach Editor".
2. Click Cancel to exit this screen if you made no changes. Click OK to exit this screen if you
made changes and would like to save them.
til l.si'.l UK Etfcis
|T*%r -'^yVj^./Af^^" ซ'w- * i-* , : -3
! *28m *7~ * " I mซ Wiปpซ0ปซ,ซซป ^~ ^ f ^ ^ f ฃ ซ*
^^S* ***' ^S^sfe* ISHSttW * ' I-.S*r_
SST?.,'^^ฃฃฃ.ฃป4^Ldiv' ' *""* ' **^> ปr ^r^g^ci1"
Kmnvnuf , Wnpn* liWfimBir rf .
^*3S,^M;47r J^ปb?v 1'', ' "'"y-ACt' ' -
fete* tf .Lftt, <(?ป' 'v^ X f* f trl'-J' , * f 'ซ ป^ซ
.PWfg^^cy]. ., ^ ' . -.t t ^
fซ B-IS^J !< s vjซ. j ป* "^1 SSE!
n ^ * I _ -, Um< Itjpat f, Ijnpd Tyyfc *tleil!_ Walt(ahe4 j ^
* -i ilrtran ar BultfriipjL
-------
-------
10.7 NPSM Control Cards
10.7 NPSM Control Cards
1. Click this button to select HSPF modules to ran during this NPSM simulation. The "NPSM
Control Cards" window (Screen 10.7.1) displays three options for editingPervious Land,
Impervious Land, and Reaches. HSPF modules for each of these sections must be defined before
running NPSM. Refer to Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN, User's Manual for
Release 11.0 (Bicknell et al, 1996) for a discussion of HSPF modules.
Screen 10.7.1
2.
3.
Highlight "Pervious Land" and click Edit. The subsequent window, "Pervious Land Activity"
(Screen 10.7.2), displays the HSPF modules for pervious land units available for simulation.
Click an "X" in each box you wish to simulate. Modules in the Impervious Land and Reaches
sections that correspond to those selected in this section must also be selected. For example, if
Water Flow (PWATER) is selected for Pervious Land, IWATER must be selected for
Impervious Land and HYDR and ADCALC must be selected for Reaches. Refer to the HSPF
user's manual for a discussion of HSPF modules. Click OK to save any changes and leave this
window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.
Highlight "Impervious Land" and click Edit. The subsequent window, "Impervious Land
Activity" (Screen 10.7.3), displays the HSPF modules for impervious land units available for
simulation. Click an "X" in each box you wish to simulate. Modules in the Pervious Land and
Reaches sections that correspond to those selected in this section must also be selected. Click
OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes.
10.7-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
npHi^^
x Temperature Difference Between Gage and PLS {ATHP}
Snow Simulation (SNOW)
Temperature (PSTEMP
x General Quaiitv fPQUALJ
Phosphorus IPHO51
Screen 10.7.2
Screen 10.7.3
4. Highlight "Reaches" and click Edit. The subsequent window, "Reach Activity" (Screen 10.7.4),
displays the HSPF modules for impervious land units available for simulation. Click an "X" in
each box you wish to simulate. Modules in the Pervious Land and Reaches sections that
correspond to those selected in this section must also be selected. Note that in some situations,
selection of one HSPF module results in automatic selection and graying-out of another HSPF
module. This occurs because some HSPF modules are required to run other modules. As an
example, select GQUAL and notice that ADCALC is automatically selected and grayed-out.
Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without
saving changes.
10.7-2
-------
10.7 NPSM Control Cards
Reach Activity
, *.
lli^&"^T^i ฅV*/1 '
=%?XSซF*V J.!...
"^ *6 J *'ปTซ
cLAjK.... c r*.
Q PHCARB
ffp
-------
-------
10.8 Pollutant Selection Screen
10.8 Pollutant Selection Screen
1. Click this button to open the "Pollutant Selection Screen" (Screen 10.8.1) and select the pollutants
for modeling. This window is divided into the following sections: Eutrophication Parameters;
Gasses; General Quality; Pesticides 1, 2, 3; Tracer; and Sediment/Solids.
r
4S
"rfr-i
~ป$,
,_ _ f _ > .A^r^rvr^vrrA--^
?*ซซป * f i D.) ^ , * t-, R, a 'it
rry. . j , ,T. .* f ,,ซi.. ,^ ,. . .....^ at.,
v. * . ' / * i
'"" .'"'ป- ซJ-( -
J& *_^_ t* 6.4 ซ.. *ซ** ra*-
, *.* * lv
r*4?;"%
i>i*^*frf*'
/ซ i *".
Screen 10.8.1
2. In the "Eutrophication Parameters" section, the Nitrogen Cycle and/or the Phosphorus Cycle can be
selected for simulation. If you select either of these, the appropriate HSPF modules for Pervious
Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches must be selected and the appropriate parameter values must be
developed in the default data set. Refer to Section 10.15 for how to create and edit default data files.
3. In the "Gasses" section, Dissolved Oxygen and/or Dissolved Carbon Dioxide can be selected. If you
select either of these, the appropriate HSPF modules for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, and
Reaches must be selected and the appropriate parameter values must be present in your default data
set.
4. In the "General Quality" section, up to three parameters from the Pollutant List can be selected for a
single simulation. A pollutant is selected by highlighting its name in the "Pollutant list" and clicking
on the right arrow button or by simply double-clicking on the pollutant name. Once selected, the
pollutant will appear in the "Selected Pollutants" box. If you wish to unselect a selected pollutant,
highlight the pollutant name in the "Selected Pollutants" box and click on the left arrow. If any
General Quality pollutants are selected, the appropriate HSPF modules must be selected for Pervious
Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches. Additionally, required parameters must be defined for the
pollutant in a default data set.
Tip: Clicking the mouse on any name in the Pollutant List and typing any letter of the alphabet will
move you to the list of pollutants beginning with that letter.
10.8-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
5. Up to three pesticides and one tracer can be simulated by clicking the box next to the name and
entering a user-specified pesticide or tracer name. Once again, the appropriate HSPF modules must
be selected for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches and required parameters must be
defined for the pesticide(s) and/or tracer in a default data set.
6. Sediment and solids can be simulated by checking the "Sediment/Solids" box. If this selection is
made, you must click the Distribution button and populate the "Sediment/Solids Distribution" table
(Screen 10.8.2).
This screen requires you to enter Sand, Silt, and Clay fractions for sediment in each land unit in each
watershed being modeled. This is done by clicking on a cell and entering a value between 0 and 1.
The Sand, Silt, and Clay fractions must add up to 1 for each land unit. The appropriate HSPF
modules must be selected for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches and required parameters
must be defined for sediment modules in a default data set. Click OK to save any changes and leave
this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.
Screen 10.8.2
7. Once all pollutants have been selected for the simulation, click OK to save any changes and leave this
window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.
Tip: To model a pollutant, the appropriate HSPF modules for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, or
Reaches must be selected and an NPSM default file containing required pollutant parameter
values must be developed. A starter default file packaged with BASINS contains uncalibrated
parameter values for a number of General Quality parameters. The parameters for these pollutants
have been defined for the BASINS default land use classification (the lumped Anderson Level II
classification). Note that to simulate additional pollutants, it is necessary to set up and populate a
default data set for appropriate pollutants, land use types, and reaches. Procedures for developing
a default data set are defined In Section 10.15.
10.8-2
-------
1O.8 Pollutant Selection Screen
TUTORIAL -, j *__'" t
Select FECAL COLIFORM as the Genera/ Quality pollutant to model.
10.8-3
-------
-------
1O.9 Point Sources
10.9 Point Sources
i.
2.
Click this button to incorporate point source facility discharges into your simulation. The subsequent
window (Screen 10.9.1) provides four optionsSetup, Pollutant Mapping, Loads, and
Multipliers.
____T__r. rrsrsEsy-T
Pollutant Mapping
*JS*IJlฃfK4.
rvซ** 4**r\'ป
Screen 10.9.1
Click Setap to open the "Point Sources Setup" window (Screen 10.9.2). Observe which facilities
discharge into the reaches being modeled. This is done by selecting each reach, one at a time, in the
"Reach name" box and viewing the corresponding point source facility table. Any point source
facility found in the Permit Compliance System database will be listed. The table includes
Discharger Name, NPDES No., and Mile Point.
In the event that this point source facility information needs to be edited, e.g. a facility needs to be
added, a facility needs to be deleted, or information concerning a facility is incorrect, changes can be
made from this screen.
To add a new discharger to any reach being modeled, click the Add button. In the "Add Discharger"
window (Screen 10.9.3), enter the discharger's name in the "Name" box, the discharger's NPDES
number in the "NPDES No." box, and the facility's milepoint in the "Mile Point" box (in miles-from
the most downstream point of the reach segment it discharges to). All pollutants the facility
discharges should also be added on this screen. Add a pollutant by typing a pollutant name in the
"Pollutant" box and clicking the Add button. The pollutant will be transferred from the "Pollutant"
box to the large box below. Add remaining pollutants in the same manner. Remove selected
pollutants by clicking on their names in the large box and clicking the Remove button. Click OK to
save any changes and exit this window or Cancel to exit the window without saving changes.
10.9-1
-------
SAS/A/S Verefon 2.0
Tip: Flow must be added as a pollutant parameter in the "Add Discharger" window.
To remove a discharger from the "Point Sources Setup" window, simply click on the discharger's
name and click the Remove button.
To edit a discharger's name, NPPES number, mile point, or the names of pollutants it discharges,
click on the discharger's name and click the Edit button. The "Edit Discharger" window opens and
enables you to edit the current information. This window is identical to the "Add Discharger"
window.
Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes.
Screen 10.9.2
Screen 10.9.3
10.9-2
-------
10.9 Point Sources
3. Click Pollutant Mapping to open the "Point Source Pollutant Mapping" window (Screen 10.9.4).
Due to the variation in pollutant naming conventions from different sources, it is necessary to ensure
that all pollutants are properly represented in the model. The "Point source pollutants" box contains
all pollutants monitored for facilities in the selected watershed(s). The "Modeled pollutants" box
contains all pollutants selected in the NPSM Pollutant Selection window for this simulation. To
model pollutant data from a point source facility, it is necessary to match the pollutant in the "Point
source pollutants" box (by highlighting it) with the corresponding pollutant in the "Modeled
pollutants" box (by highlighting it) and to click on the Map button. The matched pollutants will
move to the "Mapped Pollutants" box. If you wish to change a designation, simply highlight the
pollutant combination in the "Mapped Pollutants" box and click on the Unmap button. Click OK to
save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.
9 Point Source Pollutant Mapping
, Wjfxia^ *W*~ , ** t t * * ^ >ซ f jTf ^ ii*ซv j
'Mapped PollutanU (pQ'nt source name-> model name)
ซ_ 1S]^3ZJl_hl^t ^^^^ ^ ซ ^ r ^^ ^ ^
* dOPI*^ "yy^ V-^-jS^^^I.:..' ^L''^> i^ * -, i~**ป* */*-*r ^ l
Screen 10.9.4
4. Click Loads to open the "Point Sources Pollutant Information" window (Screen 10.9.5). Discharger
names for all point source facilities discharging into the stream reaches are listed in the "Discharger
Name" box. Click the down arrow next to this box to view the entire list. Notice that the reach to
which the facility discharges is identified below the discharger name. Point source contributions can
be designated as either Constant or Time variable in the "Flow and Load" box. The "Active
constituents" box displays flow and pollutants that have been mapped to the point source pollutant
list for the facility listed in the "Discharger Name" box, but have not been selected for modeling.
Select flow and pollutants you intend to model by highlighting their names in the "Active
constituents" box and clicking the right arrow or simply by double-clicking on their names. To
unselect a pollutant, highlight the appropriate name in the "Point source constituents" box and click
on the left arrow.
10.9-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Screen 10.9.5
To represent the point source contribution as constant, select the "Constant" radio button, be sure
that flow and any pollutants you wish to model are located in the "Point source constituents" box,
and click the Edit Data button.
The "Constant Flow and Load" window (Screen 10.9.6) appears. This window displays the
Discharger Name and Reach for the facility selected on the previous screen. Additionally, it displays
the flow and pollutant loading values for each pollutant selected for this facility. The flow and
pollutant loading values can be edited directly on the screen as in other NPSM interface windows.
Flow and pollutant loading units can be viewed by clicking on the respective column heading. Click
OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes.
Screen 10.9.6
To represent the point source contribution as time variable, select the "Time Variable" radio button,
be sure that flow and any pollutants you wish to model are located in the "Point source constituents"
box, and click the Edit Data button. The "Time Varying Flow and Load" window (Screen 10.9.7)
appears. This window displays the Discharger Name and Reach for the facility selected on the
previous screen and time-varying flow and load values in a tabular format. The first column contains
the number of each time-variable record used to represent the discharge data. The Date and Time
columns contain the date and time, respectively, for each time-variable record. The Date column uses
a "MM/DD/YYYY" format for date entry, and the time column uses a "HH:MM" format for time
entry. The remaining columns contain the flow and additional pollutant loading values for each time
10.9-4
-------
10.9 Point Sources
variable record. Flow and pollutant loading units can be viewed by clicking on the respective column
headings. Values for Date, Time, flow, and pollutant loading can be entered directly into the table. In
lieu of manually entering all time series data, data can be imported into this table using the Import
button. Clicking the Import button will enable you to select an HSPF MUTSIN file containing your
time series flow and pollutant loading data. In order to use this option, you must develop a MUTSIN
file. Refer to Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN, User's Manual for Release 11.0 for
information regarding the MUTSIN file format. Click OK to save changes and exit this window or
Cancel to exit this window without saving changes.
5.
Screen 10.9.7
In the event that you do not wish to enter a time variable value for every time step in your simulation
period, select an option from the "Options for handling incomplete time series data" drop-down list.
Available options include: stop on missing data, fill missing data with 0.0, fill missing data with
-1.0E30, and fill missing data with next value.
Click OK to save any changes and leave the "Point Source Pollutant Information" window or Cancel
to leave the "Point Source Pollutant Information" window without saving changes.
Click Multipliers to open the "Flow and Load Multipliers" window (Screen 10.9.8). This window is
normally used to evaluate different point source contribution scenarios or to predict the impact of
future increase in point source discharges (existing sources or new discharge) of an existing
discharge on the overall loading. For each point source facility (listed in the "Discharger Name"
box), you can assign different flow and pollutant load multipliers. The Default multiplier value is
1.0. However, if you wish to increase or decrease the current flow, loading, or both by a certain
Screen 10.9.8
10.9-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
factor, simply enter this factor directly into the table. Click OK to save any changes and leave this
window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.
6. Click the Done button on the "Point Sources" window to continue.
TUTORIAL
Recall that there are no data in PCS for the facilities in the three subwatersheds. Therefore we will add
a facility for demonstration purposes.
On t/?e "Point Sources Setup" screen, be sure the "Reach name" is set to Blacklick Cr.
(0501000712), and click the Add button.
On the "Add Discharges" window, enter Blacklick C. Point Source #1 as the discharges name,
US1234567 as the NPDES number, 1.0 as the Mile Point, and flow and fecal conform as the
pollutants.
On the "Point Source Pollutant Mapping" screen map fecal coliform.
On the "Point Source Pollutant Information" screen select constant flow and load, be sure that both
flow and fecal coliform are on the "Point Source constituents" box, and select Edit Data. Enter a flow
of 0.2629 cfs and a fecal coliform loading of 504,500 #/hr.
10.9-6
-------
10.1O Default Data Assignment
10.10 Default Data Assignment
Click this button to open the "Default Data Assignment" window (Screen 10.10.1). This window
enables you to select an NPSM default data file and assign default data to land units, reaches, and
pollutants in the current project. First, select a default file by depressing the button denoted by the
ellipsis points (...) The subsequent window prompts you to select a file. Generally, NPSM default
files are saved in the BASINS\MODELS\NPSM directory. They are denoted by a .DBF file
extension. The starter default data file packaged with BASINS is named STARTER.DEF. Section
10.5 discusses how to create and modify your own default data files. Open the default file.
l^jMf^&g-VM *,'*&*' / t -*ฃ c , i_j_
feg^Vff *" / '-WPM^ }M
A*ป- r
5 ^J. * *
* f .,*ป*.
'h J
^ r -*r
r 4 ^-^
i
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
PERLND:
PERLND:
PERLND:
PERLND:
PERLND:
PERLND:
Rangeland
Rangeland
Unclassified
Unclassified
Unclassified
Unclassified
Screen 10.10.2
Each reach being modeled is automatically assigned data from the first reach listed in the "Available
Data" box unless an identical name match is found in the default data set (in which case the latter is
used). Note that when any land units or reaches have been assigned, their names appear in the
"Assigned Land Units" box.
Pollutants selected for simulation are also searched for in the default data file. Where matches are
found, default data are automatically assigned. Where no pollutant name matches are found, a
warning is given (Screen 10.10.3). Click OK to exit this window. In these situations, the pollutant
data must manually be assigned data from the default data set. This is also discussed below.
Screen 10.10.3
3. Once AutoLoad has assigned data for land unit, reach, and pollutant matches found in the default
file, data can manually be assigned for the remaining land units, reaches, and pollutants.
Select a radio button for Pervious [Land], Impervious [land], or Reach(es) to display land units or
reach groups corresponding to that category. The "Landuses in default file" box contains land use
categories for which default data are contained in the selected NPSM default data file. The
"Landuses in Project" box contains land units that make up the watershed(s) being modeled. For
reaches, the "Reaches in default data file" box contains the reaches/reach type for which default data
are available. The "Reaches in Project" box contains the reach(es) being modeled in watershed(s) of
interest.
10.10-2
-------
10.10 Default Data Assignment
To assign default data for any pervious land units without assigned data, first click the radio button
next to "Pervious". Highlight a land unit name in the "Landuses in default data file" box and
highlight the name of an unassigned land use name in the "Landuses in project" box. The land use
name you select in the "Landuses in default datafile" should be most representative of the land use
selected in the "Landuses in project" box. In the "Subwatershed" box, use the drop-down menu to
select the watershed(s) you want to use this assignment. Click the Assign button. Notice that the land
unit name you selected from the "Landuses in project" box appears in the "Assigned Landuses" box.
Perform this step for each unassigned pervious land unit.
Next, click the radio button next to "Impervious Land". Follow the same procedure used to assign
data for pervious land units. Perform this procedure for each unassigned impervious land unit.
Click the radio button next to "Reach". Highlight a reach name in the "Reaches in default data file"
box, highlight any unassigned reaches in the "Reaches in project" box, and click the assign button.
Notice that the reach name you selected from the "Reaches in project" box appears in the "Assigned
reaches" box. Perform this step for each unassigned reach.
4. Click the "Assign Pollutants ..." button to manually assign data for any pollutant data not assigned
automatically with the AutoLoad button. Doing so opens the "Default Pollutant Assignment"
window (Screen 10.10.4). The "Default data file contains" box lists all pollutants defined and
parameterized in the default data file by category (General Quality, Pesticide, Tracer). The "This
project contains" box lists all pollutants that have been selected for modeling (in the NPSM Pollutant
Selection window). The "Available conventional pollutant data" list indicates whether the selected
default data set contains data for conventional pollutants. Conventional pollutants with data will
appear in black letters while those without data will appear grey. Data for these parameters are
needed when sediment (SEDMNT, SEDTRN), nutrient (NITR, PHOS, NUTRX), or dissolved
oxygen (PWTGAS, IWTGAS, OXRX) HSPF modules are selected in the "NPSM Control Cards"
(Refer to section 10.7). Default data, when available, are automatically assigned to these standard
conventional pollutants. For any unassigned pollutants, highlight a pollutant name in the "This
project contains" box, and highlight the corresponding/appropriate pollutant name in the "Default
data file contains" box. Click on the ปAssignป button, and notice that the pollutant name appears
in the "Assigned Pollutants" box. Repeat this step for each unassigned pollutant. Click Close to exit
this window.
5. After assigning default data to all pervious and impervious land units, reaches, and pollutants, click
Close to save changes and exit the "Default Data Assignment" window.
Tip: If you accidentally assign the wrong type of land use data to a land unit, simply repeat the
assignment procedure using the correct land use data.
Tip: To observe what land use default data have been assigned to each land unit, double-click on each
land unit name (one at a time) located in the "Assigned Land Unit" box.
10.10-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
OQD.5MV-HIOEBC
WTnOCEH.fOTM.
Screen 10.10.4
Tip: If you do not want to assign data from the default file using Autoload button, it is possible to
manually assign each pervious land, impervious land, reach, and pollutant.
TUTORIAL
Select t/ie starter.def default file.
Use Autoload to load the default data from the default file into the current project.
10.10-4
-------
10.11 Input Data Editor
10.11 Input Data Editor
1. Click this button to begin populating all input parameter fields in the "NPSM Input Data Editor"
(Screen 10.11.1). In this window, you can access and edit each model parameter and corresponding
value including the default parameter values from the default data file. The procedure for accessing
and editing the model parameters is described in this section.
The "Input Data Editor" window displays two sections. The upper section contains a hierarchical list
of the module sections and parameters of the HSPF model. In this screen (screen 10.11.1), the three
major modeling segments used to subdivide the watershed are shownpervious land units
(PERLND), impervious land units (IMPLND), and stream reaches (RCHRES). The lower section is a
status box that displays the definition of the highlighted module or parameter. PERLND (Pervious
land) contains all simulation modules associated with pervious land, IMPLND (Impervious land)
contains all the simulation modules associated with impervious land units, and RCHRES (stream
reaches and reservoirs) contains all the in-stream simulation modules.
?^ง^y^7ฎ-SFZT^~'TT'i
Pervious land) simulation
Screen 10.11.1
2. To view data for each of these model segments, double-click on a segment name. Notice that the "+"
symbol next to the segment name becomes a "-" symbol and a list appears below the segment name.
10.11-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
3.
A "+" sign indicates that the item is expandable and more options are hidden under it. A "-" sign
indicates that the item is already fully expanded. Double-click on an expanded item to hide the
options under it.
For example, when "+PERLND" is double-clicked, it becomes "-PERLND" and the following list is
shown: ATMP, SNOW, PWATER, SEDMNT, PSTEMP, PWTGAS, PQUAL, MSTLAY, PEST,
NITR, PHOS, and TRACER. This list contains all of the HSPF modules associated with the segment
name (PERLND, in this case). Each HSPF module that was not previously selected in the "NPSM
Control Cards" window is designated with an "[N/A]". If, for example, you did not select to simulate
snow in the "NPSM Control Cards" window, it appears as "+[N/A] SNOW" in this window. Observe
also that these module names are designated with "+" symbols, meaning options are hidden.
Make sure "PWATER" has been selected in the "NPSM Control Card" window (i.e. "PWATER is
preceded by a "+" rather than a "+[N/A]"). Double-click on "+PWATER" to expand the
module/parameter list. The list under "PWATER" contains PWAT-PARM1, +PWAT-PARM2,
+PWAT-PARM3, +PWAT-PARM4, +Monthly Input Parameters, and +PWATER-STATE1 (Screen
10.11.2). These are the major HSPF groups associated with the PWATER module. Notice that the
first HSPF group, "PWAT-PARM1", is not designated with a "+" sign. Any item without a "+" or "-
" designation is a data item. Double-clicking on a data item opens its editor window.
Screen 10.11.2
10.11-2
-------
10.11 Input Data Editor
4. Double-clicking the "PWAT-PARM1" data item opens the "Simulation and Input Options
(PWATER)" window (Screen 10.11.3). All current assignments on this window were made
previously through default data assignment. Additional changes to any of these assignments can be
made directly on the screen. Any changes made to these settings will be saved for the current project
only. Click OK to save changes and exit the screen or Cancel to exit the screen without saving
changes.
Tip: Changes made to one parameter screen may require changes in another screen. For example, if a
parameter is represented in the model as constant over time and you decide to convert its time-
varying option to monthly, it is also necessary to provide the monthly values. Refer to Hydrological
Simulation Program - Fortran, User's Manual for Release 11.0 (Bicknell et al., 1996) fora more
detailed explanation of the model structure, data needs, and review of the simulation options.
& Simulation and Input Options (PWATER)
.......
Screen 10.11.3
5. Note that the remaining HSPF group names under "PWAT-PARM1" are designated with "+" signs
and therefore have more information hidden. Double-click on "+PWAT-PARM2". Notice that a list
containing FOREST, LZSN, INFILT, LSUR, SLSUR, KVARY, and AGWRC appears. These are
actual variable names that fall into the "PWAT-PARM2" HSPF group. They are data items and can
be edited by double-clicking on the appropriate name.
6. Double-click on "LZSN" to open its editor window (Screen 10.11.4). Note that every land unit being
simulated is listed in the "Available Land Units" box (only pervious land units, because this is the
PERLND section). Highlighting each land unit name displays the assigned parameter value. These
parameter values can be edited directly into this window for each land unit. Clicking Assign to All
will assign the current value to all land units being simulated. Clicking Assign to Selected will
assign the current value to the highlighted land unit. Click OK to save changes and exit the screen or
Cancel to exit the screen without saving changes.
10.11-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
[icimural Land
Forest Land
B anen Land
Urban or Built-up Land
Agricultural Land
Foteil Land
Darren Land
Urban or Built-up Land
Agricultural Land
Frxcst Land
Screen 10.11.4
7. A similar procedure can be performed for every HSPF parameter in the PERLND, IMPLND, and
RCHRES segments. To exit the "Input Data Editor", click Done.
Tip: Individual data editor windows vary, but the functionality remains consistent. For pollutant-related
variables, keep in mind that "Assign to AH" assigns the current value for the selected pollutant to
every possible land unit or reach, as well as every possible pollutant. "Assign to All Constituents"
assigns the current value to the selected pollutant and all other pollutants for the selected land
unit or reach and all other land uses or reaches for the selected pollutant.
Tip: Appendix B of this manual contains an HSPF data dictionary that includes HSPF parameter
names, definitions, units, and minimum and maximum acceptable values. This is a valuable
resource for populating the "Input Data Editor". However, remember that the appropriate values
for one land unit or a given pollutant might not be appropriate for another land unit or pollutant.
Tip: Any changes made within the "Input Data Editor" apply to only the current project. If you wish to
make permanent changes, it is necessary to edit the default data file.
Tip: Beware of reassigning default data in the "Default Data Assignment" window after editing
parameter values in the "Input Data Editor" window. Doing so will negate changes made in the
"Input Data Editor". That is, changes made to land units, reaches, or pollutants in the "Default
Data Assignment" screen will be saved over prior changes made in the "Input Data Editor"
window.
10.11-4
-------
1O.11 Input Data Editor
TUTORIAL ,
All data required for the current project are contained within the starter.deffile. No changes need to be
made in the "Input Data Editor".
10.11-5
-------
-------
1O.12 Output Manager
10.12 Output Manager
1. Click this button to specify the simulation parameters to print, the print intervals, and the grouping of
output parameters in the "Output Manager" window (Screen 10.12.1). Although this system option is
designed to enable output of potentially each HSPF parameter at the watershed, sub-watershed, land
unit type, or reach level for various print intervals, it is advisable to limit the selection of print
options to only those options needed.
Sum landuse contribution in J15020Q06008 (BLACK CR]
it,ซ*A4 <*****> . . J ;- , =. r-
ซrซ-<4 <
-^ ^ ^ "
Print inleival <\ Daily
ne Ptt_AGRICJDOO
C:\BASIHS\modelout\blk
Output folder
!!.%ป f,. ^,.ป ."ซ .. j i
+ATEMP
+SNOW
-PWATER
PERS
CEPS
SURS
UZS
IFWS
LZS
AGWS
RPARM
.v ^v^;t ^.: .v^t?i^Ht.'i'^-:A^.f'jป
r-^.^^-i=^Y ^ w5 u* " :..? ..J.,....Mr.....^ "....i J ..^-i.m _ฃ
vปrl-"""" '
geozTDg]
fieeT
Screen 10.12.1
2. For demonstration purposes, assume that you want to output (into a single file) the daily mean
surface outflow for agricultural pervious land in a single watershed. The first step is to select an
HSPF modeling "Module" by clicking one of the radio buttons next to Pervious, Impervious, or
Reaches. These modules refer to pervious land units, impervious land units, and reaches,
respectively. For this example, select "Pervious".
3. The "Sum landuse contribution in" box contains all watersheds being modeled in the current
simulation. Use this box to select the watershed for which land unit contributions are summed. For
this example, choose a watershed.
10.12-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
4. The "Landuse" box contains all available land units for the selected module. Use this box to select
the land unit level at which output will be printed. "All Pervious" combines contributions from each
pervious land unit type in your simulation. For this example, select "Agricultural Land".
5. Note that an output file name is automatically assigned.
6. Enter a directory in which to save this output file in the "Output folder" box. Be sure to key in the
entire path (i.e., C:\BASINS\MODELOUTVcproject name>).
7. In the "Print Interval" box, select one of the print interval options for output. Recall that NPSM
operates on an hourly time step; therefore, you can choose from Hourly, Daily, Monthly, and Yearly.
For this example, select "Daily".
8. In the "Type" box, you can select either Mean-valued or Point-valued. Mean-valued provides a mean
value for each interval of the selected print interval, while Point-valued provides the value'on the last
hour of each print interval. For this example, select "Mean-valued".
9. The final step is to select the variable or variables to print. Output for all selected variables will be
contained within a single file. The "Select a computed variable to print" box works in the same
manner as the "Input Data editor". A "+" indicates that the item is expandable and more options are
hidden under it; a "-" indicates that the item is already fully expanded. A parameter for which output
can be printed contains no "+" or "-" symbol (analogous to the data items in the "Input Data
Editor"). To select an output parameter, highlight its name in the "Select a computed variable to
print" box, and click the ป button. Notice that the selected parameter moves to the "Selected
variables" box. To unselect a parameter, highlight its name in the "Selected variables" box and click
the ซ button. You may select up to 10 parameters for a single file. If you select more than 10
parameters, the additional parameters will be written to a new file. This new file will be located in
the same directory designated for the first file. Also note that the definition and units of each
parameter are listed below the "Select a computed variable to print" box when the parameter is
highlighted. Select SURO (Surface outflow) for this example.
10. Following these procedures for the example would output the daily mean surface outflow for
agricultural pervious land in all of the watersheds being simulated.
11. The same procedure must be performed to output parameter data for the Impervious and Reach
modules. The Impervious module selections are similar to those for Pervious land, whereas the
Reach selections are somewhat different. When selecting the radio button for Reach, note that the
"Sum landuse contribution in" box becomes grayed out. You are given only the option to select a
reach/watershed from the "Subwatershed" box. The "Subwatershed" box contains all reaches being
simulated in the current project.
12. Click OK to save changes and exit.
10.12-2
-------
1O.12 Output Manager
TUTORIAL ' -_t _ , --""!";. _. __ '-
Se/ect Pervious as the Module.
Select 05010007012 (Blacklick Cr) in the "Sum landuse contribution in" box.
Select Agricultural land as the Landuse.
Note the Output file name is P#_Agric.OOO.
Select a Daily print interval.
Select Mean-valued as the Type.
Select the output folder as BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\10007012.
In PERLND, PWATER, select PERO (Total outflow from PLS) by highlighting the variable and clicking the
> > button.
In PERLND, PQUAL, highlight and select SOQUAL (Total outflow of QUAL from PLS).
Select Forest land as the Landuse.
Note the Output file name is P#_Fores.OOO.
In PERLND, PWATER, highlight and select PERO (Total outflow from PLS).
In PERLND, PQUAL, highlight and select SOQUAL (Total outflow of QUAL from PLS).
Select Reaches as the Module.
Select Blacklick Cr. (05010007012) in the Subwatershed box.
Note the Output file name is R#_Black.012.
Select the output folder as BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\REACHES.
In RCHRES, HYDR, highlight and select RO (Total rate of outflow from RCHRES).
In RCHRES, GQUAL, highlight and select DQAL (Dissolved concentration of QUAL).
Click OK to save changes and exit You will be prompted to create new directories. Click Yes.
10.12-3
-------
-------
-10.13 Run NPSM
10.13 Run NPSM
1. Click this button to execute NPSM. The model run is performed by executing a DOS-based program
HSPF Version 11.0.
2. When the model run is complete, you will be asked whether you want to view the output. Click Yes
to view the output or No to return to the NPSM interface. Regardless of your selection, you will be
able to view the output at any time by clicking the "View Output" button.
Tip: Remember to save the project before running the model. Save the current project by
clicking the Save the current project button. Also be sure to note the names and
locations of project files and output files for the current simulation run.
Run NPSM.
Click Yes to view the output.
10.13-1
-------
-------
10.14 View Time Series Output
10.14 View Time Series Output
Click this button to display output from the model ran in either a text or graphical format.
The "View Time Series Output" window (Screen 10.14.1) provides options to view data for Pervious land
units, Impervious land units, Reaches, or Weather Station data. Click the radio button beside the name of the
module for which you wish to view data. You will be able to view only data for the parameters and
corresponding land units or reaches you chose in the "Output Manager" window prior to executing the model
or, in the case of weather stations, only data for the stations you chose to print output for in the "Simulation
Time and Meteorological Data" window.
For example, if you selected to view only daily mean surface outflow for agricultural pervious land in all of
the watersheds being simulated, you would be able to view only "Agricultural Land" in the "Pervious" list.
w-
-
,
'
?> ^i*fa S> I y J ฃ J> ^ s-
te*L^5!%-. '
Screen 10.14.1
Viewing Output in a Text Format
1. View output in a text format by highlighting the appropriate Pervious or Impervious land unit,
Reach, or Weather Station from the Pervious, Impervious, Reach, and Weather Station lists and
clicking the Report button in the "View" box. The output file for the selected land unit, reach, or
weather station is automatically displayed in the WordPad text editor. The file name is listed in the
top left corner of the WordPad window. A sample output file is shown in Screen 10.14.2. The text
file viewer can be changed by selecting Select Output File Viewer... from the Project menu heading
in the NPSM interface.
10.14-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Q R0_black,012 - WordPad
BHU
OSOl HSPF FILE FOR DRIVIHG SEPARATE PLOT PROGRAM
OS01 Time interval: 1440 mins Last month in printout year: 9
OSOl Ho. of. curves plotted: Point-valued: 0 Mean-valued: 2 Total 2
OSOl Label flag: 0 Pivl: 24 Idelt: 60
OSOl Plot title: 05010007012: BLACKLICK C, Flow and Cone
OSOl Y-axis label: cfs, mg/L, g/lOOml
OSOl Scale info: Ymin: 0.00000 Threshold:-0.10000E+31
OSOl Ymax: 1000.0
OSOl Time: 20.000 intervals/inch
OSOl Data for each curve (Point-valued first, then mean-valued):
OSOl Label LIHTYP IHTEQ COLCOD TRAH TRANCOD
OSOl RO (1> (1) 0 S 1 AVER 2
OSOl DQAL (FECAL COLI 051 AVER 2
0501
0501
OSOl
0501
OSOl
0501
0501
0501
OSOl Time series (pt-valued, then mean-valued):
OSOl
0501 Date/time Values
OSOl
OSOl 1979 12 31 24 0 -0.10000E+31 -0.10000E+31
1980 1 1 24 0 5.S10S 10.572
l
-------
10.14 View Time Series Output
TUTORIAL
Click the Reaches radio button.
Highlight Blacklick Cr.
Select Report to view the text version of the model output for Backlick Cr.
Exit the text window by clicking the X in the top right corner.
Viewing Output Graphically in the NPSM Postprocessor
You can view output in a graphical format for a Pervious land unit, an Impervious land unit, or a Reach by
highlighting the appropriate land unit or reach and clicking the Graph button from the "View" box (Screen
10.14.1). This executes the NPSM postprocessor. The postprocessor supports daily, monthly, and annual
NPSM output. Weather Station data from NPSM is in an hourly format and therefore cannot be viewed in
the postprocessor.
The NPSM postprocessor displays NPSM simulation output, BASINS water quality observation data, and
USGS flow data in a graphical format. It also performs basic statistical functions and data comparison.
Because of its ability to display observed and modeled data concurrently and perform basic statistical and
data comparison functions, the postprocessor is a useful tool in model calibration and environmental systems
analysis. The postprocessor window (Screen 10.14.3) consists of a tool bar, a plot area, a file information
section, and a statistical functions section.
I NPSM Postprocessor - NPSM Poslprocess
loikM'. ., ri^, J^ILL^W
HHE3I
NPSMData
BASINS Water
Quality Data ,
USGS Flow
Data
ReJre
Flint
About..
OflOOe*ODC
'UM
ftttros^OQ
tf
v-
1?^^,
&
,41-1972
1231-1378
ConenponcSng valuefsj;
'iff , ,4,
f"^"!' ^"'tJr^A-'^
,
LPjFl^Karoe~| Catot iVeiticdile^ป ifoescfiBtiok" fBTrfi
Screen 10.14.3
10.14-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Tip: To exit the NPSM Postprocessor and return to the "View Time Series Output" window at any time,
simply click the X button at the top right comer of the postprocessor window or select Exit from the
File menu heading. Additional output data can be viewed in the same manner. To exit the
viewing section, click the Done button.
Loading and Viewing Data
The NPSM postprocessor has the ability to display three different data typesNPSM output files, BASINS
water quality observation data, and USGS flow data.
When the NPSM postprocessor is executed through selection of a Pervious land unit, Impervious land unit,
or a Reach from the "View Time Series Output" window, data are loaded automatically into the
postprocessor. Although data are loaded, they cannot be viewed until a parameter is selected from the
"Plot(s) Selection" window (Screen 10.14.4). Select a parameter from the pull-down menu. Click the right
or left arrow to designate which axis will display the data scale. Click OK when finished. Data are then
displayed in the plot area.
Screen 10.14.4
Additional data can be loaded into the postprocessor and viewed by using the tool bar buttons or by selecting
the appropriate file type from the File menu heading. All data loaded into the postprocessor must have the
same time intervaldaily, monthly, or annual. Once data have been loaded, they cannot be viewed until the
Plots button is clicked and a parameter is selected from the "Plot(s) Selection" window.
1. Load additional NPSM output by clicking the NPSM Data button. You will be prompted to select a
file name. Recall that your NPSM output file is located in the directory that you designated in the
"NPSM Output Manager", under the name automatically assigned to it. Generally, this location is the
BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory.
2. Load BASINS water quality observation data by clicking on the BASINS Water Quality Data
button. You will be prompted to select a file. This is the file created when using the Export Water
Quality Observation Data utility in BASINS. You can specify the location of the file during
execution of the function; however, the default location is the BASINS\MODELOUT\OBS directory.
The file will have an .obs extension. Refer to Section 7.4, Water Quality Observation Data
Management Utilities, for directions on appending local water quality data to existing BASINS water
quality observation data and exporting BASINS water quality observation data.
10.14-4
-------
10.14 View Time Series Output
3. Load USGS flow data by clicking the USGS Flow Data button. You will be prompted to select a
file.
The BASINS USGS Gage Stations data layer contains mean flow, critical low flow (7Q10), and
monthly mean flow data for some USGS gage stations. For a typical model calibration, however, it
is suggested that you download daily flow data from the USGS's United States NWIS-W Data
Retrieval web site. The URL is http://h2o-nwisw.er.usgs.gov/nwis-w/US/. From this web page,
select the state of interest. On the subsequent page, either enter the USGS station number of interest
and "Retrieve Data" or view a map, a list of counties, a list of basins, or a list of all stations to find
the station of interest. After selecting the station of interest, observe the Data Types Available. For a
typical model calibration, select the "Historical Streamflow Daily Values". Historical streamflow
daily values are available for many but not all USGS stations. After selecting "Historical Streamflow
Daily Values", enter the appropriate Dates to Retrieve and select the Output format as a "Tab-
delimited text data file" with the "MM/DD/YYYY" date format. Retrieve these data and save them
to your hard drive.
Postprocessor Components
1. The files and parameter names are listed in the file information window in the bottom right portion
of the screen.
To display a parameter or multiple parameters from a loaded file, click the "Plots" button located
under the file information window. Select a file and parameter(s) from the pull-down menus on the
"Plot(s) Selection" window (Screen 10.14.4). Once a parameter is selected, click the right or left
arrow to designate which axis will display the data scale. Click OK when finished.
The file information window lists the File Name, Color (as it's displayed in the plot area),
Description, and six additional columns of information referring to statistical output (which will be
discussed with the statistical functions). The scroll bar directly below the window lets you view all
columns in the table. Loaded data can be removed from the postprocessor by highlighting the
' appropriate file name, clicking the right mouse button, and selecting Delete.
2. The "File Information" box above the window displays the range of dates for data loaded into the
postprocessor. For NPSM output files, this period matches the simulation period assigned in the
"Simulation Time and Meteorological Data" window. The BASINS water quality observation data
period depends on the availability of data for the monitoring station(s) selected when executing the
Export Water Quality Observation Data utility in BASINS. The period of record for the USGS flow
data is specified when downloading the data from the USGS web site.
3. Clicking the "Plot Manager" button opens a plot manager or "Layer Control Data" window (Screen
10.14.5). This window is used to change the color, line type, and thickness of plots and/or to remove
data previously loaded into the postprocessor.
To remove data from the postprocessor, highlight the file name and click the Remove button. To
remove all plots, click the Remove All button.
To change a plot color, highlight the file name and double-click on the colored box next to "Color:".
Select a new color from the "Color" window and click OK. Then click the Update button to save
this change. Note that the colored box. located next to the file name changes color.
10.14-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
To change a plot line type, highlight the file name and change the line type in the "Symbol" box.
Click the Update button to save this change.
To change a plot or line thickness, highlight the file name and change the integer value in the "Line"
box. Click the Update button to save this change. Note that the line number in the file table is
updated. After making all necessary changes in this window, click the Close button.
Screen 10.14.5
4. The plot area consists of the plot window, x- and y- axis labels and boundary designation boxes, and a
"point display" section.
The plot period initially displayed represents the entire extent of data loaded into the postprocessor.
The time period represented on the plot can be changed by varying the Start and End dates using the
boxes located under the x-axis. The plot period boxes represent month, day, and year (from left to
right) for both the Start and End dates. Values in these boxes can be changed by clicking the cursor
within a box and changing its value or by clicking on the up and down arrows next to each box.
Depending on the tune interval of the data loaded into the postprocessor, some of these boxes may not
be active.
The minimum and maximum value of the y-axis can also be changed in a similar manner.
After making any changes to values in the plot period boxes, click the Refresh button located on the
tool bar.
The "point display" section of the graph is the area located between the two bold lines, containing the
words "Selected" and "Corresponding value(s)". This region is used to display point values for the
plot. Click the cursor at any location in the plot window. The date corresponding to the point where
the cursor is clicked is displayed in addition to the associated parameter value. The parameter value is
displayed in the same color as its plot. If multiple output files containing time series data for the same
parameters have been loaded into the postprocessor, multiple parameter values appear in the "point
display" section.
5.
Statistical operations are executed from the "Statistical Calculation:" section of the postprocessor. The
i_..i_* 1 _i_^- _:*i *u0 ,.; arithmetic or geometric mean for the parameters
nt*nne*r*** /O/%ป"/i^ป-ป 1 C\ 1/1 ^\ O f n ** fifi r\<\ 1 /-xl l + t-vni-
OlaLiollwai upcialiuilo ale GACUUICU nuui uic otaLiaiiwaji v^aiwuiaiavjii. st>uiii_ui ^JL tiiw pwoi^iw^^oo*^
postprocessor calculates and plots either the running arithmetic or geometric mean for the param
listed in the "File Information" section of the postprocessor (Screen 10.14.6). Statistical output
10.14-6
-------
1O.14 View Time Series Output
summaries are created and listed in the "File Information" section of the postprocessor. The statistical
operation is performed for the time period shown in the plot window.
The statistical calculation can be modified by selecting either "Arithmetic Mean" or "Geometric
Mean" from the "Statistical Method:" box and designating "Step" and "Threshold" values. The "Step"
value refers to the incremental number of output file time steps over which the value is statistically
averaged. For example, a step length of 30 for daily data would be used to plot the 30-day geometric
mean.
The "Threshold" value is the value against which the parameter values are compared (typically a
pollutant standard). The threshold value is displayed as a line on the statistical plot (y = threshold),
and the statistical output summaries are based on this value. The "Step" and "Threshold" values are
edited by entering a value directly into the appropriate boxes. Click on the Refresh button to plot the
threshold value and recalculate the exceedance statistics.
Tip: To view a plot of the original data (not the statistical plot), set the "Step" to 1 and the "Threshold"
toO.
The statistical output summaries are presented in the "File Information" section for each file. The
summaries contain the following information:
No. of Exceedancesthe total number of periods in which the running mean (either arithmetic or
geometric) is above the threshold value. A single exceedance may consist of a single day or
multiple consecutive days.
Maximum No. of Daysthe total number of days in the longest single exceedance, or the period
over which the threshold is exceeded for the most consecutive days.
Minimum No. of Daysthe total number of days in the shortest single exceedance, or the period
over which the threshold is exceeded for the least consecutive days.
Total No. of Daysthe total number of days during which the threshold value is exceeded.
Exceedance Percentagethe total number of days during which the threshold value is exceeded,
divided by the total number of days in the period of time represented on the statistical plot.
Negative and zero values in any data sets loaded are ignored during statistical calculations.
Tip: The statistical output summary table can be saved to a file by selecting the Save Report option from
the File menu heading.
10.14-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
-t NPSM Poitpiocetsor - NPSM Postprocessor
HEH3J
NPSata
BASINS Water
QustyData
USGS Flow
Data
PtW
About..
Max: aOQOe+IXE
~~~ 2250
-------
1O.14 View Time Series Output
Click Close to close the window. The loading values, or areas under each curve, are also listed in the
file information window in the "Area Under the Curve" column.
Data Comparison
. ... .... ... . . ..... ..
SBasinsMvlodelout\tmdl\20006008\PO_range 008]
t'fjr-i iTSjFw'"1-!? * - " T - ""*- --
F)angslandj
Sireilatior)2
:iE:SBasins\ModeloutStmdl2\20006008\PO- ranqe.008].[PQQU
7?*5T'-"7""i;"*' "sr^mr "i T*
v. ' ซ'V^ -
*t A, Aซ if if/ ^tซ
/-!' ซl*il^
RifLiW^
i?^^,ซ ^ >'/;.'; ji % >x, b-
' Simulation 2 loading = 9 8320e+OlO , ' ,
w -4^;^^';' ;;l^ ^lc?,i
Iff ''^v 3ftป ~ jri* **ซ.ป ซ *ป ^
(SinnulatiorปT -Simulation2j/Simulatic5n1
W ^-^ฃ/ r* ' '
-
356% Reducton
' ซ*"' t
Close
Screen 10.14.7
Printing Plots
The NPSM postprocessor can also print the plots displayed in the plot window. From the File menu heading,
select Print Preview to view the page layout (Screen 10.14.8). From this window, you can print, view multiple
pages, and zoom in or zoom out. To add a title to a plot, click Close to return to the NPSM postprocessor
window, click on the Edit menu heading, and select Title.
The plot can also be printed by selecting Print from the File menu heading. Be sure that the proper printer
settings have been made (select Print Settings from the File menu heading).
10.14-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Screen Screen 10.14.8
TUTORIAL
In the "View Time Series Output" window, click the Reaches radio button.
Highlight Blacklick Cr.
Select Graph to execute the NPSM postprocessor. The data file you have loaded is the
BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\REACHESRO_BLACK.012 file. From the "Plot(s) Selection"
window, select this file and the parameter DQAL (Fecal Coll.), by highlighting it in the
parameter box and clicking the < < button. Click OK. The file name and parameter will
appear in the file information box.
Change the x-axis time period to represent 1/1/1982 -12/31/1982.
Click on the plot area to view the fecal coliform concentration on any given day.
Change the "Statistical Method" to Geometric Mean, the Step Length to 30, and the Threshold
to 200. Click Refresh. Change the y-axis Max. to 400. The plot now displays a line at the 200
#/100 ml level and a plot of the 30-day geometric mean for fecal coliform for the year 1982.
In the file information box, note the statistical information.
In t/ie Plot manager, remove the RO_Black.012 file. Click Remove. Click Close.
Use the NPSM Data button to load the PO_agric.OOO file in the
BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\ALLSHEDS directory. This file contains the total flow and total
fecal coliform contributions from agricultural land in all subwatersheds.
10.14-10
-------
10.14 View Time Series Output
TUTORIAL (cont)
Use the NPSM Data button to load the POJbres.OOO file in the
BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\ALLSHEDS directory. This file contains the total flow and total
fecal coliform contributions from forest land in all subwatersheds.
Click the Plots button and select the parameter SOQUAL for these two files.
Change the x-axis time period to 1/1/1982 -12/31/1982.
Although the Data Comparison button is typically used to compare one simulation run to
another, it can also be used to compare pollutant loadings from different land uses. Click the
Data Comparison button. In the Simulation 1 box, select PO_agric.OOO. In the Simulation 2
box, select POJbres.OOO. Note the total fecal coliform loadings from each land use (in the
Simulation 1 loading and Simulation 2 loading boxes), the difference between the two
loadings, and the reduction (which in this example represents the percent difference between
loadings from the two land uses).
Exit the NPSM postprocessor to return to the "View Time Series Output" Window.
10.14-11
-------
-------
10.15 Creating an NPSM Default File
10.15 Creating an NPSM Default File
It is highly recommended that all model parameter values be carefully considered and selected prior to
running NPSM. While the parameter values in the starter.def file included with the BASINS system will
permit the user to run the model, the values may not be representative of your region or watershed. This
section outlines the steps required to develop a custom default file from scratch or to modify an existing
default file.
1. Run NPSM as a stand-alone program, as described in Section 10.2. Or, if you are currently in the
interface, be sure that no NPSM project is open. If a project is open, select Close from the Project
menu heading.
2. From the Default menu heading, select New. Notice that only the following NPSM options become
active during default file development: Save the current project, Reach Editor, Land Use Editor,
NPSM Control Cards, Pollutant Selection Screen, and Input Data Editor.
3. In the Reach Editor, click the Add/Remove Reaches button. Add a reach by clicking the right
mouse button while the cursor is in the table and selecting the appropriate option. Designate a Reach
#, a Reach Name, and the # of Exits. The Watershed column does not need a value. Click OK to save
the designations and continue. Click Done to exit the "Reach Editor" window.
4. In the Land Use Editor, add a land use by clicking the right mouse button while the cursor is in the
table and selecting the appropriate option. Designate the land use name in the Land Name cell. If
your text does not fit in the allocated space, click on the bar between the Land Name and Land Type
column headings and extend the right side of the column to the right. Designate the land use as
pervious or impervious. The radio buttons in the Land Type box at the top of the screen can be used
to change the designation. The Area and Watershed columns do not need values. Add additional
pervious and impervious land uses as necessary. Click OK to save the designations and continue.
5. In NPSM Control Cards, specify all HSPF modules for which you will declare default values. It is a
good idea to select all modules you expect to use, even if you currently do not plan to populate the
database for certain modules. Note that "Impervious Land" will not appear in the list if no
impervious land uses were defined and "Pervious Land" will not appear if no pervious land uses
were defined. Click Close to exit the "NPSM Control Cards" window.
6. In the Pollutant Selection Screen, specify all pollutants you intend to parameterize for modeling.
Once again, it is a good idea to select all pollutants you expect to use, even if you do not plan to
populate the database in its entirety. Click OK to save the designations and continue.
7. The most important step in creating a default file is designation of module settings and parameter
values in the Input Data Editor. Be sure to populate all module settings and parameter values
required for model execution in the PERLND (pervious land), EVIPLND (impervious land), and
RCHRES (reaches) groups. After defining all module settings and parameter values associated with
each land use, reach, and pollutant, click Done to save settings.
10.15-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Tip:
Refer to the "Input Data Editor" portion of the NPSM discussion (Section 10.11) for more specific
information related to entering and editing data.
Tip:
Appendix B of this manual contains an HSPFdata dictionary containing all
names, definitions, units, and minimum and maximum acceptable values.
resource for populating the "Input Data Editor".
HSPF parameter
This is a valuable
8. Click on the Save the current project button to save your default file. Be sure that the default file is
assigned a .def extension. Usually, default files are saved in the BASINS\MODELS\NPSM directory.
Tip: You can also view and/or modify an existing NPSM default file by selecting Open from the Default
menu heading.
10.15-2
-------
11 References
Section 11
References
The following documents are recommended for assistance in watershed and water quality modeling
applications.
Bicknell, B.R., J.C. Imhoff, J. Kittle, A.S. Donigian, and R.C. Johansen. September 1996.
Hydrological Simulation Program-FORTRAN, User's Manual for Release 11. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA.
Brown, L.C., and T.O. Barnwell, Jr. 1987. The Enhanced Stream Water Quality Models QUAL2E
and QUAL2E-UNCAS: Documentation and User Manual. EPA 600/3-87/007. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.
Flynn, K.M., P. Hummel, A. Lumb, and J.L. Kittle. 1995. User's Manual for ANNIE, Version 2, A
Computer Program for Interactive Hydrologic Data Management. Water-Resources
Investigations Report 95-4085. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA.
Lahlou, M., L. Shoemaker, M. Paquette, J. Bio, S. Choudhury, R. Elmer, and F. Xia. 1996. Better
Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources, BASINS Version 1.0 User's
Manual. EPA 823-R-96-001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
Washington, DC.
Lumb, A.M., R.B. McCammon, and J.L. Kittle. 1994. Users Manual for an Expert System (HSPEXP)
for Calibration of the Hydrological Simulation Program-FORTRAN. Water-Resources
Investigations Report 94-4168. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA.
Mills, W.B., B.B. Borcella, MJ. Ungs, S.A. Gherini, K.V. Summers, M. Lingsung, G.L. Rupp,
G.L. Bowie, and D.A. Haith. 1985. Water Quality Assessment: A screening procedure for toxic
and conventional pollutants in surface and ground water, Parts 1 and 2. EPA 600/6-85/002a,b.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA.
Shoemaker, L., M. Lahlou, M. Bryer, D. Kumar, and K. Kratt. 1997. Compendium of Tools for
Watershed Assessment and TMDL Development. EPA 841-B-97-006. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.
USEPA. 1985. Rates, Constants, and Kinetics Formulations in Surface Water Quality Modeling.
2nd ed. EPA 600/3-85/040. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research
Laboratory, Athens, GA.
USEPA. 1995. QUAL2E Windows Interface User's Guide. EPA 823/B/95/003. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.
USEPA. 1997. Technical Guidance Manual for Developing Total Maximum Daily Loads, Book 2:
Streams and Rivers, Part 1: Biochemical Oxygen Demand/Dissolved Oxygen and
Nutrients/Eutrophication. EPA 823-B-97-002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
of Water, Washington, DC.
11-1
-------
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Appendix A
GIS Data Dictionary
BASINS is distributed on CDs with approximately 0.8 to 2 gigabytes of geographic and
environmental data per EPA region. Table A.I shows, in alphabetical order, all the BASINS data
products with the corresponding theme and related file names that are used to reference the
data within the BASINS GIS environment. This table is followed by a list of all field attributes
within each data product and their data definitions.
More detailed documentation following the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC)
metadata standard is available from EPA's Geospatial Data Clearing house
@http://nsdi.epa.gov/nsdi and www.epa.gov/ost/basins/metadata.htm
IIP
A-l
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table A.1 BASINS Version 2.0 Data Products
BASINS Data Product
Theme Name
File Name
Bactena Monitoring Station's &Ji5ate VuTflrniaSIT*11"11 Bacteria Stations
Related Table Names:
Bacteria Data 70-74
Bacteria Data 75-79
Bacteria Data 80-84
Bacteria Data 85-89
Bacteria Data 90-94
Bacteria Data 95-97
Bacteria Parameter Table
bc_stat.dbf
bc_stat.shp
bc_stat.shx
bc_d7074.dbf
bc_d7,579.dbf
bc_d8084.dbf
bc_d8589.dbf
bc_d9094.dbf
bc_d9597.dbf
bc_parm.dbf
Classified Shellfish Areas
* *,"' : , ,,%,,,! "i "
"
Classified Shellfish Areas
csa.dbf
csa.shp
csa.shx
Dam .Locations
f ""'"Hi,' .MS," ffl 'ปn'! j1*,, SBO1 S
1 Dam Locations
dam.dbf
dam.shp
dam.shx
Digital Elevation rviodel
" "' " ' "
DEM (CU)
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx
""""' "!"!"'"""""' i, iiih ,, . , "'f'.'' ~<- 4^ ^^^7^M H^^^^*f^S^mmi
Drinking Water Supply (DWS) Sites
..' ". ' " in IN*!!!.'!" i!!!!!!!!!!!'? i!!!.!!..!!!!1.. !!!*i J1!.!.'ป. 'i1!!!.!!ป!!*!" i... ll"1 'liii!11"1'!!!!!!!*!!!!!!!!!!1"!!!!!!!!;:'^!!*!!!"*1!!!!!1!!!!!!!!1!!
I HUKi* (*ซ '"BBlUIBJk* iW*1 n1!
Drinking Water Supply Sites
r.,1: ;!:;,' -.:;' :,;.< &^
ซ|i I-*1 ' -- ii1 , **
dws.dbf
dws.shp
dws.shx
EPA Regions
fi111 f ui1 'i i, - !ซ,:ซ''
EPA Region Boundaries
epa_reg.dbf
epa_reg.shp
epa_reg.shx
- -,-. -TKJ-.J* I, ;,
Gage Sites
USGS Gage Stations
gage.dbf
gage.shp
gage.shx
- 'HydrSog1cTl5nฅBoundaries
:" :;: *;.':."'< ' I fv^
. ,' i,;f .i,:.!,:,',,: c & ;&:.ฃ.
' -i ! V; -'M-, -.ป
."'M'1 ':| full .ll'll* I1'1"" ' t'.iir Jill:1!! rll'illl'IJ!1!;"!" .I'llllllWI
:; %*ft$.-\ st* Ff
-i :^..s|ir:i;.:!g ."(.-a ;. | a!:/1;;,;.(
': !,;!-,':!;! I'll * :, T^.;
i,* ;l! r iiirii.j i'iii"|W"l|!' 'ih iil'iii.'iniHii
ii;;; ;,Iw ; '+&ฃ&&'
1 Accounting Unit Boundaries
Cataloging Unit Boundaries
Cataloging Unit Codes
acc.dbf
acc.shp
acc.shx
cat.dbf
catshp
catshx
catpt.dbf
catptshp
catptshx
i ; ^ iS !$mSBBm
Industrial Facilities Discharge Sites
ifd.dbf
ifd.shp
ifd.shx
" ' =.ซp|p|=l,T TijIRiT- j,,,' I ;l,j| ;:ป'Ijl JiiNH "il(|||l|,f IMJIJIIIII..!lปIJIII|!ซllp||.l|i!.lป l!lปIXi.!lpllll!ปl;|'f
Land Use and Land Cover
'.. '"''' ,,,i!' Jf! IHIII1 | I ปi|i!'l!'!!l"l||.,,,' ' llnilll |n, II i, "|| HI. ]l|illlli""liiiiillll! iliriil!]j|fjlปi|:" .|f "If'f ;j; 'j]'**', 'ปW*1!
L (USGS Quadrangle Name)
lulcndx.dbf
lulcndx.shp
lulcndx.shx
l_(quad).dbf
l_(quad).shp
l_(quad).shx
A-2
-------
Table A.1 (continued)
BASINS Data Product
of Fish and Wildlife Advisories -
Related Table Names:
_-___ , ^ _
Related Table Names:
^Major Roads
ป"-ปซ. " < *
^^^ed'Area Database"
^nerpls Availably .System/Mineral Industry
||mtellWS/MtLS)
-5 ..ir*- *ป
Nj^opjai^ater Quality Assessment Study Unit
Soundanes
^^JSi^pentllnventory (NSI) Stations &
tg|tabase_ _ v ,.... .
mS^^^** ^? *ฃ -"' f%
Related Table Names:
^ ~-r4 -,"ป/ i
c j"
*^^h File, Version 1 (RFl) , *
Hs?ป "^ ** ^
t? * ปr~
w ! r * i
I'-^r1 ^5 -i
|Ma>h Rle, Version 3 (RF3) Alpha
88*>/" ^ ^ . *ซ""''"
4C- ^ - , ,'* _:
Theme Name
Rsh and Wildlife Advisory (1996)rlndex
Rsh and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-b'sting
Water Quality Criteria Table
State Agency Codes
Standard Industrial Classification Codes
Major Roads
TI
Managed Area Database
i
Mineral Data
Tf
1
NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
National Sediment Inventory Stations
NSI Biotoxicity Data
NSI Tissue Residue Data
NSI Reference Values
NSI Sediment Chemistry Data
NSI Watershed Summary Data
Permit Compliance System
Permitted Discharges 1991
Permitted Discharges 1992
Permitted Discharges 1993
Permitted Discharges 1994
Permitted Discharges 1995
Permitted Discharges 1996
Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
PCS Code Description
Place Names - (state postal abbreviation)
Reach Rle, VI
Reach Rle, V3
Rle Name
Ifwa96.dbf
Ifwa96add.dbf
wqcriter.dbf
storetag.dbf
siadbf
fhards.dbf
fhards.shp
fhards.shx
mad.dbf
mad.shp
mad.shx
mines.dbf
mines.shp
mines.shx
nawqa.dbf
nawqa.shp
nawqa.shx
nsi.dbf
nsi.shp
nsLshx
nsi_bio.dbf
nsi_tis.dbf
nsi_ref.dbf
nsi_sed.dbf
nsi wsh.dbf
pcs.dbf
pcs.shp
pcs.shx
pcsld91.dbf
pcsld92.dbf
pcsld93.dbf
pcsld94.dbf
pcsld95.dbf
pcsld96.dbf
pcs_prm.dbf
pcs code.dbf
(ST)ppl.dbf
(ST)ppl.shp
(ST)ppl.shx
rfl.dbf
rfl.shp
rfl.shx
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx
A-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table A.1 (continued)
BASINS Data Product
Theme Name
Hazardous and Solid Waste Sites
s ,! dNHHft , i si
.'; County Names
File Name
rcris.dbf
rcris.shp
rcris.shx
stdbf
stshp
st.shx
cnty.dbf
cnty.shp
cnty.shx
cntypt.dbf
cntyptshp
cntyptshx
National Priority List Sites
KepilpllFlsTIfSGO)" Database" '" State Soil
i i( 14i i
Related Table Names:
Soil Component Data
Soil Layer Data
sJb?dclffeS)^nfev^ ":Toxic Release Inventory
Related Table Names:
TRI Air Emission Data 1987
TRI Air Emission Data 1988
TRI Air Emission Data 1989
TRI Air Emission Data 1990
TRI Air Emission Data 1991
TRI Air Emission Data 1992
TRI Air Emission Data 1993
TRI Air Emission Data 1994
TRI Air Emission Data 1995
TRI Land Release Data 1987
TRI Land. Release Data 1988
TRI Land Release Data 1989
TRI Land Release Data 1990
TRI Land Release Data 1991
TRI Land Release Data 1992
TRI Land Release Data 1993
TRI Land Release Data 1994
TRI Land Release Data 1995
TRI POTW Data 1991
TRI POTW Data 1992
TRI POTW Data 1993
TRI POTW Data 1994
TRI POTW Data 1995
TRI Underground Injection Data 1987
TRI Underground Injection Data 1988
TRI Underground Injection Data 1989
cerclis.dbf
cerclis.shp
cerclis.shx
statsgo.dbf
statsgo.shp
statsgo.shx
statsgoc.dbf
statsgol.dbf
tri.dbf
tri.shp
tri.shx
tri_ai87.dbf
tri_ai88.dbf
tri_ai89.dbf
tri_ai90.dbf
tri_ai91.dbf
tri_ai92.dbf
tri_ai93.dbf
tri_ai94.dbf
tri_ai95.dbf
tri_lr87.dbf
tri_lr88.dbf
tri_lr89.dbf
tri_lr90.dbf
tri_lr91.dbf
tri_lr92.dbf
tri_lr93.dbf
tri_lr94.dbf
tri_lr95.dbf
tri_pw91.dbf
tri_pw92.dbf
tri_pw93.dbf
tri_pw94.dbf
tri_pw95.dbf
tri_ui87.dbf
tri_ui88.dbf
tri ui89.dbf
A-4
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Table A.1 (continued)
BASINS Data Product
Related Table Names (cont):
fOrbanized Areas
9 itr? ~- v ' - <-
f-Sl'^f^ \ ~* ~ ? - t ,, ^ -
,'ti -V,, "" * - _ " ** -
fp#~* ""-ป '"*'_-* T " " *^;
t$ t' ,. " ป-u V
||Vater Quality Monitoring Stations & Data
|งMWm-a-r|es,
t***"" - _-
Related Table Names:
Heater Quality Stations and Observation Data
P-** "- " " " , '
: ~^~ " " , 1
Related Table Names:
%ga1jjer Data Stations & Database (sample set)
_* * -"
B^'-'C'-*,; '-, ~ 1
{Weatherstation Sites
g^*^^^,(i * ป-
slifeiL"5* " - * "
" '
SileiH, ป k ,. _ ^
mL 1 ป _I ^ "1
&9^6, Clean Water Needs Survey
^SC-^r * r ~2 _ r
^1^^"- ,,
Theme Name
TRI Underground Injection Data 1990
TRI Underground Injection Data 1991
TRI Underground Injection Data 1992
TRI Underground Injection Data 1993
TRI Underground Injection Data 1994
TRI Underground Injection Data 1995
TRI Water Discharge Data 1987
TRI Water Discharge Data 1988
TRI Water Discharge Data 1989
TRI Water Discharge Data 1990
TRI Water Discharge Data 1991
TRI Water Discharge Data 1992
TRI Water Discharge Data 1993
TRI Water Discharge Data 1994
TRI Water Discharge Data 1995
TRI Parameter Table
, Urban Area Boundaries
t
- Urban Area Names
T
* Water Quality Stations
.
Water Quality Data 70-74
Water Quality Data 75-79
Water Quality Data 80-84
Water Quality Data 85-89
Water Quality Data 90-94
Water Quality Data 95-97
Water Quality Parameter Table
Water Quality Observation Stations
i
S
Water Quality Observation Data Table
Water Quality Observation Parameter Table
Weather Data Stations
*>
Weather Station Area
1
,
" Weather Station Sites
1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
File Name
tri_ui90.dbf
tri ui91.dbf
tri ui92.dbf
tri ui93.dbf
tri ui94.dbf
tri ui95.dbf
tri wd87.dbf
tri wdSS.dbf
tri wd89.dbf
tri wd90.dbf
tri wd91.dbf
tri wd92.dbf
tri wd93.dbf
tri wd94.dbf
tri_wd95.dbf
tri_parm.dbf
urban.dbf
urban.shp
urban.shx
urban_nm.dbf
urbanjim.shp
urban nm.shx
wq_stat.dbf
wq_stat.shp
wq_stat.shx
wq d7074.dbf
wq d7579.dbf
wq d8084.dbf
wq d8589.dbf
wq d9094.dbf
wq_d9597.dbf
wq_parm.dbf
wqobs.dbf
wqobs.shp
wqobs.shx
(cu).dbf
wqobs_prm.dbf
wdm.dbf
wdm.shp
wdm.shx
met_stat.dbf
met_stat.shp
met_stat.shx
metptdbf
metptshp
metptshx
1996cwns.dbf
1996cwns.shp
1996cwns.shx
A-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Theme Name: Bacteria Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
ID
STATION
AGENCY
LOCATION
CU
SEG
MILEP
ONOFF
COUNTY
STFIPS
STATE
LONG
LAT
TYPE
STCOF1PS
BACID
BCU
Description
ArcView internal field
BASINS assigned unique identifier based on station and agency
codes
station code
agency code
description of location
cataloging unit code
Reach File, VI segment number
Reach Rle, VI mile point
on/off reach indicator
county name
state FIPS code
state postal abbreviation
longitude
latitude
station type
state and county FIPS code
BASINS assigned number
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Related Table Name: Bacteria Data 70-74,75-79,80-84,85-89, 90-94,95-97
Field Name
ID
STATION
AGENCY
BACID
PARAMETER
NOOBS
MEAN
A15TH_P
A25TH_P
A50TH_P
A75TH_P
A85TH_P
STD
BCU
Description
BASINS assigned unique identifier based on station and agency
codes
station code
agency code
BASINS assigned number
EPA STORET parameter code
number of observations
mean value
15th percentile value
25th percentile value
50th percentile value
75th percentile value
85th percentile value
standard deviation
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Related Table Name: Bacteria Parameter Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
PARM_NAME
UNITS
Description
EPA STORET parameter code
parameter name
units
A-6
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
SAMPLEJYP
UP_REF_LVL
LW_REF_LVL
UNKNOWN
REF LVLSRC
sample type
upper reference level
lower reference level
type of standard
reference level source
Data Product: Classified Shellfish Areas
Theme Name: Classified Shellfish Areas
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
ELEMENT
STATE
CHARTJD
POLYNAME
CLASS
UNIQUE_
WATERQTY
ADMIN
NOSURVEY
CONSERV
RESTRICT
POINT_P
POINT_A
IMPOINT_P
NPOINT_A
UPSTRM_P
UPSTRM_A
POLLTYPE
INDUSTRY
WWT
COMBINED
OTHER_DD
MARINAS
BOATING
INDI_WWT
URBAN
FEEDLOTS
OTHER_AG
WILDLIFE
UPSTREAM
SURVEY
UPGRADE
RESTORE
COMMENTS
RAZORCLM
SURFCLAM
SEASCALL
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
geographic element
two-letter state abbreviation
NOAA nautical chart number
shellfish growing water name
classification of growing water
unique nine digit identification code
harvest limited classification from water quality
harvest limited classification-admin, decision
harvest limited classification-incomplete survey
harvest limited classification-conserv. measures
list of harvest limited classification reasons
potential point source pollution
actual point source pollution
potential nonpoint source pollution
actual nonpoint source pollution
potential upstream pollution
actual upstream pollution
lists point, nonpoint, & upstream pollution sources
point source pollution from industrial sources
point source pollution-wastewater treatment plants
point source pollution-combined sewer overflows
point source pollution from direct discharges
point source pollution from marinas
point source pollution from boating
nonpoint source pollution-wastewater treat, system
nonpoint source pollution from urban runoff
nonpoint source pollution from livestock feeding
nonpoint source pollution from agricultural land
nonpoint source pollution-high wildlife concentr.
stream-borne contaminants
source data Sanitary Survey number
potential for upgrading classification
current restoration activities
additional information
abundance of razor clams
abundance of surf clams
abundance of sea scallops
A- 7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
NATIVELC
ASIANCLM
OLYMOYST
FOOLMUS
MUSSELS
EASTOYST
BAYSCALL
BSKTCOCK
RIBBMUSS
RANGEICLM
MANILCLM
OCEANQUA
MYTILIDA
KUMAOYST
HORSECLM
BLUEMUSS
GEODUCK
SOFTCLAM
BUTTRCLM
PACIFOYS
CALIFMUS
HARDCLAM
AREA SQ_M
PERIMTRJV1
AREA_ACRES
CAP CODE
CAF~NAME
CAF~NAMEA
CLASSA
REGION
LAND
ST_FIPS
ST_NAME
ST ABBR
CAFJ.EGEND
Data Product: Dam Locations
Theme Name: Dam Locations
Reid Name
SHAPE
NIDJD
STATE
DAM_NAME
OTHER_NAME
HAZARDS
EAP
STATE_NAME
CONG_DIST
COUNTY
abundance of native littleneck clams
abundance of asian clams
abundance of Olympic oysters
abundance of foolish mussels
abundance of mussels
abundance of eastern oysters
abundance of bay scallops
abundance of basket cockle clams
abundance of ribbed mussels
abundance of rangia clams
abundance of manila clams
abundance of ocean quahog
abundance of other mussel species
abundance of kumamoto oysters
abundance of horseneck clams
abundance of blue mussels
abundance of geoduck clams
abundance of softshell clams
abundance of butter clams
abundance of pacific oysters
abundance of California mussels
abundance of hard clarns
shellfish-growing water area in square meters
shellfish-growing water perimeter in meters
shellfish-growing water area in acres
NOAA Coastal Assessment Framework Estuary code
NOAA Coastal Assessment Framework Estuary name
unknown
NOAA EDA or CDA classification code
NOAA Coastal Assessment Framework Region code
mainland or island classification code
two-digit state FIPS code
state name
two-letter state abbreviation
NOAA EDA or CDA name for ArcView legend use
Description
ArcView internal field
National Inventory of Dams identification number
two-letter state abbreviation
official dam name
other common name or reservoir name
potential hazard to downstream area
emergency action plan for dam
name of state in which dam is located
congressional district in which dam is located
county in which dam is located
A-8
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
NEAR_CITY
DIST_CI7Y
RIVER
PRM_PURPOS
NID_DAMTP
YEAR_COMPL
NIDJHEIGHT
NID_STOR
DAM_LENGTH
MAX_DISCH
OWNER
OWNJYPE
STATE_AGCY
FED_AGCY
NONFED_DAM
SECT_TOWN
PURPOSE
DAMJTYPE
DAM_HEIGHT
HYDR_HGT
STRUCT_HGT
NORM_STOR
MAX_STOR
SURF_AREA
DRAIN_AREA
SP1LL_TYPE
SPILL_WDTH
NUM_LOCKS
LOCK_LEN
LOCK_WIDTH
VOLUME
INSP_DATE
PHASEIJNS
FD_CONSTRC
FD_DESIGN
FD_FUNDING
FDJNSPECT
FD_OPERATE
FD_OTHER
FD_OWNER
FD_REGULAT
SUPP_FED
SUPP_DATE
SOURCE_AGCY
SOURCE_DATE
SOURCEJD
LONGITUDE_X
LATITUDE Y
name of nearest downstream city
distance from dam to nearest downstream city
official name of river on which dam is built
primary purpose for which reservoir is used
type of dam
year original main dam structure was completed
calculated single height value in feet
calculated maximum value from normal storage and maximum
storage value used to obtain single storage value in acre-ft
dam length
maximum discharge in cubic feet per second
owner of dam
owner type
state agency with regulatory or approval authority
federal agency involvement in the dam
federal or nonfederal dam location
dam location in terms of section, township, and range
purpose for which reservoir is used
type of dam
dam height in feet
hydraulic height in feet
structural height in feet
normal storage in acre-feet
maximum storage in acre-feet
surface area of impoundment-normal retention level in acres
drainage area of dam in square miles
type of spillway
width of spillway in feet
number of existing navigation locks
length of primary navigation lock in feet
width of primary navigation lock in feet
cubic yards of materials used in dam structure
date of most recent inspection
Phase I Inspection Program
federal agency involved in construction of dam
federal agency involved in design of dam
federal agency involved in funding of dam
federal agency involved in inspection of dam
federal agency involved in operation of dam
federal agency involved in other aspects of dam
federal agency that owns/partly owns dam
federal agency involved in regulation of dam
federal agency providing field data
date of transmittal
federal or state agency that provided field data
date of transmittal
official agency identification number for dam
dam longitude in decimal degrees
dam latitude in decimal degrees
A-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
RPS_STATE
F1PS_CNTY
ECU
FIPS code used by US Census Bureau for state
FIPS code used by US Census Bureau for county
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: Digital Elevation Model
Theme Name: DEM (CU)
Field Name
SHAPE
ELEVJ/I
ELEV FT
Description
ArcView internal field
land surface elevation in meters
land surface elevation in feet
Data Product: Drinking Water Supply (DWS) Sites
Theme Name: Drinking Water Supply Sites
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B ID
DWS_"
DWS ID
STCO~
LATDD
LONGDD
CTY
CNN
STA
FQMINV
MILES
TYPE
OWN
NAME
WUN
PAVGF
POPSV
ACCURACY
BREACH
BFIPS
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
state and county FIPS code
site latitude in decimal degrees
site longitude in decimal degrees
name of the city where the facility is located
name of the county where the facility is located
abbreviation for state where facility is located
reach number where the facility is located
mile point on reach where the facility is located
facility type-"S"surface water or "G" ground water
facility owned by individual or municipality
facility name
facility owner name
average facility flow in GPD
population served by the facility
accuracy code for longitude/latitude of facility
BASINS assigned Reach File, VI reach number
BASINS assigned state and county FIPS code
Data Product: EPA Regions
Theme Name: EPA Regional Boundaries
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
EPA_REG_
EPA_REG_ID
EPAREG
LABEL REG
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
U.S. EPA region number
U.S. EPA region number (Roman numeral)
A-io
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Data Product: Gage Sites
Theme Name: USGS Gage Sites
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
GAGE_
GAGEJD
AGCY
STCO
LATDD
LONGDD
REACH
NAME
MNFLO
SVTEN
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
ACCURACY
BREACH
BFIPS
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
identifying agency and gage number
state and county FIPS code
latitude of the gage in decimal degrees
longitude of the gage in decimal degrees
Reach File, VI reach number gage location
name of reach
mean stream flow in cfs
seven/ten stream low flow in cfs
mean stream flow for month of January in cfs
mean stream flow for month of February in cfs
mean stream flow for month of March in cfs
mean stream flow for month of April in cfs
mean stream flow for month of May in cfs
mean stream flow for month of June in cfs
mean stream flow for month of July in cfs
mean stream flow for month of August in cfs
mean stream flow for month of September in cfs
mean stream flow for month of October in cfs
mean stream flow for month of November in cfs
mean stream flow for month of December in cfs
accuracy code for latitude and longitude of gage
BASINS assigned Reach File, VI reach number
BASINS assigned state and county FIPS code
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: Accounting Unit Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
ACC_
ACCJD
ACC
NAME
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
accounting unit number
name of accounting unit
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: Cataloging Unit Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
A-ll
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_1D
CAT_
CAT ID
PLYTYPE
HUC
WORKS
ACCJJNIT
CU
BEXT
CRS1
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
polygon type
cataloging unit code (numeric)
disregard data element
accounting unit code
cataloging unit code (character)
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: Cataloging Unit Codes
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
CAT.
CATJD
HUC
ACC
NAME
CU
BEXT
CRS1
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
ArcView internal field
disregard data element
cataloging unit code (numeric)
accounting unit code
name of cataloging unit
cataloging unit code (character)
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
Data Product: Industrial Facilities Discharge (IFD) Sites
Theme Name: Industrial Facilities Discharge Sites
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
IFD_
IFDJD
NPD
NAM
ADR
CTY
STA
ZIP
LAT
LONG
STCOFIPS
NDC
FRW
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
NPDES number
facility name
facility address
facility city
facility state abbreviation
facility ZIP code
facility latitude in decimal degrees
facility longitude in decimal degrees
state and county FIPS code
number of discharges from the facility
receiving water name
A-12
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
FCU
FSG
FHF
FFL
FS1
FS2
FS3
FS4
FS5
MAJOR
MILES
XEGS
E308SN
EGF
EGS
ACCURACY
FLOW
CU
BREACH
BFIPS
CUSEG
facility cataloging unit code
facility reach file segment number
facility hit flag indicating facility discharges to a reach
discharge flow in thousands of gallons per day
facility SIC from PCS
SIC code 2
SIC code 3
SIC code 4
SIC code 5
major/minor flag (from PCS)
facility reach file mile point
effluent guidelines subcategory index
effluent guidelines survey number
effluent guidelines flow thousands of gallons/day
effluent guidelines subcategory code
accuracy code for facility latitude and longitude
discharge flow in thousands of gallons per day
cataloging unit code
BASINS assigned Reach File, VI reach number
BASINS assigned state and county FIPS code
Reach File, VI reach number
Data Product: Land Use and Land Cover
Theme Name: Land Use Index
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
LULCNDX#_
LULCNDX#_I
COVERNAME
COVNAME
QNAME
EPA_REG
CREATE_DAT
VERIFY_DAT
COMMENTl
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
ArcView internal field
disregard data element
coverage name
alternate coverage name
quadrangle name
U.S. EPA region number
date coverage was created
date coverage was verified
comments concerning the coverage
Data Product: Land Use and Land Cover
Theme Name: L_(USGS Quadrangle Map Name, e.g., L_BANGME)
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
L_(QUAD)_
L_(QUAD)_I
LUCODE
LEVEL2
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
ArcView assigned polygon ID
disregard data element
Anderson level 1 land use code
Anderson level II land use code
A-13
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Data Product: Listing of Fish and Wildlife Advisories
Related Table Name: Fish and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-lndex
Field Name
WATERBODY
STATE
REGION
ADV_EXTENT
ISSUER
ADVJYPE
ADVNUM
ADVINDEX
DATE_RESCI
COUNT
ADV_STATUS
ADV SIZE
YEAR
Description
name of waterbody where advisory is applied
two-letter state code used by US Postal Service
EPA region code
geographic extent of advisory
agency type that issued the advisory
waterbody type that the advisory is located on
unique number assigned to advisory
advisory index
date the advisory was rescinded
count
advisory status
advisory size in miles for river advisories, acres for lake advisories.
year the entry in the source was updated
Data Product: Listing of Rsh and Wildlife Advisories
Related Table Name: Fish and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-Listing
Reid Name
ADVNUM
POLLUTANT
SPECIES
POPULATION
STATUS
DATE_RESCI
YEAR
Description
unique number assigned to advisory
name of pollutant associated with the advisory
name of fish or wildlife associated with the advisory
type of popolation affected in the advisory
advisory status
date the advisory was rescinded
year the entry in the source was updated
Data Product: Lookup Tables
Related Table Name: Water Quality Criteria Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
CAS_NUMBER
PARM NAME
SAMPLEJYP
UNITS
FRES_ACUTE
FRES_CHRON
MARI_ACUTE
MAR!_CHRON
HHPC_WATER
HHPCJDRGAN
HHRV_WATER
HHRV_ORGAN
DR WTR MCL
Description
EPA STORET parameter code
Chemical Abstract Service number
parameter name
sample type
units
threshold value (standard) for acute freshwater
threshold value (standard) for chronic freshwater
threshold value (standard) for acute marine
threshold value (standard) for chronic marine
threshold value (standard) for human health (published criteria) in
water
threshold value (standard) for human health (published criteria) in
organic tissue
threshold value (standard) for human health (recalculated value) in
water
threshold value (standard) for human health (recalculated value) in
organic tissue
drinking water maximum contaminant level
A-14
-------
Appendix A G/S Data Dictionary
UNKNOWN
REF LVL SRC
unknown
reference level source
Data Product: Lookup Tables
Related Table Name: STORET Agency Codes
Field Name
AGENCY
PROGRAM
CONTACT
PHONE
Description
agency code
name of program
contact person
telephone number
Data Product: Lookup Tables
Related Table Name: Standard Industrial Classification Codes
Field Name
SICJ.987
SIC_NAME
NAICSJ.997
NAICS_NAME
Data Product: Major Roads
Theme Name: Major Roads
Field Name
SHAPE
FNODE_
TNODE_
LPOLY_
RPOLY_
LENGTH
FHARDS_
FHARDSJD
RECTYPE
VERSION
RECID
SOURCE
STFIPS
CTFIPS
ORNLJD
LGURB
SMURB
FNODE
TNODE
SIGN1
SIGN2
SIGNS
LNAME
MILES
KM
FACTYPE
TOLL
Description
1987 Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code
SIC name
1997 North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code
NAICS name
Description
ArcView internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
length of line segment in coverage units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
character which defines type of file from dataset
file version number
unique line identification number
flag used to identify original source of coordinate information
two-digit state FIPS code
three-digit county FIPS code
Oakridge National Laboratory assigned identifier
large urbanized area
adjusted small urban area
record in node file that corresponds to starting position of link
record in node file that corresponds to ending position of link
primary sign route
alternate sign route
alternate sign route
name or identification for the link
accurate measurement in miles of link chain
accurate measurement in kilometers of link chain
permissible flow of traffic over the link
links with one or more toll features
A-15
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
LANES
ACONTROL
MEDIAN
SURFACE
FCLASS
ACLASS
RUCODE
STATUS
NHS
STRAHNET
TRANSAM
number of lanes in both directions
degree of access control to link from adjoining roads
type of median
predominant surface
assigned functional class of each link
administrative class associated with the link
rural/urban classification
availability of link to through traffic
subnetwork for proposed National Highway System
special subnetwork for Strategic Highway Corridor Network
special subnetwork for the Trans-America Corridor
Data Product: Managed Area Database
Theme Name: Managed Area Database
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
MAD_POLY_ID
MAD_POLY_ID
SITE_CODE
SITE_CODE2
SITE_CODE3
AREANAME
AREANAME2
AREANAME3
CMCCODE
LAT
LONG
ISLATLON
DESIGNATE
DESIGNATE2
DESIGNATES
LUCNCAT
LUCNCAT2
LUCNCAT3
GAPCAT
GAPCAT2
GAPCAT3
SIZE
YEAR
REALM
PROVINCE
BIOME
STATE
SOURCE
AVSORT
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
unique number for each area for database relations
unique number for each area for database relations
unique number for each area for database relations
proper name of each managed area represented
alternate name of each managed area represented
alternate name of each managed area represented
unused WCMC variable
latitudinal location
longitudinal location
unused WCMC variable
designation type for each managed area
designation type for each managed area
designation type for each managed area
code used by WCMC representing level of protection status for each
designation type
code used by WCMC representing level of protection status for each
designation type
code used by WCMC representing level of protection status for each
designation type
level of management based on GAP program
level of management based on GAP program
level of management based on GAP program
area size as published by WCMC
year of area establishment as published by WCMC
unused WCMC variable
unused WCMC variable
unused WCMC variable
state in which area is located
map source where the polygon borders were taken
condensed list of management designations
A-16
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Data Product: Minerals Available System/Mineral Industry Location (MAS/MILS)
Theme Name: Mineral Data
Field Name
SHAPE
LAT
LON
SEQ_NUM
STATE
COUNTY
NAME
TYPE
CURR_STAT
ELEVATION
DATUM
ZONE
RIVER
HUG
YEAR_LAST
COMPANY
MINE_MET
MILLJvlET
COM1
MOC1
COM2
MOC2
COM3
MOC3
COM4
MOC4
COM5
MOC5
SIC
ECU
Description
ArcView internal field
latitude in decimal degrees
longitude in decimal degrees
unique identifier referencing info pertaining to a mineral property
state in which mine is located
county in which mine is located
name of mineral deposit or mining operation
type of existing/proposed/past type of operation
operating status of site at time of last modification
elevation of mine in meters
datum of elevation provides for elevations to be expressed above or
below either sea level or a local datum.
UTM zone number
name of river basin
hydrologic unit code
year of last production
principle owner/company name identified with operation
most predominant mining method at site
most predominant milling method at site
name of one of the commodities found at site
modifier of the commodity
name of one of the commodities found at site
modifier of the commodity
name of one of the commodities found at site
modifier of the commodity
name of one of the commodities found at site
modifier of the commodity
name of one of the commodities found at site
modifier of the commodity
Standard Industrial Classification Code
BASINS assigned cataloging unit code
Data Product: National Water Quality Assessment Study Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
NAWQA_DD_
NAWQA_DD_ID
NAWQA
NAME
GROUP
PILOT
ABBV
CANADA
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arcinfo internal field
NAWQA study unit number
river basin name
group number
pilot code
river basin name abbreviation
code to designate study units that crosses Canadian boundary
A-17
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
MI2
RANK
REGION
area in square miles
rank
region designation (northeastern, southeastern, central, western US)
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Theme Name: National Sediment Inventory Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
NSI_STAT
SOURCE
FIPS
STATE
EPA_REG
LONG
LAT
TIER
AL SED
ALJTOX
HH_TIS
HH_SED
RF1_NAME
RF1JD
AGENCY
STATION
COUNTY
LOCATION
REFER
WATERBOD
DEPTH
SR_SCI
ORIGIN
GEOCODE
DEPT_MAX
DEPT MIN
DRED~GESI
MON_PROG
CU
BCU
Description
ArcView internal field
unique station identification assigned during data processing
identification of data origin
FIPS code
state
EPA region
longitude (decimal degrees)
latitude (decimal degrees)
NSI station classification
NSI aquatic life classification using sediment chemistry data
NSI aquatic life classification using biotoxicity data
NSI Human Health Classification using tissue residue data
NSI Human Health Classification using sediment chemistry data
USEPA Reach File, version 1 reach name
USEPA Reach File, version 1 reach number
identification of group responsible for collecting data
monitoring station identification code
county
location
reference, literature citation
waterbody
water depth (m)
senior scientist
origin
geologic code
maximum water depth (m)
minimum water depth (m)
dredged site
name of monitoring program or group
cataloging unit code
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Biotoxicity Data
Field Name
NSI_STAT
SPECIES
DATE
TEST
PHASE
CONTROL
Description
unique station identification assigned during NSI processing
organism species
date of sample collection
percent mortality in test
phase code to indicate the phase (i.e., medium) in which the
bioassay organisms are housed
percent mortality in control
A-18
-------
Appendix A G/S Data Dictionary
SiG
ecu
significance of result
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Sediment Chemistry Data
Field Name
NSI_STAT
DATE
CAS
P
R
FOC
CHEMICAL
SQC
SEM
AETH
AETL
ERM
ERL
SQAL
PEL
RSK
FDA
TEL
ECU
Description
Unique station identification assigned during NSI processing
date of sample collection
CAS number for analyte
result associated with PARM C"gtog, ppb)
remark code associated with PARM and P
fraction organic carbon
chemical name
draft sediment quality criteria flag
simultaneously extracted metals flag
apparent effects threshold-high flag
apparent effects threshold-low flag
effects range-median flag
effects range-low flag
sediment quality advisory level flag
probable effects levels flag
EPA Cancer/Non-cancer risk flag
FDA Tolerance/Action/Guidance flag
threshold effects levels flag
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Tissue Residue Data
Field Name
DATE
CAS
P
R
CHEMICAL
HH
RSK
FDA
COM_NAME
ANATOMY
BCD
Description
date of sample collection
chemical abstract system number for analyte
result associated with PARM
remark code associated with PARM and P
chemical name
tissue level of dioxin or PCBs in resident species exceed EPA risk
levels
tissue level in resident species exceed EPA risk levels
tissue level in resident species exceed FDA action levels
common species name
anatomy analyzed
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Watershed
Field Name
CD
NAME
CLASS
Description
hydrologic unit code (8-digit)
hydrologic unit code name
NSI watershed classification
A-19
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
TIER1
TIER2
TIERS
MUM STA
TIER1_2
PERC1_2
ALJIER1
ALJ1ER2
HHJ1ER1
HH TIER2
BCU
number of tier stations in watershed based on NSI station
classification
number of tier 2 stations in watershed
number of tier 3 stations in watershed
number of stations evaluated in watershed
number of stations classified as tier 1 or tier 2
percent of stations classified as tier 1 or tier 2
number of stations that would be classified as tier 1 using NSI
aquatic life classification criteria
number of stations that would be classified as tier 2 using NSI
aquatic life classification criteria
number of stations that would be classified as tier 1 using NSI
human health classification criteria
number of stations that would be classified as tier 2 using NSI
human health classification criteria
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Reference Table
Field Name
CHEMICAL
CAS
SQC
ERL
ERM
AETL
AETH
SQAL
TEL
PEL
RSK
CANRSK
NONCAN
FDA
WLD
BSAF
SF
RFD
Description
chemical name
chemical abstract system number
draft sediment quality criteria used for NSI evaluation
effects range-low used for NSI evaluation
effects range-median used for NSI evaluation
apparent effects threshold-low used for NSI evaluation
apparent effects threshold-high used for NSI evaluation
sediment quality advisory level used for NSI evaluation
threshold effects level used for NSI evaluation
probable effects level used for NSI evaluation
cancer/noncancer risk level used for NIS evaluation
EPA cancer risk level used for NSI evaluation
EPA noncancer risk level used for NSI evaluation
FDA tolerance/action/guidance level
wildlife criteria
biota-sediment accumulation factor
cancer slope factor
noncancer reference dose
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Theme Name: Permit Compliance System
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
US_NW_
US_NW_ID
LDIP_CODE
ID
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
ArcView internal field
ArcView internal field
source of record
unique ID from respective program system
A-20
-------
Appendix A G1S Data Dictionary
MADJD
LOCAL_REF_ID
FACJD
FACILITY_N
LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
BND_FLAG
NPL_STAT_I
Y_COORD
X_COORD
ALBERS_SRC
BVFLAG
MAD1
REGION
CITY
CITY_NAME
CNTY
CNTY_NAME
SIC
LOCATION_N
ADDRESS
LOCATION_C
LOCATIONS
ZIP
TELE
INACTIVE_C
PERMIT_EXP
PERMITJSS
DRAFT_PERM
APPL_RECEI
INACTIVE_D
TYPE_OF_OW
TYPE_OF_PE
RIVER_BASI
RECEIVING_
CURR_YEAR_
FEDERAL_GR
FINAL_LIMI
FLOW_RATE
PRETREATME
NMP_FINAN_
NPM_FINAN_
NPM_QUARTE
LAT
LON
CODE OF AC
assigned sequential reference number
assinged sequential reference number
EPA Facility Index System (FINDS) identifier
name of the facility or site
latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
boundaiy flag
npl_stat_ind
facility latitude based on NAD 83
facility longitude based on NAD 83
source for Albers coordinate
accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by FINDS
major discharge identifier
EPA region code
city code
city name
county code
county name
standard industrial classification code
name of entity located at facility's physical address
street address of facility
name of city or town where facility is located
state or territory code where facility is located
ZIP code of address where facility is located
telephone number of facility
code indicating if facility is currently active
date current permit will expire
date current permit was issued/signed
date on which public notification was given
date on which application for a NPDES permit recieved
date on which facility became inactive or active
code describing ownership classification
code indicating whether EPA or state issued permit
six-digit river basin identifier
name of water body into which effluent discharged
status of reportable noncompliance as it appeared on quarterly
noncompliance report for current year for major facilities
publicly owned waste treatment works with a SIC code of 4952
which obtained federal grant money to construct
final effluent limits when all necessary construction is completed
average flow facility designed to accommodate in million gallons/day
code indicating whether municipality is required to develop
pretreatnnent program
financial fitness of Publicly Owned Treatment Works
indicates whether a final and enforcible Municipal Compliance Plan
(MCP)schedule has been establised
fiscal quarter which final MCP was established
latitude
longitude
technical accuracy of latitude and longitude data
A-21
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
METHOD
DATUM
SCALE
DESCRIPT
USGS_HYDRO
STREAM_SEG
MILEAGEJN
RECVNG_STR
PRS1
PRS2
BF1PS
BREACH
CUJFD
CUSEG
Ml
HITFLAG
BCU
NPDES
CD
latitude/longitude method code
datum used to determine lat and Ion coordinates
scale used to determine lat and Ion coordinates
text description of a code
code assigned by USGS to identify drainage water basins for facilities
by their geographic location
code for facilities indentifying stretches of water from one significant
event to another
length of a particular facility stream segment in miles downstream
from beginning of segment
related facility stream segment type
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
BASINS county FIPS code
BASINS internal field
cataloging unit obtained from the IFD database
cataloging unit reach file segment
Reach File, VI segment mile point
unknown
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
NPDES permit number
cataloging unit
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996
Reid Name
NPDES
PARAMETER
LBYO
LBYE
LBY1
LBYOVER
BCU
Description
NPDES permit number
STORET parameter code
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to zero (Ib/yr)
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to half-
detection limit (Ib/yr)
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to detection
limit (Ib/yr)
portion of estimated loading over permit in Ib/yr
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
field Name
PARAMETER
PRAM_NAME
CHEMICAL_N
CAS NUMBER
Description
STORET parameter code
parameter name
chemical name
chemical abstract registry number
A-22
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges Code
Field Name
TABLEJD
CODE
DESCRIPTIO
Description
three-digit code indicating the type of code described
ten-digit code
description
Data Product: Populated Place Locations
Theme Name: Place Names - (State Postal Abbreviation)
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
(ST)PPL_
(ST)PPL_ID
NAME
DESIG
COUNTY
FIPS1
LATJN
LONGJN
ELEV
QCODE
ELEVNUM
Description
ArcView internal field
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
place name which can be used to label the place on a map display
designation that this is a populated place
county name
state and county FIPS code
place latitude in DDMMSS
place longitude in DDDMMSS
elevation of the place in meters (character)
code for the accuracy of the latitude and longitude of place
elevation of the place in meters (integers)
Data Product: Reach File, Version 1 (RF1)
Theme Name: Reach File, VI
Field Name
SHAPE
HUC
FNODE_
TNODE_
LPOLY_
RPOLY_
LENGTH
RF1_
RF1JD
SEG
MILEPT
SEQNO
RFLAG
OWFLAG
TFLAG
SFLAG
TYPE
SEGL
LEV
J
Description
ArcView internal field
cataloging unit code
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
reach segment number
indicates the beginning of the reach
reach sequence number
reach flag "1" is a stream reach
open water flag "1" is a open water reach
terminal reach flag "1" is a terminal reach
start reach flag "1" is a start reach
reach segment type
length of the reach in miles
reach level order
reach junction number
A-23
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
K
PM1LE
ARBSUM
USDIR
TERMID
TRMBLV
PNAME
PNMCD
OWNAME
OWNMCD
DSHUC
DSSEG
DSMLPT
MNFLOW
SVTNFLOW
MNVELO
SVTNVELO
R1VRCH
CU
DESSEQ
USSEQ
USDIR
DSCSM
CCSM
CDIR
ULCSM
URCSM
MDLAT
MDLONG
PSNPDAT
PLOWFL
PMEANFL
PTOPELE
PBOTELE
PSLOPE
PDEPTH
PWIDTH
PTEMP
PPH
PLOWVEL
PK1
PK2
PK3
PMANN
PSOD
PBGDO
PBGNH3
PBGBOD5
PBGNBOD
reach divergence number
path mile
milage distance upstream from the stream discharge
upstream reach direction
terminal stream system ID
terminal base level
primary reach name
primary name code
open water name
open water name code
downstream cataloging unit number
downstream reach segment number
downstream mile point
mean flow in the reach in cfs
seven/ten low flow in the reach in cfs
stream velocity in the reach at mean flow in ft/s
stream velocity in the reach at seven/ten low flow in ft/s
reach number
cataloging unit
downstream segment number
upstream segment number
upstream reach direction (L or R)
downstream CU, segment, mile point
complement CU, segment, mile point
complement bank direction
upstream left CU, segment, mile point
upstream right CU, segment, mile point
midpoint latitude
midpoint longitude
date of snapshot (yymm); zero if current
stream-only low flow in cfs
stream-only mean flow in cfs
top of reach elevation in feet
bottom of reach elevation in feet
slope: NOT DERIVED from elevations
mean depth (feet)
mean width (feet)
mean temperature in Celcius
mean pH
total low-flow velocity in cfs
CBOD decay rate constant (if known)
rearation rate constant (if known)
NH3 decay rate constant (if known)
"Roughness" coefficient (if known)
sediment oxygen demand in mg/L
background DO in mg/L
background NH3 in mg/L
background CBOD in mg/L
background NBOD in mg/L
A-24
-------
Appendix A G/S Data Dictionary
Data Product: Reach File, Version 3 (RF3) Alpha
Theme Name: Reach File, V3
Field Name
SHAPE
RF3RCH#
RF3RCH-ID
RF3RCHID
SEG
Ml
UPMI
RFLAG
OWFLAG
TFLAG
SFLAG
REACHTYPE
LEVEL
JUNG
DIVERGENCE
USDIR
TERM ID
TRMBLV
PNAME
PNMCD
CNAME
CNMCD
OWN AM E
OWNMCD
DSCU
DSSEG
DSMI
ecu
CSEG
CM I
CDIR
ULCU
ULSEG
ULMI
URCU
URSEG
URMI
SEGL
RFORGFLAG
ALTPNMCD
ALTOWNMC
DLAT
DLONG
ULAT
ULONG
Description
ArcView internal field
Arclnfo internal field
user assigned feature number
unique river reach identifier concatenated from cataloging unit code,
segment and mile point
segment number
marker index
upstream marker index
reach flag
open water flag
terminal flag
start flag
reach type code
stream level
level of downstream reach
divergence code
upstream direction of main path
terminal stream ID (future use)
terminal base level (future use)
primary name
primary name code
common name
common name code
open water name
open water name code
downstream CD
downstream SEG
downstream Ml
complement CD
complement SEG
complement Ml
complement direction
upstream left CU
upstream left SEG
upstream left Ml
upstream right CU
upstream right SEG
upstream rght Ml
reach length (miles)
RF origin flag
alternate primary name code (future use)
alternate OW name code (future use)
downstream latitude
downstream longitude
upstream latitude
upstream longitude
A-25
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
MINLAT
MINLONG
MAXLAT
MAXLONG
NDLGREC
LN1AT2
LN2AT2
AR1AT2
AR1AT4
AR2AT2
AR2AT4
UPDATE1
UPDTCD1
UPDTSRC1
UPDATE2
UPDTCD2
UPDTSRC2
UPDATES
UPDTCD3
UPDTSRC3
DIVCU
DIVSEG
DIVMI
DLGID
RLLER
RF3RCHID
CURF3RCH1D
ULRF3RCHID
URRF3RCHID
DIVRF3RCHID
minimum latitude
minimum longitude
maximum latitude
maximum longitude
number of DIG records
DLG line attribute 1
DLG line attribute 2
DLG area attribute
DLG area attribute
DLG area attribute
DLG area attribute
update date #1
update type Code #1
update source #1
update date #2 (future use)
update type code #2 (future use)
update source #2 (future use)
update date #3 (future use)
update type Code #3 (future use)
update source #3 (future use)
divergent CU
divergent SEG
divergent Ml
DLG number (special use)
filler (future use)
unique river reach identifier concatenated from CU, SEG, and Ml
unique complement reach identifier
unique upstream left reach identifier
unique upstream right reach identifier
unique divergent reach identifier
Data Product: Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System
Theme Name: Hazardous and Solid Waste Sites
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
LDIP_CODE
ID
MADJD
LOC_REF_ID
FACJD
FACILITYJD
LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
BND_FLAG
NPL_STAT_I
Y_COORD
X_COORD
ALBERS SRC
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
source of record
unique ID from respective program system
assigned sequential reference number
assigned sequential reference number
EPA Facility Index System (FINDS) identifier
name of facility or site
latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
boundary flag
npl_stat_ind
national albers coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
national albers coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
source for Albers coordinate
A-26
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dfcffonaty
BVFLAG
EXIST_DATE
OFF_S1TE
NON_ACSBLT
NON NTFR
STREETJVIAM
CITYJMAME
STATE
ZIP
PRVSJHANDL
REGION
LANDJYPE
FIPS_STATE
FIPS_COUNT
BCU
indicator of most accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by
FINDS
date operation commenced or expected date
indicates if handler accepts hazardous waste from other sites
indicates reason why handler is not accessible for normal RCRA
tracking and processing
handler identified through source other than notification and is
suspected of conducting RCRA-regulated activities without proper
authority
street address of handler location
city or town in the handler location
two letter postal code for state in handler location address
ZIP code in the handler location address
identification number used to regulate the handler under the Federal
RCRA program
EPA region in which the handler is located
current ownership status of land where facility is located
two-letter postal code for state in which the handler is located
FIPS code for county where facility is located
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Theme Name: State Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
ST_
ST_ID_
ST
EPAREG
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
state name abbreviation
state region
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Theme Name: County Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
CNTY_
CNTYJD
FIPS
ST
CNTYNAME
PLYTYPE
WORKB
STCOFIPS
BEXT
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
county FIPS code
state postal abbreviations
county name
polygon type
BASINS internal field
state and county FIPS code
BASINS internal field
A-27
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Theme Name: County Names
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
CNTY
CNTYJD
FIPS
ST
CNTYNAME
PLYTYPE
WORKS
STCOFIPS
BEXT
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
county FIPS code
state postal abbreviations
county name
polygon type
BASINS internal field
state and county FIPS code
BASINS internal field
Data Product: Superfund National Priority List Sites
Theme Name: National Priority List Sites
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
LDIP_CODE
ID
MADJD
LOC.REFJD
FACJD
FACILI7Y_N
LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
BND_FLAG
NPL_STAT_I
Y_COORD
X_COORD
ALBERS_SRC
BVFLAG
POINTORIG
RECORD_TYPE
ACT10N_COD
REGION_COD
STATE
STREET_NAM
CITY NAME
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
source of record
unique ID from respective program system
ArcView internal field
ArcView internal field
EPA FINDS identifier
name of the facility or site
latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
boudary flag
indicates site's NPL status
national Albers coordinate based on NAD 83
national Albers coordinate based on NAD 83
source for Albers coordinate
indicator of most accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by
FINDS
specifies the region code
specifies the scheme record number
specifies action taken when records are downloaded from the IBM
mainframe
region in which site is physically located
state or territory which site is phsically located
street address, route number, or other identifier of the physical
location of the site or incident
name of city, town, or other municipality in which site is located or
A-28
-------
Appendix A GIS Data dictionary
ZIP
COUNTY
COUNTY_COD
DIOXINJT1E
USGS_HYDRO
BCU
incident occurs
US Postal Service ZIP code in which site is located
county in which site is located
code that identifies county in which site is located
reserved for headquarters definition
hydrologic location of site
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Theme Name: State Soil
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
MUID
Description
Arcview internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state
FIPS code and a three-digit Arabic number
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Related Table Name: Soil Component Data
Field Name
MUID
SEQNUM
MUIDSEQNUM
COMPNAME
S5ID
COMPPCT
SLOPEL
SLOPEH
SURFTEX
ANFLOOD
WTDEPL
WTDEPH
WTKIND
ROCKDEPL
ROCKDEPH
HYDGRP
DRAINAGE
HYDRIC
CLNIRR
CLIRR
PRIMFML
Description
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state
FIPS code and a three-digit Arabic number
identifies sequence of components in a map unit
concatenation of MUID and sequence number
soil series name associated with component or sequence number
soil interpretation record
percentage of the component of the map unit
minimum value for range of slope of a soil component in percent
maximum value for range of slope of a soil component in percent
surface layer soil texture using USDA codes
annual flooding frequency
minimum value for range in depth to water table in feet
maximum value for range in depth to water table in feet
type of water table
minimum value for range in depth to bedrock in inches
maximum value for range in depth to bedrock in inches
soil hydrologic group
soil drainage class identifying natural drainage condition of the soil
hydric soil rating
nonirrigated capability class
irrigated capability class
prime farmland classification
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Related Table Name: Soil Layer Data
Field Name
MUID
SEQNUM
MIEDSEQNUM
Description
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state
FIPS code and a three digit Arabic number
identifies sequence of components in a map unit
concatenation of MUID and sequence number
A-29
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
S5ID
LAYERNUM
LAYDEPL
LAYDEPH
TEXTURE1
TEXRJRE2
TEXTURES
KFACT
KFFACT
TFACT
WEG
N0200L
N0200H
CLAYL
CLAYH
ILL
LLH
PIL
PIH
UNIFIEDl
UNIFIED2
UNIF1ED3
UNIFIED4
MSHT01
AASHT02
MSHT03
AASHT04
AWCL
AWCH
BDL
BDH
OML
OMH
PHL
PHH
SALINL
SAL1NH
SARL
SARH
CECL
CECH
CAC03L
CAC03H
GYPSUML
GYPSUMH
PERML
PERMH
SHRINKSW
soil interpretation record
identifies sequence in the soil profile
depth to upper boundary of soil layer or horizon in inches
depth to lower boundary of soil layer or horizon in inches
USDA soil texture class for specified layer
USDA soil texture class for specified layer
USDA soil texture class for specified layer
soil credibility factor
soil credibility factor, rock fragments free
soil loss tolerance factor
wind erodibility group
percent passing sieve no. 200-minimum value
percent passing sieve no. 200-maximum value
percent clay-minimum value
percent clay-maximum value
minimum percent liquid limit
maximum percent liquid limit
minimum percent plasticity limit
maximum percent plasticity limit
Unified Engineering Classification (1)
Unified Engineering Classification (2)
Unified Engineering Classification (3)
Unified Engineering Classification (4)
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (1)
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (2)
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (3)
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (4)
low available water capacity (in/in)
high available water capacity (in/in)
low bulk density (g/cc)
high bulk density (g/cc)
minimum percent organic matter
maximum percent organic matter
minimum pH value
maximum pH value
minimum salinity value (mmhos/cm)
maximum salinity value (mmhos/cm)
minimum sodium absorbtion ratio
maximum sodium absorbtion ratio
lower cation exchange capacity
higher cation exchange capacity
minimum percent calcium carbonate
maximum percent calcium carbonate
minimum percent sulfate
maximum percent sulfate
minimum permeability (in/hr)
maximum permeability (in/hr)
shrink-swell potential upon drying and wetting
A-30
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Theme Name: Toxic Release Inventory
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
LDIP_CODE
ID
MADJD
LOC_REF_ID
FACJD
FACILITY_N
LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
BND_FLAG
NPL_STAT_I
Y_COORD
X_COORD
ALBERS_SRC
BVFLAG
STREETJMAM'
CITY_NAME
COUNTY_NAM
STFIPS
STATE
ZIP
REGION
SIC
BCU
CLOSEJND
DUNS
FEDERAL
ASSIG AGEN
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
source of record
unique ID form respective program system
assigned sequential reference number
assigned sequential reference number
EPA facility index system (FINDS) identifier
name of facility or site
latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
boundary flag
npl_stat_ind
Albers y coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
Albers x coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
source for Albers coordinate
most accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by FINDS
street name in address of reporting facility
name of city where facility is located
name of county where facility is located
combined two digit state abbreviation and county code
two-letter state code used by US Postal Service
ZIP code assigned by US Postal Service
EPA region
Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
flag indicating if facility has been closed down
Dun and Brandstreet number assigned to facility
indicates ownership status of a facility
code assigned by the Emergency Preparedness and Community
Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) Operations Department
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Air Emission Data 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
1995
Field Name
TRI_FACILI
DOC_CONTROL
FUGITIVE_S
REL EMISS
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
code used to distinguish between fugitive or non -point air emissions
of the chemical and stack or point air emissions
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none,
A-31
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
REL_EST
REL_EST_FL
REL EST_BA
REL~TRANSF
TRI_CHEM_I
TRADE_SECR
REPORTING_
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique
record of releases reported by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occured
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Land Release Data 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994,
1995
Field Name
TRI_FACIL!
DOC_CONTROL
LAND_DISP
REL EMISS
REL_EST_FL
REL_EST
REL_EST_BA
RELJRANSF
TRI_CHEMJ
TRADE_SECR
REPORTING
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
type of on-site land release of the toxic chemical
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and
0 = none.
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique record of releases reported by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occurred
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI POTW Data 1991,1992,1993,1994,1995
Reid Name
REPORTING,
DOC_CONTRO
REL EMISS
REL_EST_FL
REL.EST
REL EST BA
Description
calender year in which reported activity occured
unique identification assigned to each submission
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none.
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
A-32
-------
Appendix A G1S Data Dictionary
RELJRANSF
TRI_FACILI
TRI_CHEM_I
TRADE SECR
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique record of releases reported by a facility
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Underground Injection Data 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993
1994, 1995
Field Name
TRI_FACILI
DOC CONTRO
REL_EST_FL
REL_EST
REL_EST_BA
RELJRANSF
TRI_CHEM_I
TRADE_SECR
REPORTING
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 =. 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none,,
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique record of releases reported by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occured
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Water Release Data 1987,1988,1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
1995
Field Name
TRI_FACILI
DOC_CONTRO
STREAM_COD
STREAM_NAM
REL EMISS
REL_EST_FL
REL_EST
REL_EST_BA
STORM WATE
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
surface water body or receiving stram into which chemical is directly
discharged
name of stream or water body into which chemical is directly
discharged
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none.
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
percentage of the total quantity of chemicals released to water which
A-33
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
STORM_WATE
RELFJRANS
TRI_CHEM_I
TRADE_SECR
REPORTING
was contributed by storm water runoff
percentage of the total quantity of chemicals released to water which
was contributed by storm water runoff
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique record of releases reported by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occured
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Parameter Table
Field Name
CAS_NUM
CHEM_NAME
ACTIVE_DAT
INACTIVE D
Description
chemical abstract registry number
chemical name
date on which chemical was regulated
date on which chemical was deregulated
Data Product: Urbanized Areas
Theme Name: Urban Area Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
POLY_
POLYJD
RINGS_OK
RINGS_NOK
URBAN_
URBANJD
CITYNAME
Data Product: Urbanized Areas
Theme Name: Urban Area Names
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
ANAME_
UANAMEJD
UA_CODE
CITYNAME
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
urbanized area name
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
unique code for the urbanized area
urbanized area name
A-34
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Data Product: Water Quality Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Theme Name: Water Quality Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
ID
STATION
AGENCY
LOCATION
CU
SEG
MILEP
ONOFF
COUNTY
STFIPS
STATE
LONG
LAT
TYPE
STCOFIPS
BWQID
BCU
WRS1
WRS2
Data Product:
Related Table
Field Name
ID
STATION
AGENCY
BWQID
PARAMETER
NOOBS
MEAN
A15TH_P
A25TH_P
A50TH_P
A75TH_P
A85TH_P
STD
BCU
Description
ArcView internal field
BASINS assigned unique ID
station code
agency code
description of location
cataloging unit code
Reach File, VI segment number
Reach File, VI mile point
on/off reach indicator
county name
state FIPS code
state postal abbreviation
longitude
latitude
station type
state and county FIPS code
BASINS asigned unique station number
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
BASINS internal field
BASINS internal field
Water Quality Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Name: Water Quality Data 70-74, 75-79, 80-84, 85-89, 90-94, 95-97
Description
BASINS assigned unique ID
station
agency
BASINS assigned unique ID
EPA STORET parameter code
number of observations
mean value
15th percentile value
25th percentile value
50th percentile value
75th percentile value
85th percentile value
standard deviation
BASINS assigned cataloging unit code
Data Product: Water Quality Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Related Table Name: Water Quality Parameter Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
PARM_NAME
UNITS
Description
EPA STORET parameter code
parameter name
units
A-35
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
SAMPLEJYP
UP_REF_LVL
LW_REF_LVL
UNKNOWN
REF LVLSRC
sample type
upper reference level
lower reference level
type of standard
reference level source
Data Product: Water Quality Stations and Observation Data
TTieme Name: Water Quality Observation Stations
Reid Name
SHAPE
ID
AGENCY
AGENCY_COD
STATION
ST_DEPTH
STATE
LAT
LONG
TYPE
LOCATION
CU
SEG
MILE
ONOFF
BCU
BSTAT ID
Description
ArcView internal field
BASINS assigned unique ID
agency code
unknown
station code
station depth
state code
latitude
longitude
station type
description of location
cataloging unit code
Reach File, VI segment number
Reach File, VI mile point
on/off reach indicator
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
BASINS assigned unique identifier
Data Product: Water Quality Stations and Observation Data
Related Table Name: Water Quality Observation Parameter Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
PARM_NAME
UNITS
SAMPLE TYP
Description
EPA STORET parameter code
parameter name
units
sample type
Data Product: Watershed Data Stations & Database
Theme Name: Watershed Data Stations
Reid Name
SHAPE
LONGITUDE
LATITUDE
ELEVATION
STATJMAME
COUNTY
PPT.PERIOD
COV_PCT
REGION
Description
ArcView internal field
longitude
latitude
elevation
station name
county
duration of precipitation
percent of sampling period covered
EPA region
A-36
-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Data Product: Weather Station Sites
Theme Name: WDM Weather Data Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
STA_NAM
STATE
COOPJD
NWSJD
LATDD
LONGDD
ELEV_FT
BEGIN_DATA
END_DATE
DATA_PREC
DATA_EVAP
DATA_ATEM
DATA_WIND
DATA_SOLR
DATA_PEVT
DATA_DEWP
DATA CLOU
Description
ArcView internal field
weather station name
2-digit state abbreviation
cooperative network index station number
National Weather Service identification number
latitude of weather station in decimal degrees
longitude of weather station in decimal degrees
elevation of the weather station in meters
data of first record in WDM file
date of last record in WDM file
precipitation data source
evaporation data source
air temperature data source
wind movement data source
solar radiation data source
potential evapotranspiration data source
dew point temperature data source
cloud cover data source
Data Product: Weather Station Sites
Theme Name: Weather Station Sites
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_ID
MET_STAT_
MET_STAT_I
ID
LATDD
LONGDD
ELEVFT
STATNAME
VIG ID
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
weather station identification code
latitude of weather station in decimal degrees
longitude of weather station in decimal degrees
elevation of the weather station in meters
weather station name
BASINS internal field
Data Product: Weather Station Sites
Theme Name: Weather Station Area
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
POLY
POLY ID
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
A-37
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
R1NGSJDK
RINGS_NOK
MET_STAT_
MET_STAT_I
ID
LATDD
LONGDD
ELEVFT
STATNAME
VIG ID
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
weather station identification code
latitude in decimal degrees
longitude in decimal degrees
elevation in meters
weather station name
BASINS internal field
Data Product: 1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
Theme Name: 1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
Reid Name
SHAPE
FACID
NPDES
FACNAME
CITYNAM
CNTYNUM
CNTYNAM
REGION
STATE
FACSTAT
PRESNAT
PROJNAT
FACCHNG
PPRRT
PFRRT
PPRRC
PFRRC
FEXTOT
FPDTOT
FFDTOT
EFFPRES
EFFPROJ
NEDTROT
NEDI
NEDII
NEDIIIA
NEDIIIB
NEDIVA
NEDIVB
NEDV
CSOMODL
NEDVI
NEDVIIA
NEDVIIB
NEDVIIC
Description
ArcView internal field
authority/facility identification number
National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) number
facility name according to local sewer authority
city name where facility is physically located
county'number
county name where facility is physically located
EPA region
state postal code
operational status as of January 1,1996
type of existing facility
type of facility projected for the future
type of change for the facility
present resident population currently receiving treatment at the
facility
projected resident population expected to receive treatment
present resident population currently receiving collection
projected resident population expected to receive collection
actual 12-month average flow-through facility, in million gallons/day
total current design flow capacity for facility, in million gallons/day
total projected year design flow of the facility, in million gallons/day
present effluent classification
projected effluent classification
total EPA design year needs
EPA design year category I needs
EPA design year category II needs
EPA design year category IMA needs
EPA design year category 1MB needs
EPA design year category IVA needs
EPA design year category IVB needs
documented EPA design year category V needs
modeled EPA design year category V needs
EPA design year category VI needs
EPA design year category VIIA needs
EPA design year category VIIB needs
EPA design year category VIIC needs
A-38
-------
Appendix A G1S Data Dictionary
NEDVIID
NEDVIIE
NEDVIIF
NEDVIIG
D1SCHRG
CSOIAM
FLAG_LL
CSAREA
CSPOP
LAT
LONG
EPA design year category VIID needs
EPA design year category VI1E needs
EPA design year category VIIF needs
EPA design year category VUG needs
identifies facility FACID number which presently or eventually will
receive flow from FACID number
CSO indicator flag
indicates how coordinates were obtained
combined sewer system collection area
combined sewer system population
latitude
longitude
A-39
-------
-------
Appendix B NPSM Data
Appendix B
NPSM Data
This section contains information concerning BASINS Nonpoint Source Model data.
Section B.I contains an HSPF data dictionary that can be used as an aid in populating an NPSM
default data set. The HSPF data dictionary is a list of all HSPF input parameters and their
corresponding definitions, units, default values, and minimum and maximum acceptable values.
Section B.2 contains information concerning the BASINS Watershed Data Management (WDM)
files, which contain meteorological time series data for NPSM. The section presents procedures for
developing WDM files, as well as a record of procedures followed to develop the WDM files
packaged with the BASINS system.
B-l
-------
-------
B.I HSPF Data Dictionary
B.1 HSPF Data Dictionary
The following data dictionary has been adapted from Hydrological Simulation ProgramFORTRAN User's
Manual for Release 11.0 (Bicknell, et al., 1996). The data table presents input parameter names, definitions,
units, default values, and minimum and maximum acceptable values. The table is divided into three major
parts, corresponding to the three HSPF application modules:
PERLND simulation of a pervious land segment (Table B. 1.1)
IMPLND simulation of an impervious land segment (Table B.I.2)
RCHRES simulation of a river/reservoir reach (Table B. 1.3)
Each module is made up of model sections (corresponding with specific HSPF functions), each section
containing multiple input data tables. The data table names correspond with both HSPF data tables and the
NPSM data editor hierarchy.
B.l-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table 8.1.1 PERLND (Pervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
ATEMP-DAT
ELDAT
AIRTMP
Definition
ATEMP
(Correct Air Temperature for Elevation
elevation difference between temperature gage and
pervious land segment (PLS)
Initial air temperature above PLS
SNOW
Default
Value/Units
Difference)
0.0ft
0.0m
60 F
150
Minimum
Value
~"v
none
none
-60
-50
-
Maximum
Value
1
none
none
140
60
(Simulate Accumulation and Melting of Snow and ice)
SNOW-PARM1
LAT
MELEV
SHADE
SNOWCF
COVIND
SNOW - PARM2
RDCSN
TSNOW
SNOEVP
CCFACT
MWATER
MGMELT
SNOW - 1NIT1
Pack-snow
Pack-ice
Pack-water
RDENPF
DULL
PAKTMP
PACKF
latitude (+ in northern hemisphere, - in southern)
mean elevation
fraction of PLS covered by shade (vegetation)
correction factor to account for poor catch efficiency of
the gage
maximum pack (water equivalent) at which entire PLS
will be covered with snow
density of cold (< 0 deg. F), new snow relative to water
baseline air temp, below which precipitation will be
snow
adapts the snow evaporation (sublimation) equation to
field conditions
adapts the snow condensation/convection melt
equation to field conditions
maximum liquid water content of the snow pack, in
depth water per depth water equiv.
max. rate of snowmelt by ground heat, in depth of water
eqiv per day.
quantity of snow in the pack (water equiv.)
quantity of ice in the pack (water equiv.)
quantity of liquid water in the pack
density of the pack, relative to water
index to the dullness of the pack surface, from which
albedo is estimated
mean temp, of the frozen contents of the pack
frozen contents of the pack
40
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0
none
none in
none mm
0.15
32.0 F
0.0 C
0.1
1.0
0.03
0.01 in/day
0.25 mm/day
0.0 in
0.0 mm
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.0 in
0.0 mm
0.2
400.0
32.0 F
0.0 C
'
-90
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.01
0.25
0.01
30.0
-1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.01
0.0
none
none
90
30000.0
10000.0
1.0
100.0
none
none
1.0
40.0
5.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
25.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
1.0
800.0
32.0
0.0
S.l-2
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
SNOW - INIT2
COVINX
XLNMLT
SKYCLR
__
PWAT-PARM1,
CSNOFG
RTOPFG
UZFG
VCSFG
VUZFG
VNNFG
VIFWFG
VIRCFG
VLEFG
PWAT-PARM2
FOREST
LZSN
INFILT
LSUR
SLSUR
KVARY
AGWRC
PWAT - PARM3
PETMAX
PETMIN
Definition
t .-J
index to areal snow coverage
current remaining possible increment to the ice
storage in the pack. It is only relevant if ice formation
is simulated
fraction of sky which is assumed to be clear
,[ -_ PWATER
(Simulate Water Budget for a Pervious
*
flag for simulating snow
flag for overland flow routing method
flag for upper zone inflow computation method
flag for interception storage capacity
flag for upper zone nominal storage
flag for Manning's n for overland flow plane
flag for interflow inflow parameter
flag for Interflow recession constant
flag for lower zone E-T parameter
Fraction of the PLS which is covered by forest which
will continue to transpire in winter. Only use when
CSNOFG = 1 (i.e. snow being simulated)
lower zone nominal storage
index to the infiltration capacity of the soil
length of the assumed overland flow plane
slope
parameter which affects the behavior of groundwater
recession flow, enabling it to be nonexponential in its
decay with time
basic groundwater recession rate if KVARY is zero
and there is no inflow to groundwater
air temp, below which E-T will arbitrarily be reduced
below the value obtained from the input time series
(only when CSNOFG = 1)
temp, below which E-T will be zero regardless of the
value in the input time series (only when CSNOFG =
1)
Default Minimum
Value/Units Value
0.01 in
0.25 mm
0.0 in
0.0mm
1.0
Land Segment [PLS])
,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
none in
none mm
none in/hr
none mm/hr
none ft
none m
none 0.
0.0 (I/in)
0.0 (lymm)
None a/day
40.0 F
4.5 C
35.0 F
1.7 C
0.01
0.25
0.0
0.0
0.15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0.01
0.25
0.0001
0.0025
1.0
0.3
0000001
0.0
0.0
0.001
none
none
none
none
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
1.0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.0
100.0
2500.0
100.0
2500.0
none
none
10.0
none
none
0.999
none
none
none
none
B.l-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
INFEXP
INFILD
DEEPFR
BASETP
AGWETP
PWAT-PARM4
, , .
CEPSC
UZSN
NSUR
INTFW
IRC
LZETP
MON -INTERCEP
CEPSCM(12)
MON -UZSN
UZSNM(12)
MON - MANNING
NSURM(12)
MQN -INTERFLW
INTFWM(12)
MON - IRC
IRCM(12)
MON -LZETPARM
LZETPM(12)
PWAT-STATE1
CEPS
SURS
Definition
exponent in the infiltration equation
ratio between the max and mean infiltration
capacities over the PLS
fraction of groundwater inflow which will enter deep
(inactive) groundwater and be lost
fraction of potential E-T which can be satisfied from
baseflow (groundwater outflow)
fraction of remaining potential E-T which can be
satisfied from active groundwater storage if enough is
available
1
- ป-" '-- i t "twiUv "V v-Utj "V ซ TV rw -, * *
interception storage capacity
upper zone nominal storage
ManningDs n for the assumed overland flow plane
interflow inflow parameter
interflow recession parameter.
lower zone E-T parameter. It is an index to the
density of deep-rooted vegetation
monthly values of interception storage. Only required
if VCSFG = 1. The values apply to the first day of the
month.
1
. - .. > , , >*( H * * ~ ' i
monthly values of upper zone nominal storage. Only
required if VUZFG = 1
." , ". .1 / -'ป',,; iiii ".IT Jf 'ป:>C!P iซ:*i.;!i'!MVw!'ij\;L&V5>xrT<'-f;^s?1Hit^!i!,'lji ^jpvrxf.^r f. %'',,*
monthly values of ManningDs constant for overland
flow. Only required if VNNFG = 1
'- " " ' ". """ ";:.'V"; <';.":- :.-TV-;::-; .".;
monthly values of the interflow inflow parameter.
Only required if VIFWFG = 1
-". '' ..'" '-.-"
monthly values of the interflow recession parameter.
Only required if VIRCFG = 1
monthly values of the lower zone ET parameter. Only
required if VLEFG = 1
interception storage
surface (overland flow) storage
Default
Value/Units
2.0
2.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1 *
j, \ Sr -f
0.0 in
0.0mm
none in
none mm
0.1
none
none I/day
0.0
0.0 in
0.0mm
*"!* 1 1 ^ *" f i -m t- ฃ (*
none in
none mm
?V :ฐ'*:--H .";;;' ' :.^7-
0.10
:::-;",:(.:;,'.'; :;. ,?-::
"j. !!,', if-'j. > n,j;:'i , '^..L'^.,,,; ,',,' ! '.,* ,Vi ,,-' '''&'ฃ/?*
none
none I/day
;'-''"
0.0
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.0 in
Minimum
Value
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
% 4 it- W *irfW*
0.0
0.0
0.01
0.25
0.001
0.0
l.OE-30
0.0
0.0
0.0
ป
< " * "
0.01
0.25
- .',.[ .- ; ; ',. ' ; ' ', "/
0.001
:/,.' jiV,V, , ;.H M-v tV," ' !' . .
0.0
l.OE-30
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
10.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
-
$ j^^st^sSp * r ^
10.0
250.0
10.0
250.0
1.0
none
0.999
0.999
10.0
250.0
"* l i X
10.0
250.0
' < v'r'-v?,:,,,:-v
1.0
- -..';',; '"'..;...;:..':
none
4' ~ i
0.999
0.999
100
2500
100
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
uzs
IFWS
LZS
AGWS
GWVS
Definition
flag for upper zone storage
interflow storage
lower zone storage
active groundwater storage
index to groundwater slope; measure of antecedent
active groundwater inflow
Default
Value/Units
0.0mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
0.0mm
0.0 in
0.0 in
0.0 mm
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.001
0.025
0.0
0.0
0.001
0.025
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
2500
100
2500
100
2500
100
2500
100
2500
100
2500
CRVFG flag for erosion related cover 0
VSIVFG Atmospheric deposition rate 0
SDOPFG flag that determines the algorithm used to simulate 0
removal of sediment from land surface
0
0
0
1
2
1
SMPF
KRER
JRER
AFFIX
COVER
NVSI
KSER
JSER
KGER
JGER
MON -COVER
COVERM(12)
supporting management practice factor. It is used to
simulate the reduction in erosion achieved by use of
erosion control practices.
coefficient in the soil detachment equation
exponent in the soil detachment equation
fraction by which detached sediment storage
decreases each day, as a result of soil compaction
fraction of land surface which is shielded from
erosion by rainfall (not considering snow cover)
rate at which sediment enters detached storage from
the atmosphere. A negative value can be used to
simulate removal
1.0
0.0
none
0.0 (I/day)
0.0
0.0 Ib/ac.day
0.0 kg/ha.day
0.001
0.0
none
0.0
0.0
none
none
1.0
none
none
1.0
1.0
none
none
coefficient in the detached sediment washoff
equation
exponent in the detached sediment washoff equation
coefficient in the matrix soil scour equation
(simulates gully erosion, etc.)
exponent in the matrix soil scour equation
monthly values of the COVER parameter. Only
required if CRVFG = 1
MON!- Nvs) ,v;f^.; i:.-,^^^^^)^^^^^^^^^^^^
0.0
none
0.0
none
?
0.0
0.0
none
0.0
none
f*. ',
0.0
none
none
none
none
1.0
ai-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
NVSIM(12)
SED-STOR
DETS
Definition
monthly values of the net vertical sediment input.
Only required if VSIFG>0
initial storage of detached sediment
Default
Value/Units
0.0 Ib/ac.day
0.0 kg/ha.day
tons/ac
0.0 tonnes/ha
; ' ' :";; . - " ;'. PSTEMP
(Simulation of Soil Temperature)
PSTEMP -PARMi
SLWFG
ULTVFG
LGTVFG
TSOPFG
PSTEMP - PARM2
ASLT
BSLT
flag for surface temperature and gradient
flag for upper layer temperature and gradient
flag for lower layer and G.W. temperature and
gradient
flag for subsurface soil temperature calculation
surface layer temperature, when the air temperature
is 32 degrees F. It is the intercept of the surface
layer temperature regression
slope of the surface layer temperature regression
equation
FOR TSOPFG = 0 or 2 1 ,: " . \ : ,;l' ;
ULTP1 smoothing factor in upper layer temperature
calculation
ULTP2
LGTP1
LGTP2
FOR TSOPFG = 1
ULTP1
ULTP2
LGTP1
LGTP2
MOM -ASLT
ASLTM(12)
MON - BSLT
BSLTM(12)
mean difference between upper layer soil
temperature and air temperature
smoothing factor for calculating lower layer/
groundwater soil temperature
mean departure from the upper layer soil
temperature for calculating lower layer/groundwater
soil temperature
--'.. - '-: ". - .]...'.
intercept in the upper layer soil temperature
regression equation
slope in the upper layer soil temperature regression
equation
lower layer/groundwater layer soil temperature
not used
monthly surface layer temperature when air is 32
degrees F. Only required if SLWFG = 1
monthly slope of surface layer temperature
regression equation. Only required if SLTVFG = 1
.
0
0
0
0
32.0 F
0.0 C
1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C
none
none F
noneC
none
none F
noneC
none F
none C
none F/F
none C/C
none F
noneC
none
32.0 F
0.0 C
1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C
Minimum
Value
none
none
0.0
0.0
r
ซ~ * *. ป*
0
0
0
0
0.0
-18.0
0.001
0.001
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
-18.0
0.001
0.001
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
> ,
1
1
1
2
100.0
38.0
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
100.0
38.0
2.0
2.0
B.l-6
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
IfpN - ULTPI
ULTP1M(12)
,MON - ULTP2
ULTP2M(12)
MON - LGTP1
LGTP1M(12)
MON - LGTP2
LGTP2M(12)
AIRTC
SLTMP
ULTMP
LGTMP
PWT - PARM1
IDVFG
1CVFG
GDVFG
GCVFG
ELEV
IDOXP
IC02P
ADOXP
AC02P
MO^^IFWDQX-
IDOXPM(12)
Definition
"
monthly parameter for estimating upper layer
temperature. Only required if ULTVFG = 1 (see
ULTPI for units)
.
monthly parameter for estimating upper layer
temperature. Only required if ULTVFG = 1 (see
ULTP2 for units)
ซ ^
monthly parameter for estimating lower layer and
active groundwater layer temperature calculations.
Only required if LGTVFG = 1 (see LGTP1 for units)
^ ' '} * -v
monthly parameter for estimating lower layer and
active groundwater layer temperature calculations.
Only required if LGTVFG = 1 (see LGTP2 for units)
air temperature
surface layer soil temperature
upper layer soil temperature
lower layer/groundwater layer soil temperature
, ri -PWTGAS
flag for interflow dissolved oxygen concentration
flag for interflow C02 concentration
flag for groundwater dissolved oxygen concentration
flag for groundwater 002 concentration
elevation of the PLS above sea level (used to adjust
saturation concentrations of dissolved gasses in
surface outflow)
concentration of dissolved oxygen in interflow outflow
concentration of dissolved 002 in interflow outflow
concentration of dissolved oxygen in active
groundwater outflow
concentration of dissolved C02 in active groundwater
outflow
monthly parameter for concentration of DO in
interflow outflow (only required if IDVFG = 1)
Default
Value/Units
, -
none
none
-
none
none
none
none
<
none
none
60.0 F
16.0 C
60.0 F
16.0 C
60.0 F
16.0 C
60.0 F
16.0 C
"
0
0
0
0
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
Minimum
Value
none
none
none
none
*
none
none
none
none
-20.0
-29.0
-20.0
-29.0
-20.0
-29.0
-20.0
-29.0
f
0
0
0
0
-1000.0
-300.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
" ;, : , ",..'.: ,-'..
none
none
none
none
-
none
none
none
none
120.0
49.0
120.0
49.0
120.0
49.0
120.0
49.0
""" *
1
1
1
30000.0
9100.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
B.l-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
^
Table B.LI (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
WON - |Rft/C02
IC02PM(12)
MON-GRNDDOX
ADOXPM(12)
WON - GRNDC02
AC02PM(12)
PWr- TEMPS
SOTMP
IOTMP
AOTMP
PWT- GASES
SODOX
SOC02
IODOX
IOC02
AODOX
AOC02
QUAL -PROPS
QSDFG
VPFWFG
VPFSFG
QSOFG
VQOFG
QIFWFG
VIQCFG
QAGWFG
VAQCFG
QUAL -INPUT
SQO
POTFW
Definition
,. , ,,., ., ^ ,,.. ,., ,;
monthly parameter for concentration of dissolved
CO2 in interflow outflow (only required if ICVFG = 1)
,, .- ,-" .
monthly parameter for concentration of DO in active
groundwater outflow (only required if GDVFG = 1)
- ':' '"'.'.'. ' '.
monthly parameter for concentration of dissolved
CO2 in active groundwater outflow (only required if
GCVFG = 1)
initial surface outflow temperature
initial interflow outflow temperature
initial active groundwater outflow temperature
DO concentration in surface outflow
002 concentration in surface outflow
DO concentration in interflow outflow
002 concentration in interflow outflow
DO concentration in active groundwater outflow
002 concentration in active groundwater outflow
sediment associated constituent flag
flag for washoff potency factor
flag for scour potency factor
overland flow associated constituent flag
flag for accumulation and limiting storage factor
interflow associated constituent flag
flag for interflow outflow concentration
groundwater associated constituent flag
flag for groundwater outflow concentration
initial storage of (sediment associated constituent)
QUALOF on the surface of the PLS
washoff potency factor
Default
Value/Units
1 r it
0.0 mg c/l
'""'
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
60.0 F
16.00
60.0 F
16.00
60.0 F
16.00
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
* ซ!
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0 qty/ac
0.0 qty/ha
0.0 qtyAon
0.0 qty/tonne
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.0
0.0
32.0
0.0
32.0
0.0
32.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
V
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
* ftv 1* ซ.
1.0
,. vl
20.0
>4
1.0
' . a > 'i ^
100.0
38.0
100.0
38.0
100.0
38.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
* *
ป i 1 -i '
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
none
none
none
none
S.l-8
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
POTFS
ACQOP
SQOLIM
WSQOP
IOQC
AOQC
MON - POTFW
POTFWM(12)
MON - POTFS
POTFSM(12)
MON-ACCUM
ACQOPM(12)
. -....!.- .,-. jv-";".i'ซ'l
SQOLIM(12)
^W^^j^^M;
IOQCM(12)
Definition
scour potency factor
rate of accumulation of QUALOF
maximum storage of QUALOF
rate of surface runoff which will remove 90 percent
of stored QUALOF per hour
concentration of the constituent in interflow outflow
(onlyifQIFWFG = 1)
concentration of the constituent in active (only if
QAGWFG = 1) groundwater outflow
f
monthly parameter for washoff potency factor. Only
required if VPFWFG > 0
-~ ~ ~ *
monthly parameter for scour potency factor. Only
required if VPFSFG = 1
~
-, ^ -
montly parameter fpr rate of accumulation of
QUALOF. Only required if VQOFG = 1
monthly parameter fpr maximum storage of QUALOF.
Only required if VQOFG = 1
IMC , ' I *<"ซ-ซ
monthly parameter for concentration of QUAL in
interflow. Only required if VIQCFG > 0
Default
Value/Units
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
0.0 qty/ac.day
0.0 qty/ha.day
0.000001 qty/ac
0.000002 qty/ha
1.64 in/hr
41.7 mm/hr
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
~ *
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
~ -
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
if*
V li ซ, U.*- ""
0.0 qty/ac.day
0.0 qty/ha.day
1. 0 E-6 qty/ac
2.0 E-6 qty/ha
"~ " -^
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.000001
0.000002
0.01
0.25
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
"
0.0
0.0
if
0.0
0.0
%
.^Jf
0.0
0.0
-i;
1.0 E-6
2.0 E-6
"
0.0
0.0
MON - GRND - CONG ~\ " """! ^""'"^ " - ?-
AOQCM(12)
~
UZSN - LZSN
UZSN
LZSN
SURS
IVlO 1 """ rrArxiVi
1 -,: .'/->"',< -
SLMPF
monthly parameter for concentration of QUAL in
groundwater. Only required if VAQCFG > 0
MSTLAY
nominal upper zone storage
nominal lower zone storage
initial surface detention storage
-
factor to adjust solute percolation rates from the
surface layer storage to the upper layer principal
storage.
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
*u
none in
none mm
none in
none mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
^
1.0
0.0
0.0
"^
* I
0.01
0.25
0.01
0.25
0.001
0.025
vsซ t,
0.001
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
i *
none
none
>ซ
none
none
T
X^WJ * & "".^M,*
none
none
none
none
., * "*>
none
none
* t"*
none
none
-
10.0
250.0
100.0
2500.0
100.0
2500.0
.-** **!,, <- v-
1.0
r<
. 3
_ir
*w
1
w
*-*
3
B.l-9
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.Ll (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ULPF
LLPF
MST-TOPSTOR
SMSTM
UMSTM
IMSTM
MST-TQPFLXR
FSO
FSP
Fll
FUP
FIO
!MST-SUBSTOR
LMSTM
AMSTM
MST-SIJBFLX
FLP
RDP
FAO
"iii ' " i
PEST -FLAGS
SOIL -DATA
Definition
factor to adjust solute percolation rates from the
upper layer principal storage to the lower layer
storage.
factor to adjust solute percolation rates from the
lower layer storage to the active and inactive
groundwater.
initial moisture content in the surface storage
initial moisture content in the upper principal storage
initial moisture content in the upper transitory
(interflow) storage
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial moisture storage in the lower layer
initial moisture storage in the active groundwater
layer
initial fractional flux of soluble chemicals through the
subsoil
initial fractional flux of soluble chemicals through the
subsoil
initial fractional flux of soluble chemicals through the
subsoil
; ^ .:. ' ' :/. "* ; - PEST '
maximum number of iterations used in solving
Freundich adsorption isotherm
thicknesses of the surface, upper, lower, and
groundwater layers
Default
Value/Units
1.0
1.0
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
^:.V,^;r:;;,;r7f"V:
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
"""
30
none in
none mm
Minimum
Value
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
i "#
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
- '" " -. "- ' " '".'.""'
0.0
0.0
0.0
.
1
0.001
0.0025
Maximum
Value
10.0
10.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
none
none
none
none
1.0
1.0
1.0
100
1000
2500
B.l-10
-------
5.1 HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
"PEST -ID
PEST-THETA
THDSPS
THADPS
PESt-FIRSTPM
KDSPS
KADPS
TPESf-CMAX
CMAX
PEST- SVALPM ,
XFIX
Kl
Nl
Definition
bulk densities of the surface, upper, lower, and
groundwater layers
..
names of pesticides being simulated
~
adjusts the desorption rate parameter to reflect
temperature dependence (by modified Arrhenius
equation)
adjusts the adsorption rate parameter to reflect
temperature dependence (by modified Arrhenius
equation)
,"-,.- *
desorption rate at 35 deg C
adsorption rate at 35 deg C
.
maximum solubility of the pesticide in water
- i .,,
maximum concentration (on the soil) of pesticide
which is permanently fixed to the soil
coefficient parameter for the Freundlich adsorption/
desorption equation.
exponent for the Freundlich adsorption/desorption
Default
Value/Units
103 Ib/ft3
1.65 gm/cc
none
1.05
1.05
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 ppm
0.0 ppm
0.0 (I/kg)
none
Minimum
Value
50
0.80
-
none
1.00
1.00
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
Maximum
Value
150
2.40
-
none
,
2.00
2.00
none
none
"
none
_
none
none
none
equation
PEST-NONSVPM
XFIX
maximum concentration (on the soil) of pesticide
which is permanently fixed in the soil. Only used if
ADOPFG = 3 (non-single value Freundlich Method)
Kl coefficient parameter for the adsorption Freundlich
curve
Nl exponent parameter for the adsorption Freundlich
curve
exponent for the auxiliary (desorption) curve
N2
PEST-DEGRAD
SDGCON
UDGCON
LDGCON
ADGCON
PEST - STOR1
PSCY initial storage of pesticide in crystalline form
degradation rate of the pesticide in the surface layer
degradation rate of the pesticide in the upper layer
degradation rate of the pesticide in the lower layer
degradation rate of the pesticide in groundwater
0.0 ppm
0.0 (I/kg)
none
none
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
none
none
B.l-11
-------
BASINS Verefon 2.0
^
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
PSAD
PSSU
PESTlsf6R:2 '"
IPS
, ' ,, , ,, ""' (', .ill!"'!!1",,, , l|;i'll,;
VNUTFG
FORAFG
ITMAXA
BNUMN
CNUMN
SKPLN
UKPLN
LKPLN
AKPLN
Definition
initial storage of pesticide in adsorbed form
initial storage of pesticide in solution
'i i,;rr n v w mm i
Initial storage of pesticide in the upper layer
transitory (interflow) storage. Only dissolved pesticide
is used here
r '^Tn^f^^^^^^^^MKT^-T^
"", ! ^ L lM ::'> i",, (rt1!11 p1 i^;11"1!! rV "j'llj1"! ซ ' . ;r" - - '" ;. -T.VV ^ .. ",. " ""'"'T^ .if-- ^ ^ r " ;^;v^
, ., ; ^ ,,;,.;;,,. . ,\-/r, ,. " 1.... ',:;:,'-, ..-,:.ฃ,- '%'i,);.. =u-r:_
flag for plant uptake parameters
flag for ammonium adsorption/desorption option
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
lower layer
number of timesteps between biochemical
recalculation
number of timesteps between adsorption
recalculation
- "' - ' "; " " ."" ; "v":1-;';""; t;^!'r ^.'^.nn'"^
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
surface layer
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
upper layer
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
lower layer
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
active groundwater layer
MON-NITUPT ' " ""
' i ' ซ t i ; fit i r it L i < > ^. ^t ""-
KPLNM(*)
N03UTF
NH4UTF
monthly parameter for plant nitrogen uptake reaction
rate
fraction of nitrogen uptake which comes from nitrate
fraction of nitrogen uptake which comes from
ammonium
Default
Value/Units
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
\*%
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0
0
30
none
none
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
-f* -4 1-
0.0 (I/day)
1.0
0.0
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
" T*"**
0.0
0.0
0
0
1
1
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
->}
ฐ*t S'
0.0
0.001
0.0
,,14 ;, J:,,:L :;" :ป' '!: ::: -J ::'>jซ; ' ' ' "TV* i'; '"I"1"-' ii^'.,^. ซซ**, ,;^ry ..^K.iwo-..1',* -ซM., j-.i :---: ';. -: - v-.*': Y, '^^j'-.^a'^^x^e^u^c^fc'^^1 ' :;,;-<%>r~ff '^';
.; : -; ;-,. ; ;: - - /;- : ; ~::. : ':f^_
THPLN
THKDSA
THKADA
THKIMN
THKAM
THKDN1
plant uptake
Ammonium desorption
Ammonia adsorption
nitrate immobilization
organic N ammonification
N03 denitrification
1.07
1.05
1.05
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
^S; *""w' >i
none
none
^glySsgSiyrllg
1
1
100
1000
1000
none
none
none
none
ซ?f -**'*
none
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
B.l-12
-------
B.I HSPFData Dict/onafy
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
THKNI
Definition
Nitrification
THKIMA Ammonium immobilization
JWT^FSTPM vi; _ " ' / , '*./J ~
'
ORGN
AMAD
AMSU
N03
PLTN
'NIT-STOR2
IAMSU
IN03
PHOS-FLAGS
VPUTFG
FORPFG
ITMAXP
Initial storage of organic N
Initial storage of adsorbed ammonium
Initial storage of solution ammonium
Initial storage of nitrate
Initial N stored in plants, derived from this layer
- -
Initial quantity of ammonium in upper layer transitory
storage
Initial quantity of nitrate in upper layer transitory
storage
" " tปHOS
flag for plant uptake parameters
flag for phosporus adsorption/desorption option
maximum number of iterations for Freudlich method
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
i.
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
-
0
0
30
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
i -a^ -
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
,ti i
0
0
1
Maximum
Value
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
9*. Jv "V
-> l *
none
* -i
^ &w ป -u, "~
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
~ \,_
none
none
none
none
^
1
1
100
6.1-13
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data Definition
Group
Default
Value/Units
Minimum
Value
Maximum
Value
BNUMP
CNUMP
number of timesteps between biochemical
recalculation
number of timesteps between adsorption
recalculation
This data set is analogous to NIT-UPTAKE
This data set is analogous to MON-NITUPT
PHOS-UPTAKE
SKPLP
UKPLP
LKPLP
AKPLP
MON - PHOSUPT
KPLPM(*)
PHOS-FSTGEN ;
^temperature correction coefficients for the following reactions>
THPLP plant uptake
phosphate desorption
phosphate adsorption
phosphate immobilization
organic P mineralization
THKDSP
THKADP
THKIMP
THKMP
PHOS-FSTPM
KDSP
KADP
KIMP
KMP
PHOS-CMAX
CMAX
phosphate desorption
phosphate adsorption
phosphate immobilization
organic P mineralization
maximum solubility of phosphate
PHOS-SVALPM ."_' , ;,
XRX this data set is identical to
NIT-SVALPM. It is only used if FORPFG = 1
Kl
Nl
PHOS-STOR1
none
none
0.0 ppm
0.0
1000
1000
1.07
1.05
1.05
1.07
1.07
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
ORGP
P4AD
P4SU
PLTP
initial storage of organic P
initial storage of adsorbed phosphate
initial storage of phosphate in solution
initial P stored in plants, derived from this layer
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
B.l-14
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data Definition
Group
Default
Value/Units
Minimum
Value
Maximum
Value
PHOS - STOR2
IP4SU
initial storage of phosphate in upper layer transitory 0.0 Ib/ac
(interflow) storage 0.0 kg/ha
0.0
0.0
none
none
"' , 1 ' " TRACER
TRAC-ID '
TRACI D(*) name of tracer substance
TRAC-TOPSTOR _ . ' ,'..... ,
STRSU initial quantity of tracer (conservative) in surface
storage
UTRSU initial quantity of tracer in upper principal storage
ITRSU initial quantity of tracer in upper transitory (interflow)
storage
.TRAC-SUBSTOR
LTRSU initial storage of tracer in lower layer
ATRSU
initial storage of tracer in active groundwater layer
none
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
B.l-15
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
**m
a
Table B.1.2 IMPLND (Impervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
'!. "
JMPLND AIEMP
,, ป
J
IMPLNDSNOW,,,
T .. ' '..
JWAT-P^RMI
CSNOFG
RTOPFG
VRSFG
VNNFG
RTUFG
JyfeWM2_,
LSUR
SLSUR
NSUR
RETSC
i,WAT-PARM3
PETMAX
PETMIN
tf/ION - RETN
RETSCM(12)
WON 1- MANNING
NSURM(12)
JWAT-STATE1
RETS
SURS
$LD - PARM1
VASDFG
VRSDFG
SDOPFG
Definition
; ; V.;-. ATEMP
T|iis section is analogous to ATEMP in the PERLND group
SNOW
, J u,
Thjs section is analogous to ATEMP in the PERLND group
(WATER
flag to consider effects of snow accumulation and
melt
flag for overland flow routing method
flag for retention storage capacity
flag for ManningQs n for the overland flow plane
,ji n , -_ .;,;,. .v :ซ.";. .,:V!!L'.|||.ซ.. :ij>.. ix-ft''^1*!.^^,^;. " ,. * j.
length of the assumed overland flow plane
slope of the assumed overland flow plane
ManningQs n for the overland flow plane
retention (interception) storage capacity of the
surface
.-',.' / . . j...
air temp, below which ET will arbitrarily be reduced
below the value obtained from the input time series.
Only use if CSNOFG = 1
temp, below which ET will be zero regardless of the
value in the input time series.
monthly retention storage capacity values. Only use
if VRSFG = 1
monthly values for ManningDs n values. Only
required if VNNFG = 1
retention storage
surface (overland flow) storage
. ^y T:' '"'''!; rilPMPs-.'V ;:;;
flag for solid accumulation rate
flag for solid removal rate option
flag that determines the algorithm used to simulate
removal of sediment from the land surface
Default
Value/Units
* ft* "
0
0
0
0
J" *
none ft
none m
none
0.1
0.0 in
0.0 mm
40.0 F
4.5 C
35.0 F
1.7 C
0.0 in
0.0mm
*
0.10
0.001 in
0.025 mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
0
0
0
Minimum
Value
t
" 0
0
0
0
',
1.0
0.3
0.000001
0.001
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.001
: i.-.i-. - '"- - ' -.'-
0.001
0.025
0.001
0.025
0
0
0
Maximum
Value
^ s
-,_ ,
a ,
" 'l^5 1 " '-&y * l&
~
>
1
1
1
1
IMS*
none
none
10.0
1.0
10.0
250.0
v
none
none
none
none
ซ
10.0
250.0
'~~-
1.0
100
2500
100
2500
1
1
1
B.l-16
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.3L2 IMPLND (Impervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
KEIM
JEIM
ACCSDP
REMSDP
, ,- - __-. ---- .j. ... ,..-^; ',
ACCSDM(12)
'MON-:REIv1OV
REMSDM(12)
SLD - STOR
SLDS
IWT-PARM1
WTFVFG
CSNOFG
IWT - PARM2
ELEV
AWTF
BWTF
MON^AWTF '
AWTFM(12)
MON - BTWF
BWTFM(12)
IWt-lNIT
SOTMP
SODOX
SOC02
Definition
coefficient in the solids washoff equation
exponent in the solids washoff equation
rate at which solids accumulate on the land surface
fraction of solids storage which is removed each day
when no runoff
monthly solids accumulation rates. Only needed if
VASDFG = 1
monthly solids unit removal rate. Only needed if
VRSDFG = 1
<, i, *"*"'
initial storage of solids
* -1 " * ' IWTGAS
flag to choose constant or monthly temperature
regression parameters
flag to consider effects of snow accumulation and
melt
~\
elevation of the impervious land segment (ILS)
above sea level
surface water temperature, when the air
temperature is 32 degrees F
slope of the surface water temperature regression
equation
..:'. ./;.:
monthly values for AWTF. Only required if WTFVFG
= 1
monthly values for slope of the surface water
temperature regression equation. Only required if
WTFVFG = 1
initial temperature of the surface runoff
initial DO content of the surface runoff
initial C02 content of the surface runoff
Default
Value/Units
0.0
none
0.0 tons/ac.day
0.0 tonnes/ha.day
0.0 (I/day)
!
0.0 tons/ac.day
0.0 tonnes/ha.day
vfl
0.0 I/day
K ^ **
0.0 tons/ac
0.0 tonnes/ha
0
0
ป t <ป i~
0.0ft
0.0m
32.0 F
0.0 C
1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C
32.0 F
0.0 C
1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C
60.0 F
16.0 C
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
Minimum
Value
0.0
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
,-
V, '
0.0
0.0
>
0.0
- ซ,, -I
0.0
0.0
t
* * -x
0
0
#4i ป- V
-1000.0
-300.0
0.0
-18.0
0.001
0.001
i
0.0
-18.0
0.001
0.001
32.0
0.01
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
None
none
none
none
1.0
s
none
none
1.0
,. _ "ป- *
none
none
*"
.*ป.
1
1
""ฃ" * M **** "" ^f
30000.0
9100.0
100.0
38.0
2.0
2.0
" ' '
100.0
38.0
*"
2.0
2.0
100.0
38.0
20.0
1.0
e.i-17
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.3-2 IMPLND (Impervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
QUAL -PROPS
QSDFG
VPFWFG
QSOFG
VQOFG
QUAL -INPUT
SQO
POTFW
ACQOP
SQOLIM
WSQOP
MON - POTFW
MON-ACCUM
MON -SQOLIM
Definition
---;:: .QUAL -.
flag for sediment associated constituent
flag for scour potency factor
flag for overland flow associated constituent
flag for accumulation and limiting storage
initial storage of overland flow associated
constituent (QUALOF) on the surface of the ILS
Washoff potency factor. Only applicable if the
constituent is sediment associated constituent
(QUALSD)
rate of accumulation of QUALOF
maximum storage of QUALOF
rate of surface runoff which will remove 90% of
stored QUALOF per hour
this data set is identical to the corresponding table in
this data set is identical to the corresponding table in
this data set is identical to the corresponding table in
Default
Value/Units
0
0
0
0
0.0 qty/ac
0.0 qty/ha
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
0.0 qty/ac.day
0.0 qty/ha.day
0.000001 qty/ac
0.000002 qty/ha
1.64 in/hr
41.7 mm/hr
PERLND ;:
PERLND '' ':'-'
PERLND " ''-.'-
Minimum
Value
0
0
0
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.000001
0.000002
0.01
0.25
Maximum
Value
1
1
1
1
'. _'.-.-'...._
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
' . -/-. , ,- - ;
B.l-18
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.3 RCHRES (River / Reservoir Reach)
Symbol/Data
Group
HYDR - PARM1
VCONFG
AUX1FG
AUX2FG
AUX3FG
ODFVFG
ODGTFG
FUNCT
HYDR - PARM2
FTBDSN
FTABNO
LEN
DELTH
STCOR
KS
DB50
MON - CONVF
CONVFM(12)
VOL
COLIND(5)
OUTDGT(5)
APCALC-DATA
CRRAT
VOL
Definition
HYDR
*
flag for F[VOL] outflow demand components
flag to calculate depth, stage, surface area,
average depth, and top width
flag to calculate average velocity and average cross-
sectional area
flag to calculate shear velocity and bed shear stress
flag for F[VOL] component of the outflow demand
flag for Grj] component of the outflow demand
flag for combining outflow demand components
WDM table dataset number containing the F-Table
if FTBDSN = 0, then FTABNO is the userDs number
for the F-Table which contains the geometric and
hydraulic properties of RCHRES. Else, it is the WDM
table indicator
length of the RCHRES
drop in water elevation from the upstream to the
downstream extremities of the RCHRES
correction to the RCHRES depth to calculate stage
weighting factor for hydraulic routing
median diameter of the bed sediment (assumed
constant throughout the run)
^
monthly F(VOL) adjustment factors
initial volume of water in RCHRES
for an exit, it indicates the pair of columns used to
evaluate the initial value of the F(VOL) component
of outflow demand for the exit
specifies the G(T) component of the initial outflow
demand for each exit from RCHRES
: :---;;/:-'v::j7.--;-^pc^-v ;
ratio of maximum velocity to mean velocity in the
RCHRES cross section under typical flow conditions
volume of water in the RCHRES at the start of the
simulation. Not required if HYDR is active
Default
Value/Units
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
none
none miles
none km
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0
0.01 in
0.25 mm
0.0
0.0 acre-ft
0.0 Mm3
4.0
0.0 ftVs
0.0 m3/s
1.5
0.0 acre-ft
0.0 Mm3
Minimum
Value
0
0
0
0
-5
0
1
0
1
0.01
0.016
0.0
0.0
none
none
0.0
0.0001
0.0025
"
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
1
1
1
1
8
5
3
999
999
none
none
none
none
none
none
0.99
100.0
2500.0
none
none
none
8.0
none
none
none
none
none
B.l-19
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
CONID(5)
CON
CONCID
CONV
QTYID
1
HEAT-PARM
ELEV
ELDAT
CFSAEX
KATRAD
KCOND
KEVAP
TW
AIRTMP
i i^i1
SANDFG
SANDFG
BEDWID
BEDWRN
POR
SED-HYDPARM
LEN
DELTH
Definition
::T':':'. ;::::: . .' ' "^1^"
name of the conservative constituent
initial concentration of the constituent
specifies the concentration units of the constituent
conversion factor from QTYID/VOLto CONCID
specifies the units which the total flow of the
constituent into or out of RCHRES will be expressed
* UTDfMJ * ฐ
ni f\v*n
f to,
mean RCHRES elevation
difference in elevation between the RCHRES and
the air temperature gage (positive if RCHRES is
higher than the gage)
fraction of RCHRES surface exposed to radiation
longwave radiation coefficient
conduction - convection heat transport coefficient
evaporation coefficient
initial water temperature in RCHRES
initial air temperature at RCHRES
' SEDTRN
flag to choose method for sand load simulation:
Toffaletti, Colby, or user-specified power function
width of the cross-section over which HSPF will
assume bed sediment is deposited regardless of
stage, top-width, etc. Used to estimate bed
sediment depth
bed depth, which if exceeded will create warning
message
porosity of the bed (volume voids / total volume)
used to estimate bed depth
. ' , . '
length of RCHRES
drop in water elevation
Default
Value/Units
" 3 f* A
none
0.0
none
none
none
ซA , . -
0.0ft
0.0m
0.0ft
0.0m
1.0
9.37
6.12
2.24
60.0 F
15.5 C
60.0 F
15.5 C
, :,r:;_,
3
none ft
none m
100.0 ft
30.5 m
0.5
none mi
none km
0.0ft
0.0m
Minimum
Value
none
0.0
none
l.OE-30
none
a
0.0
0.0
none
none
0.001
1.0
1.0
1.0
32.0
0.0
-90.0
-70.0
1
1.0
0.3
0.001
0.0003
0.1
0.01
0.016
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
None
30000.0
10000.0
none
none
2.0
20.0
20.0
10.0
200.0
95.0
150.0
65.0
3
vr>..--r ,.;- ;.; H ,'.-;,
none
none
none
none
0.9
none
none
none
none
e.i-20
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
DB50
SAND - PM
D
W
RHO
KSAND
EXPSND
t SILT- CLAY -PM
' -S is- k **
D
W
RHO
TAUCD
TAUCS
M
isiKiw -";;
SSED(3)
j|^Jg;V: '-:
BEDDEP
~
GQ - GENDATA
TEMPFG
PHFLAG
ROXFG
CLDFG
SDFG
PHYTFG
LAT
Definition
median diameter of bed sediment
A* -* "^
effective diameter of the transported sand particles
corresponding fall velocity in still water
density of the sand particles
coefficient in the sand load power function formula
exponent in the sand load power function formula
* * * l ,~ * ~ ~* ' * * \ ซt *" "
, *" & > , "^ *ฐt '
effective diameter of the particles
fall velocity in still water
density of the particles
critical bed shear stress for deposition. Above this
stress, there will be no deposition
critical bed shear stress for scour. Below this value
there will be no scour
credibility coefficient of the sediment
y ""/::;'; ฅ^-
three values are initial concentrations of suspended
sand, silt, and clay, respectively
' "". V " ' P ^
initial total depth (thickness) of the bed
initial fraction (by weight) of sand in bed material
initial fraction of silt
initial fraction of clay
GQUAL
flag for source of water temperature data
flag for source of pH data
flag for source of free radical oxygen data
flag for source of cloud cover data
flag for source of total sediment concentration data
flag for source of phytoplankton data
latitude of RCHRES
Default
Value/Units
0.01 in
0.25 mm
-
none in
none mm
none in/sec
none mm/sec
2.65 gm/cm3
0.0
0.0
ซ*.* *> nfi* vป
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.0 in/sec
0.0 mm/sec
2.65 gm/cm3
1.0E10 Ib/ft2
1.0E10 kg/m2
1.0E10 Ib/ft2
1.0E10 kg/m2
0.0 Ib/ft2.d
0.0 kg/m2.d
0.0 mg/l
Minimum
Value
0.0001
0.0025
ซ.
0.001
0.025
0.02
05
1.0
0.0
0.0
* ป ซ i-"w
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.0
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
0.0
0.0
0.0
;I^SKii3ฎlte@ฎ^Siฎ
0.0 ft
0.0 m
1.0
0.0
0.0
~" * *
-"" t_
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 degrees
0.0
0.0
0.0001
0.0
0.0
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
-54
Maximum
Value
100.0
2500.0
ฃ * """ ***** au,
100.0
2500.0
500.0
12500.0
4.0
none
none
tf 4-4ปtyf^ >\ %.fr( ^^^J> ^
0.003
0.07
0.2
5.0
4.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
1.0
0.9999
0.9999
< *-, -^ ** J" *
* ,, ซ37T'
3
3
3
3
3
3
54
B.l-21
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.i.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
GQ-QALDATA
GQID
DQAL
CONCID
CONV
QTYID
GQ - HYDPM
KA
KB
KN
THHYD
GQ-ROXPM
KOX
THOX
GQ-PHOTPM
PHOTPM(l-lS)
PHOTPM(19)
PHOTPM(20)
GQ - CFGAS
CFGAS
GQ-BIOPM
BIOCON
THBIO
BIO
MON - BIO
BIOM(12)
GQ-GENDECAY
FSTDEC
THFST
GQ-SEDDECAY
ADDCPM(l)
Definition
name of constituent (qual)
initial dissolved concentration of qual
concentration units (implied Dper literD)
factor to convert from qty/vol to concentration units
name of qty unit for qual
second order acid rate constant for hydrolysis
second order base rate constant for hydrolysis
first order rate constant of neutral reaction with
water
temperature correction coefficient for hydrolysis
second order rate constant for oxidation by free
radical oxygen
temperature correction coefficient for oxidation by
free radical oxygen
molar absorption coefficients for qual for 18
wavelength ranges of light
quantum yield for the qual in air-saturated pure
water
temperature correction coefficient for photolysis
ratio of volatilization rate to oxygen reaeration rate
second order rate constant for biodegradation of
qual by biomass
temperature correction coefficient for
biodegradation of qual
concentration of biomass causing biodegradation of
qual
monthly values of biomass
first order decay rate for qual
temperature correction coefficient for first order
decay of qual
decay rate for qual adsorbed to suspended sediment
Default
Value/Units
none
0.0
none
none
none
none I/sec
none I/sec
none I/sec
1.0
none I/sec
1.0
0.0 (I/cm)
1.0
1.0
none
none 1/mg.day
1.07
none mg/l
none mg/l
none I/day
1.07
0.0 (I/day)
Minimum
Value
none
0.0
none
l.OE-30
none
'V . ' ,' "
l.OE-30
l.OE-30
l.OE-30
1.0
l.OE-30
1.0
0.0
0.0001
1.0
l.OE-30
l.OE-30
1.0
0.00001
0.00001
0..00001
1.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
'. : '."."-..;. ':-
none
none
none
none
none
,':'. '-^'"':'"::;:- :'ฃ
none
none
none
2.0
none
2.0
1'
none
10.0
2.0
-.' ' '" ' '., ." " ,. ':
none
. - . '."'-,. ,;/;;
none
2.0
none
none
none
2.0
none
B.l-22
-------
B.1HSPF Data Dictionary
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ADDCPM(2)
ADDCPM(3)
ADDCPM(4)
ADPM(1,1)
ADPM(2,1)
ADPM(3,1)
ADPM(4,1)
ADPM(5,1)
ADPM(6,1)
GQ-ADRATE
ADPM(1,2)
ADPM(2,2)
ADPM(3,2)
ADPM(4,2)
ADPM(5,2)
ADPM(6,2)
ADPM(1,3)
ADPM(2,3)
ADPM(3,3)
ADPM(4,3)
ADPM(5,3)
ADPM(6,3)
GQ - SEDCONC
SQAL(l)
SQAL(2)
SQAL(3)
SQAL(4)
SQAL(5)
SQAL(6)
GQ- VALUES
TWAT
PHVAL
Definition
temperature correction for decay of qual on
suspended sediment
decay rate for qual adsorbed to bed sediment
temperature correction coefficient for decay of qual
on bed sediment
distribution coefficient for qual with suspended sand
with suspended silt
with suspended clay
with bed sand
with bed silt
with bed clay
transfer rate between adsorbed and desorbed states
for qual with suspended sand
with suspended silt
with suspended clay
with bed sand
with bed silt
with bed clay
temperature correction coefficients for adsorption /
desorption on suspended sand
on suspended silt
on suspended clay
on bed sand
on bed silt
on bed clay
initial concentration of qual on suspended sand
on suspended silt
on suspended clay
on bed sand
on bed silt
on bed clay
..-' ' ' ' "...-'.'>' :~/.''----'".1 .L-.!:.',^..,-. 'V.iV- ' -." ,..V-.'--'.' V;.-:
water temperature (if modeled as constant, i.e.,
TEMPFG = 2)
pH (if modeled as constant i.e., PHFLAG = 2)
Default
Value/Units
1.07
0.0 (I/day)
1.07
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
'-, .-'' ''"-' ฃ' '; - '/,". --."-,!-'..
60.0 F
15.5 C
7.0
Minimum
Value
1.0
0.0
1.0
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
t ft
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
32.0
0.1
1.0
Maximum
Value
2.0
none
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
2.O
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
;: '.;,; ,-ป../ .-', '- '. . ;
212.0
100.0
14.0
8.1-23
-------
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ROC
CLD
SDCNC
PHY
iyibN-WATEMFJ '
TEMPM(12)
MQISJ-PH'VAL """";
PHVALM(12)
MON - ROXYGEN
ROCM(12)
GQ- ALPHA
ALPH(18)
GAMM(18)
|H r ,
GQ- DELTA
DEL(18)
GQ-CLDFACt
KCLD(18)
MON -CLOUD \
CLDM(12)
MON-SEDCQNC
SEDCNCM{12)
MbN-PHYtg
PHYM(12)
GQ- DAUGHTER
C(2,l)
C(3,l)
C(3,2)
BENTH - FLAG
BENRFG
Definition
free radical oxygen concentration (if modeled as
constant, i.e., ROXFG = 2)
cloud cover (if modeled as constant, i.e., CLDFG =
2)
total suspended sediment concentration (if modeled
as constant, i.e., SDFG = 2)
phytoplankton concentration (as biomass) (if
modeled as constant, i.e., PHYTFG = 2)
monthly values of water temperature (ifTEMPFG =
3)
i - 11 '
monthly values of pH (if PHFLAG = 3)
,_ , p. - - , , ,, ,
monthly values of free radical oxygen (if ROXFG =
3)
'.J.f_.
Values of base absorbance coefficient
Values of sediment absorbance coefficient
,, lป.,i1L,-;,]liii,pMif;,,1,alhiii:i||,,-iM-71!iir'.rl" * " "
X...-'^.,l,..i_.'.
values of phytoplankton absorbance
--. . . r..|V .1, M -, "ป||f -n^.-lwmnw.-r 'l.-f , in* f " f "*
light extinction efficiency of cloud cover
' i, nl '"i;1 ~"lr J *""1"r ฃ
monthly values of average cloud cover
monthly average suspended sediment concentration
monthly values of phytoplankton concentration
indicates the amount of qual #2 which is produced
by decay of qual #1 through all simulated decay
processes
RQUAL
.
flag to choose benthal influences
Default
Value/Units
0.0 mol/l
0.0 tenths
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
60.0 F
15.5 C
< , f <, "
7.0
r <* >t ,ป
0.0 mol/l
1
none I/cm
0.0 (l/m&cm)
4 1 v*ฃ kj,1!
0.0 (1/mg.cm)
ซป p~ซ* u wป , i j-
none
none
ซj ซ,
none
' 1 IdW Sfl ซ* JSM^tHMV'"
1.0
A "**
10.0
none
none
none
none
none
1
B.l-24
-------
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
.^OUR-3 PARMS
SCRVEL
SCRMUL
OX - FLAGS
REAMFG
OX - GENPARM
KBOD20
TCBOD
KODSET
SUPSAT
':ELEV
ELEV
OX - BENPARM
BENOD
TCBEN
EXPOD
BRBOD(l)
BRBOD(2)
EXPREL
QX^CFOREA
CFOREA
OX-TSIVOGLPU;
REAKT
TCGINV
OX:- LEN - DELTH "'
LEN
Definition
velocity above which effects of scouring on benthal
release rates is considered
multiplier to increase benthal releases during scouring
OXRX
-
flag to choose reaeration calculation method
-
unit BOD decay rate @ 20 degrees C
temperature correction coefficient for BOD decay
rate of BOD settling
maximum allowable dissolved oxygen
supersaturation (expressed as multiple of DO
saturation concentration)
mean elevation of RCHRES (above seal level)
benthal oxygen demand at 20 degrees C (with
unlimited DO concentration)
temperature correction coefficient for benthal
oxygen demand
exponential factor in the dissolved oxygen term of
the benthal oxygen demand equation
benthal release of BOD at high oxygen
concentration
increment to benthal release of BOD under
anaerobic conditions
exponential factor in the dissolved oxygen term of
the benthal BOD release equation
correction factor in the lake reaeration equation, to
account for good or poor circulation characteristics
'. !' "'.''-'.,; ':^--.,';"'.'i 'i,r.!v';v.-.'... :';-. >V~: -,'.
empirical constant in TsivoglouDs equation for
reaeration (escape coefficient)
temperature correction coefficient for surface gas
invasion (if REAMFG = 1)
length of RCHRES
Default
Value/Units
10.0 ft/sec
3.05 m/sec
2.0
2
_
none 1/hr
1.075
0.0 ft/hr
0.0 m/hr
1.15
-
0.0ft
0.0m
0.0 mg/m2.hr
1.074
1.22
72.0 mg/m2.hr
100.0 mg/m2.hr
2.82
1.0
0.08 I/ft
1.047
-,
none mi
none km
Minimum
Value
"V i.
0.01
0.01
1.0
,
1
15 *
l.OE-30
1.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
-. , r
0.0
0.0
w
0.0
1.0
0.1
0.0001
0.0001
0.1
0.001
0.001
1.0
0.01
0.01
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
-
3
i
none
2.0
none
none
2.0
,
30000.0
10000.0
~1
none
2.0
none
none
none
none
__ j*. |,%
10.0
3-
1.0
2.0
%jfe '*"
none
none
B.l-25
-------
ft
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
DELJH
OX -TCGINV
TCGINV
OX-REAPARM
TCGINV
REAK
EXPRED
EXPREV
OX-INIT
DOX
BOD
SATDO
NUT -FLAGS
TAMFG
N02FG
P04FG
AMVFG
DENFG
ADNHFG
ADPOFG
PHFLAG
CONV-VAL1
CVBO
CVBPC
CVBPN
BPCNTC
NUT-BENPARM
BRTAM(2)
BRP04(2)
Definition
drop (energy) over its length
temperature correction coefficient for surface gas
invasion (if REAMFG = 2)
see above (if REAMFG = 3)
empirical constant for equation used to calculate
reaeration coefficient
exponent to depth used in calculation of reaeration
coefficient
exponent to velocity used in calculation of
reaeration coefficient
dissolved oxygen
biochemical oxygen demand
dissolved oxygen saturation concentration
NUTRX
flag to simulate total ammonia
flag to simulate nitrite
flag to simulate ortho-phosphorus
flag to simulate ammonia evaporization
flag to simulate denitrification
flag to simulate NH4 adsorption
flag to simulate P04 adsorption
flag for source of pH data
Conversion from milligrams biomass to milligrams
oxygen
Conversion from biomass expressed as phosphorus
to carbon equivalency
conversion from biomass expressed as phosphorus
to nitrogen equivalency
percentage, by weight, of biomass which is carbon
benthal release of total ammonia. (1) indicates
aerobic rate and (2) indicates anaerobic rate
benthal release of ortho-phosphate. Subscripts
same as above
Default
Value/Units
none ft
none m
1.047
1.047
none 1/hr
0.0
0.0
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
10.0 mg/l
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1.98 mg/mg
106.0 mol/mol
16.0 mol/mol
49.0
0.0 mg/m2.hr
0.0 mg/m2.hr
Minimum
Value
0.00001
0.00001
.... :; ,,v:;;,_4: ,&,.;
1.0
.. ,.,... .. A ,^
1.0
l.OE-30
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1.0
50.0
10.0
10.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
none
none
2.0
y^.~. ,.'..'-> . i'
2.0
none
0.0
none
20.0
none
20.0
!
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
5.0
200.0
50.0
100.0
none
none
B.l-26
-------
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ANAER
KTAM20
KN0220
TCNIT
KN0320
TCDEN
DENOXJ
NUT-NH3VOLAT
EXPNVG
EXPNVL
NUT-BEDCONC
BNH4(3)
BP04(3)
NUT-ADSPARM
ADNHPM(3)
ADPOPM(3)
NUT-DINIT
N03
TAM
N02
P04
PHVAL
. : - ; > _'.''.-. . -,..';
'"Ml 1 1 *"" "AFiQiMl i
INU 1 ~.rtL/OllNl I;"' -i
SNH4(3)
SP04(3)
PLANK - FLAGS
PHYFG
ZOOFG
Definition
concentration of dissolved oxygen below which
anaerobic conditions exist
nitrification rate of ammonia at 20 degrees C
nitrification rate of nitrite at 20 degrees C
temperature correction coefficient for nitrification
nitrification rate of nitrate at 20 degrees C
temperature correction coefficient for denitrification
dissolved oxygen concentration threshold for
denitrification
exponent in the gas layer mass transfer coefficient
equation for NH3 volatilization
exponent in the liquid layer mass transfer coefficient
equation for NH3 volatilization
constant bed concentrations of NH4-N adsorbed to
(1) sand,: (2) silt, and (3) clay
constant bed concentrations of P04-P adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
partition coefficients for NH4-N adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
partition coefficients for P04-P adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
initial concentration of nitrate (as N)
initial concentration of total ammonia
initial concentration of nitrite
initial concentration of ortho-phosphorus (as P)
constant (annual) (if PHFLAG = 2) or initial value (if
PHFLAG = 1 or 3) of pH
initial concentrations of NH3-N adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
initial concentrations of P04-P adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
PLANK
'-:
flag to simulate phytoplankton
flag to simulate zooplankton
Default
Value/Units
0.005 mg/l
none 1/hr
none 1/hr
1.07
none 1/hr
1.07
2.00 mg/l
,
0.5
0.6667
^ *
0.0 mg/kg
0.0 mg/kg
*. *
l.OE-10 ml/g
l.OE-10 ml/g
- r -" *
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
7.0
0.0 mg/kg
0.0 mg/kg
,
0
0
Minimum
Value
0.0001
0.001
0.001
1.0
0.001
1.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0
0
Maximum
Value
1.0
none
none
2.0
none
2.0
none
2.0
2.0
none
none
,
none
none
V ' <
none
none
none
none
14.0
none
none
1
1
B.l-27
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
BALFG
SDLTFG
AMRFG
DECFG
NSFG
ZFOOD
SURF-- pKPOS|C>
CFSAEX
PLNK-PARMi "
RATCLP
NONREF
UTSED
ALNPR
EXTB
MALGR
p-ljijft^P^fcT'1
CMMLT
CMMN
CMMNP
CMMP
TALGRH
TALGRL
TALGRM
ซ*.*ซ*
Definition
flag to simulate benthic algae
flag to simulate influence of sediment washload on
light extinction
flag to simulate ammonia retardation of nitrogen
limited growth
flag to simulate linkage between carbon dioxide and
phtytoplankton growth
flag to simulate ammonia as part of available
nitrogen supply in nitrogen limited growth
calculations
flag to indicate quality of zooplankton food
'; ; " ;,;;; i'.'^/.'J1 ".' ;","^^,',-.',C'' '.
used to adjust the input solar radiation to make it
applicable to RCHRES. e.g., account for shading by
trees
"1"'' '" j""^""1"":-^ .1 W"
ratio of chlorophyll content of biomass to
phosphorus content
nonrefractory fraction of algae and zooplankton
biomass
multiplication factor to total sediment concentration
to determine sediment contribution to light
extinction
fraction of nitrogen requirements for phytoplankton
growth satisfied by nitrate
base extinction coefficient for light
maximal unit algal growth rate
;" ; " " " '":"r- ~:""" '"";; '^^-''"'---"-' '
Michaelis-Menten constant for light limited growth
nitrate Michaelis-Menten constant for nitrogen
limited growth
nitrate Michaelis-Menten constant for phosphorus
limited growth
phosphate Michaelis-Menten constant for
phosphorus limited growth
temperature above which algal growth ceases
temperature below which algal growth ceases
temperature below which algal growth is retarded
. . . :.. : .:./
Default
Value/Units
0
0
0
0
0
2
ปw
1.0
0.6
0.5
0.0 (1/mg.ft)
1.0
none I/ft
none 1/m
0.33/hr
"~ ' T
0.033 ly/min
0.045 mg/l
0.0284 mg/l
0.0150 mg/l
95.0 F
35.0 C
43.0 F
6.1 C
77.0 F
25.0 C
Minimum
Value
0
0
0
0
0
1
"**' v
0.001
0.01
0.01
0.0
0.01
0.001
0.001
0.001
"t( f ป
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
50.0
10.0
32.0
0.0
32.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
1
1
1
1
1
3
"* ^ * t
1.0
none
1.0
none
1.0
none
none
none
,> r " > ซป>
none
none
none
none
212.0
100.0
212.0
100.0
212.0
100.0
B.l-28
-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ALR20
ALDH
ALDL
OXALD
NALDH
PALDH
PHYTO - PARM
SEED
MXSTAY
OREF
CLALDH
PHYSET
REFSET
"ZQO - PARM1
MZOEAT
ZFIL20
ZRES20
ZD
OXZD
TCZFIL
TCZRES
ZEXDEL
ZOMASS
BENAL-PARM
MBAL
CFBALR
CFBALG
Definition
algal unit respiration rate at 20 degrees C
high algal unit death rate
low algal unit death rate
increment to phytoplankton unit death rate due to
anaerobic conditions
inorganic nitrogen concentration below which high
algal death rate occurs (as nitrogen)
inorganic phosphorus concentration below which
high algal death rate occurs (as phosphorus)
-r ~** - ^ ! *
concentration of plankton not subject to advection
under high flow conditions
concentration of plankton not subject to advection
at very low flow conditions
outflow at which concentration of plankton not
subject to advection is midway between SEED and
MXSTAY
chlorophyll A concentration above which high algal
death rate occurs
rate of phytoplankton settling
rate of settling for dead refractory organics
^ ~-
maximum zooplankton unit ingestion rate
zooplankton filtering rate at 20 degrees C
zooplankton unit respiration rate at 20 degrees C
natural zooplankton unit death rate
increment to unit zooplankton death rate due to
anaerobic conditions
temperature correction coefficient for filtering
temperature correction coefficient for respiration
fraction of nonrefractory zooplankton excretion
which is immediately decomposed when ingestion
rate > MZOEAT
average weight of a zooplankton organism
maximum benthic algae density (as biomass)
ratio of benthic algal to phytoplankton respiration
ratio of benthic algal to phytoplankton growth rate
Default
Value/Units
0.004 1/hr
0.01 1/hr
0.001 1/hr
0.03 1/hr
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
A
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0001 fl?/s
0.0001 m3/s
50.0
0.0 ft/hr
0.0 m/hr
0.0 ft/hr
0.0 m/hr
~ .,*>
0.055 mg
phyto/mg zoo.hr
none 1/mg zoo.hr
0.0015 1/hr
0.0001 1/hr
0.03 1/hr
1.17
1.07
0.7
0.0003 mg/org
Hr~
600.0 mg/m2
1.0
1.0
Minimum
Value
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
0.0
0.0
-*
0.0
0.0
0.0001
0.0001
0.01
0.0
0.0
o.o
0.0
0.001
0.001
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
1.0
1.0
0.001
l.OE-6
h- ป
0.01
0.01
0.01
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
*
none
none
none
none
none
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
,
none
1.0
1.0
B.l-29
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
^
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
PU
-------
B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)
B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
Nonpoint source modeling using BASINS requires the development of a Watershed Data Management
(WDM) file. The WDM file is a binary file containing time series data for all meteorological parameters
required by Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN (HSPF) algorithms. Section B.2.1 provides a
summary of the general procedure required to develop WDM files. Section B.2.2 provides a description of
the specific procedures followed during the development of the WDM files provided with BASINS Version
2.0.
B.2-1
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
B.2.1 Developing WDM Files
i.
2.
Obtain meteorological data for the desired period. (See Section B.2.2 for meteorological data sources
used in the BASINS 2.0 WDM files.) BASINS requires data collected at hourly intervals for
nonpoint source modeling, although daily data can be converted to hourly data through the use of
METCMP (computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF). If all meteorological
parameters are not available, METCMP can be used to calculate a number of parameters, including
potential evapotranspiration, evaporation, and solar radiation. BASINS currently supports the use of
standard U.S. units. The required input data and units are as follows:
Data Description
U.S. units
Measured air temperature deg. F
Measured precipitation in/hr
Measured dewpoint temperature deg. F
Measured wind movement mph
Measured solar radiation Ly/hr
Cloud cover (range: 0-10) tenths
Potential evapotranspiration in/hr
Potential surface evaporation in/hr
Convert the meteorological data into a format recognized by HSPF and its utility programs (a
sequential time series format is desirable). Data processing can be performed using a number of
methods. Due to the enormous size of meteorological data files, the development of FORTRAN
programs to extract and convert these data is recommended. Each meteorological parameter should
be contained in a unique file. The required sequential time series file formats for meteorological data
collected at hourly and daily intervals, as listed in the Hydrologic Simulation Program-FORTRAN
User's Manual, are as follows:
Hourly data:
1. Alphanumeric state PO code (this field is not read)
2. Station number or identifier (this field is not read)
3. Year
4. Month
5. Card no:
1 is for a.m. hours
2 is for p.m. hours
6. Twelve fields for hourly data
The default format is: (A2, IX, 14, IX, 14, IX, 12, IX, II, 12F5.2)
B.2-2
-------
B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
3.
Daily data:
1. Alphanumeric state PO code (this field is not read)
2. Station number or identifier (this field is not read)
3. Last 2 digits of the calendar year
4. Month
5. Card no:
1 is for days 1-10
2 is for days 2-20
3 is for days 21-
6. Ten fields, for the daily data ( eleven fields for card number 3)
The default format is: (A2,14, IX, 12, A2, Al, 11F6.1)
Due to the nature of the HSPF model, every parameter but measured precipitation must have a value
for each record during the entire time period of the file. For measured precipitation, a value must be
present for every hour of each day precipitation was recorded. If data are missing, appropriate values
must be assigned.
Create a WDM file using ANNIE (computer program for interactive hydrologic data management -
see http://h2o.usgs.gov/software/annie.html) and declare the data sets into which time series data will
be imported. HSPF requires a unique data set for each meteorological parameter to be imported.
BASINS allocates 20 data set fields relating to specific meteorological parameters for each WDM
station. Using ANNIE, data sets in WDM files are designated by a unique number and other
pertinent information relating to the time series data field in which the data are imported. The
following list displays data sets and a brief description of the information contained in each data set,
for a template WDM file used to import both hourly and daily data sets for 10 WDM stations.
B.2-3
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Data set
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Fields Data set Data set Numbers Description Parameter
PREC
EVAP
ATEM
WIND
SOLR
PEVT
DEWP
CLOU
TMAX
TMIN
DWND
DCLO
DPTP
DSOL
DEVT
DEVP
(11,31,51,. ..191)
(12,32,52,. ..192)
(13,33,53,...193)
(14,34,54,. ..194)
(15,35,55,. ..195)
(16,36,56,...196)
(17,37,57,.. .197)
(18,38,58,...198)
(19,39,59,... 199)
(20,40,60,...200)
(21,41,61,. ..201)
(22,42,62,.. .202)
(23,43,63,... 203)
(24,44,64,. ..204)
(25,45,65,...205)
(26,46,66,. ..206)
(27,47,67,.. .207)
(28,48,68,. ..208)
(29,49,69,. ..209)
(30,50,70,...210)
hourly precipitation
hourly evaporation
hourly temperature
hourly windspeed
hourly solar radiation
hourly potential evapotranspiration
hourly dewpoint temperature
hourly cloud cover
daily maximum temperature
daily minimum temperature
daily windspeed
daily cloud cover
daily dewpoint temperature
daily solar radiation
daily evapotranspiration
daily evaporation
empty
empty
empty
empty
Data sets are numbered from 11 to 210. Note that all hourly information is listed in data fields 1 to 8.
These hourly values are used by HSPF algorithms. The remaining data fields (9 to 16) contain daily
time series data, as well as intermediate time series data used in the conversion of HSPF parameters.
4. Create the .inf file. The .inf file is used to relate information in the WDM file to the BASINS
Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM). Each WDM file is required to have an .inf file with exactly the
same name (only the extensions are different: .wdm versus .inf). The information required for the .inf
file includes the number of stations in the WDM file, various station information (state, name, ID #,
elevation, period of record, and the evaporation coefficient), and the data set numbers for each of the
meteorological parameters for each station. Refer to .inf files packaged with BASINS for the
standard format. Each state WDM file with BASINS has a corresponding .inf file located in the
BASINS\DATA\MET_DATA directory.
5. Create .uci files. These files are used to import meteorological data into the WDM file. They are
essentially HSPF input files which perform the import function. Refer to the Hydrologic Simulation
Program-FORTRAN User's Manual for development of an input file for importing data into a WDM
file.
6. Import meteorological data from each file (which are currently hi a sequential time series format)
into the corresponding WDM file data sets. This is done by running HSPF for each .uci file as
follows:
Hourly precipitation data is imported into data sets denoted by PREC
S.2-4
-------
B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)
Hourly evaporation data are imported into data sets denoted by EVAP
Hourly temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by ATEM
Hourly windspeed data are imported into data sets denoted by WIND
Hourly solar radiation data are imported into data sets denoted by SOLR
Hourly potential evapotranspiration data are imported into data sets denoted by PEVT
Hourly dewpoint temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by DEWP
Hourly cloud cover data are imported into data sets denoted by CLOU
Daily maximum temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by TMAX
Daily minimum temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by TMIN
Daily total wind movement data are imported into data sets denoted by DWND
Daily cloud cover data are imported into data sets denoted by DCLO
Daily dewpoint temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by DPTP
Daily solar radiation data are imported into data sets denoted by DSOL
Daily potential evapotranspiration data are imported into data sets denoted by DEVT
Daily evaporation data are imported into data sets denoted by DEVP
7. If all meteorological data are not in an hourly format, develop additional time series data required by
HSPF. This is done using METCMP (computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF).
METCMP enables a user to disaggregate daily time series data into hourly time series data for
certain meteorological parameters, as well as calculate additional meteorological time series data
required by HSPF algorithms.
6.2-5
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
B.2.2 BASINS WDM Hies
WDM files, providing meteorological coverage for the United States and U.S. territories were prepared for
BASINS 2.0 through the following steps:
1. Data were obtained from the following sources.
a. Hourly observed precipitation data for the United States and U.S. territories were obtained from
the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) Hourly and Fifteen Minute Precipitation database,
compiled by Earthlnfo, Inc. This four CD-ROM data set contains precipitation data from
NCDC's TD-3240 file. Included in the database are over 6000 weather stations with recorded
precipitation for the general period of 1948-1995.
b. Hourly surface observation data for the United States and U.S. territories were obtained from
NCDC's Solar and Meteorological Surface Observational Network (SAMSON) and Hourly U.S.
Weather Observations 1990-1995 (HUSWO) databases. SAMSON is a three CD-ROM data set
containing both observational and modeled hourly solar radiation data, as well as hourly cloud
cover, drybulb temperature, dewpoint temperature, and wind movement data from 237 NWS
stations for the period of 1961-1990. The HUSWO data set, contained on a single CD-ROM,
updates meteorological data from the SAMSON data set, excluding solar radiation data for the
period of 1990-1995.
c. The remaining parameterspotential evapotranspiration, evaporation, and solar radiation (for
the period of 1991-1995)were calculated using METCMP.
2. A coverage of WDM weather stations for BASINS 2.0 was created in Arc View using latitude and
longitude coordinates from selected weather stations included in NCDC's Hourly and Fifteen Minute
Precipitation database. These stations, which included the precipitation data, were then assigned
meteorological data from the set of NWS stations available from the SAMSON data set. The
selection of weather stations used to create the WDM station coverage, as well as the assignment of
meteorological data to these stations, was performed in Arc View using an array of GIS coverages.
This was done to provide a spatially distributed coverage of the United States and U.S. territories,
based on information relating to annual rainfall, climatic divisions in the conterminous United States,
completeness of weather station data, elevation, physical divisions in the conterminous United
States, and proximity to NWS stations. A complete list of the Arc View coverages used in the
selection of WDM weather stations is detailed in B.2.2.a. The resulting ArcView coverage consisted
of 477 WDM weather stations for the United States and U.S. territories. This coverage was then
divided by EPA regions. EPA regional coverage included WDM weather stations that closely
bordered the region or were contained within HUCs intersecting the region. A complete list of the
WDM stations is included in B.2.2.b.
3. The data were extracted and converted into a sequential time series format.
a. Hourly precipitation data were extracted from the Earthlnfo, Inc., NCDC Hourly and Fifteen
Minute Precipitation database by exporting data for individual stations into ASCII tabular
formatted files. These raw data were then preprocessed through a FORTRAN program for
conversion to a sequential file format.
B.2-6
-------
B.2
Missing precipitation data were assigned appropriate values. A value of 0.0 was normally used
where no reading was available.
Preprocessing also included the identification and editing of rainfall accumulation values within
the file. Rainfall accumulation values occurred where hourly precipitation values for a time
period were not recorded.
The following assumptions and corresponding actions refer to rainfall accumulation data.
If an accumulation value was recorded for an accumulation period of <, 24 hours, then the
accumulation value was divided by the number of hours in the period.
- If the resulting hourly value was z 0.01 in. and < 2.0 in., then each hour in the
accumulation period was given the resulting hourly value. The state code, station
identifier, accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value, number of hours
in the accumulation period, resulting hourly value, and "Value Distributed" were listed
in a text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
- If the resulting hourly value was < 0.01 in., then each hour in the accumulation period
was given a value of 0.0 in. The accumulation value (which in all situations will be <.
0.24 in.) was left unchanged, i.e. the original recorded accumulation value was used. The
state code, station identifier, accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value,
number of hours in the accumulation period, resulting hourly value of 0.0 in., and
"Calculated Value < .01, Accumulated Value Reported" were listed in a text file
(BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
- If the resulting hourly value was z 2.0 in., then each hour in the accumulation period was
given a value of 0.0 in. The accumulation value is additionally deleted from the record.
This prevented the existence of a large spike precipitation value in the data (which in all
situations was z 4.0 in. for the accumulation period). The state code and station
identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value,
number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Calculated Value > 2.0, Accumulated
Value Deleted" were listed hi a text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
If an accumulation value was recorded for an accumulation period of > 24 hours, then the
accumulation value was not distributed evenly over the accumulation period.
If the accumulation value was < 2.0 in., then the value was not changed. The state code
and station identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation
value, number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Accumulation Interval > 24 hrs
and Observed Value < 2 Accumulated Value Reported" were listed in a text file
(BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
- If the accumulation value was ^ 2.0 in., then the value was deleted from the record. The
state code and station identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour,
accumulation value, number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Accumulation
Interval > 24 hrs and Observed Value > 2 Accumulated Value Deleted" were listed in a
text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
B.2-7
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
b. Hourly meteorological data were extracted from NOAA' s Solar and Meteorological Surface
Observational Network (SAMSON) database by exporting the yearly data files for an individual
station from a CD ROM and unzipping them into an ASCII text file. These raw data were then
preprocessed through a FORTRAN program to organize the data into a sequential time series
format, convert the data into U.S. units, and calculate daily variables required by METCMP for
the estimation of Solar Radiation (for the years 1991-95), Pan Evaporation, and Potential
Evapotranspiration.
Hourly data files included:
ATEM average hourly air temperature
WIND average hourly wind speed
SOLR total hourly solar radiation
DEWP average hourly dew point temperature
CLOU average hourly cloud cover
Daily data files included:
TMAX maximum daily air temperature
TMBST minimum daily air temperature
DWND total daily wind movement
DSOL total daily solar radiation
DPTP average daily dew point temperature
DCLO average daily cloud cover
Due to the nature of the data, missing data was assigned the previously recorded value.
Data conversions included:
ATEM and DEWP from ฐC to ฐF
WIND from m/s to mph
SOLR from Wh/m2 to Langleys (calories/cm2)
Data calculations included:
TMAX from ATEM
TMIN from ATEM
DCLO from CLOU
DPTP from DEWP
DSOL from SOLR
DWND from WIND
4. WDM, .inf, and .uci iles were created using the templates described in B.2.1 steps 4 and 5 and then
imported the data into WDM files as described in B.2.1 step 6.
5. Once time series data for precipitation and other meteorological data were imported into WDM file
data sets, additional meteorological time series data were created. This was done using METCMP
(computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF). METCMP enables a user to
B.2-8
-------
B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
calculate additional meteorological time series data required by HSPF algorithms, as well as
disaggregate daily time series data into hourly time series data for certain meteorological parameters.
Daily solar radiation for the period 1991-1995 was computed in METCMP using daily cloud
cover (DCLO) as an input. The daily solar radiation time series was placed in the DSOL data set.
The METCMP disaggregate function then was used to distribute daily solar radiation into hourly
values. Hourly solar radiation values were placed in the SOLR data set.
Daily pan evaporation was computed using the Penman Method in METCMP. Required inputs
were: daily maximum (TMAX) and daily minimum (TMIN) temperatures, daily dewpoint
temperature (DPTP), daily wind movement (DWND), and daily solar radiation (DSOL). Daily
evapotransporation was placed in the DEVP data set. Daily evaporation was distributed into
hourly values using the disaggregate function. Hourly evaporation values were placed in the
EVAP data set.
Daily potential evapotranspiration was computed using the Hamon Method in METCMP.
Required inputs were: daily maximum (TMAX) and daily minimum (TMIN) temperatures.
Daily evapotranspiration was placed in the DEVT data set. Daily potential evapotranspiration
was distributed into hourly values using the disaggregate function. Hourly potential
evapotranspiration values were placed in the PEVT data set.
B.2-9
-------
HAS/NS Version 2.0
B.2.2.a Coverages used in BASINS WDM File Development
A coverage of cooperative network stations from NCDC' s Hourly and Fifteen Minute Precipitation
database data set created using latitude and longitude coordinates. The information in this coverage
includes:
Station ID#
State
Station name
Begin date
End date
Elevation
Latitude
Longitude
Recorded years
Percent coverage
Precipitation data
Relate column
a cooperative network index number between 1-9999.
the state's 2 digit postal code.
NCDC's assigned station name.
first month, day, and year of the period of record.
last month, day, and year of the period of record.
meters above sea level (this was converted to feet).
in degrees and minutes (always North) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
in degrees and minutes (always west) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
the number of years with recorded data (there may be gaps).
percent of the days between begin and end dates that have reported data.
a column denoting the database containing the hourly precipitation data.
an empty column reserved for the ID# of the NOAA weather station containing
meteorological data that will be assigned to the station.
A coverage of National Weather Service stations from NOAA's Solar and Meteorological Surface
Observation Network (SAMSON) data set created using latitude and longitude coordinates. The
information included in this coverage included:
Station ID# the stations Weather Bureau Army Navy number.
State the state's 2 digit postal code.
Station name NCDC's assigned station name.
Timezone lagged by universal time.
Elevation meters above sea level (this was converted to feet).
Latitude in degrees and minutes (always North) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
Longitude in degrees and minutes (always west) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
Evap data a column denoting the database containing the hourly evaporation data.
Temp data a column denoting the database containing the hourly temperature data.
Wind data a column denoting the database containing the hourly windspeed data.
Solar data a column denoting the database containing the hourly solar radiation data.
Pevt data a column denoting the database containing the hourly potential evapotranspiration
data.
Dew pt data a column denoting the database containing the hourly dew point temperature data.
Cloud data a column denoting the database containing the hourly cloud cover data.
A coverage of the U.S. state boundaries provided by ESRI on-line ArcData (www.esri.com).
A coverage of annual precipitation for North America provided by ESRI on-line ArcData
(www.esri.com). This data set was intended as a thematic data layer representing average annual
precipitation, in millimeters per year, for North America.
A coverage of Climate Divisions provided by the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). This coverage
was used to display seasonal maps of precipitation and temperature for the conterminous United States.
B.2-10
-------
B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
A coverage of Hydrologic Unit Boundaries and Codes provided by the National Climatic Data Center
(NCDC). This data set was used to display drainage basins for the conterminous United States.
A coverage of Physiographic Divisions in the conterminous United States provided by the National
Climatic Data Center (NCDC). It was automated from Fennemans l:7,000,000-scale map, "Physical
Divisions of the United States," which is based on eight major divisions, 25 provinces, and 86 sections
representing distinctive areas having common topography, rock types and structure, and geologic and
geomorphic history.
A coverage of average annual runoff in the conterminous United States, 1951-1980 provided by the
National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). This coverage is intended as a thematic data layer representing
average annual runoff, in inches per year, for the conterminous United States. Appropriate maps of the
data can show the geographical distribution of runoff in tributary streams for the years 1951-80 and can
describe the magnitudes and variations of runoff nationwide. The data was prepared to reflect the runoff
of tributary streams rather than in major rivers in order to represent more accurately the local or small
scale variation in runoff with precipitation and other geographical characteristics.
B.2-11
-------
^
B.2.2.b BASINS WDM Files Weather Station List
State
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
Sta # Sta_Name COOPJD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ANCHORAGE WSCMO AP
ANNETTE WSO AIRPORT
COLD BAY WSO AIRPORT
FAIRBANKS WSO AIRPOR
KING SALMON WSO AP
MCGRATH WSO AIRPORT
ST PAUL ISLAND WSO A
YAKUTAT WSO AIRPORT
ABBEVILLE 1 NNW
BIRMINGHAM FAA ARPT
DADEVILLE 2
HALEYVILLE
HUNTSVILLE WSO AP
JACKSONVILLE
MOBILE WSO ARPT
MONTGOMERY WSO ARPT
THOMASVILLE
TUSCALOOSA OLIVER DA
ALUM FORK
BATESVILLE LIVESTOCK
BULL SHOALS DAM
CLARKSVILLE 6 NE
EUREKA SPRINGS 3 WNW
FORT SMITH WSO AIRPO
MENA
MILLWOOD DAM
MONTICELLO 3 SW
STUTTGART 9 ESE
AJO
COCHISE 4 SSE
FLAGSTAFF AP
KEAMS CANYON
PAYSON
PHOENIX AIRPORT
TUCSON WSO AP
TUWEEP
280
352
2102
2968
4766
5769
8118
9941
8
831
2124
3620
4064
4209
5478
5550
8178
8385
130
458
1020
1457
2356
2574
4756
4839
4900
6920
80
1870
3010
4586
6323
6481
8820
8895
Lat_dd
61.1667
55.0333
55.2
64.8167
58.6833
62.9667
57.15
59.5167
31.5833
33.5667
32.8333
34.2333
34.65
33.8167
30.6833
32.3
31.9167
33.2167
34.8
35.8333
36.3667
35.5333
36.4167
35.3333
34.5667
33.6833
33.6
34.4667
32.3667
32.0667
35.1333
35.8167
34.2333
33.4333
32.1333
36.2833
long[_dd
-150.017
-131.567
-162.717
-147.867
-156.65
-155.617
-170.217
-139.667
-85.2833
-86.7
-85.75
-87.6333
-86.7833
-85.7667
88.25
-86.4
-87.7333
-87.6
-92.85
-91.7667
-92.5667
-93.4
-93.7833
-94.3667
-94.2667
-93.9833
-91.8
-91.4167
-112.867
-109.9
-111.667
-110.2
-111.333
-111.983
-110.933
-113.067
B.2-12
-------
State
AZ
AZ
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CT
CT
CT
CT
DE
DE
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
Sta.
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
.# Sta_Name
WHITERIVER 1 SW
YUMA WSO AP
BAKERSFIELD AP
BLUE CANYON
EUREKA WFO WOODLEY 1
FRESNO AIR TERMINAL
LOS ANGELES WSO ARPT
SACRAMENTO FAA ARPT
SAN DIEGO WSO AIRPOR
SAN FRANCISCO WSO AP
SANTA MARIA WSO ARPT
YOSEMITE PARK HDQTRS
AKRON 4 E
ALAMOSA WSO AP
BOULDER 2
COLORADO SPRINGS WSO
GRAND JUNCTION WSO A
KIM 15 NNE
NUNN
PUEBLO WSO AP
SUGARLOAF RESERVOIR
TELLURIDE 4 WNW
BRIDGEPORT SIKORSKY
HARTFORD BRADLEY AP
JEWETT CITY
THOMASTON DAM
GEORGETOWN 5 SW
WILMINGTN NEW CASTLE
DAYTONA BEACH REG AP
JACKSONVILLE INTLAP
KEY WEST INTL ARPT
MIAMI INTL ARPT
NICEVILLE
ORTONA LOCK 2
RAIFORD STATE PRISON
TALLAHASSEE MUNI AP
TAMPA INTL ARPT
W PALM BEACH INTLAP
COOP ID
9271
9660
442
897
2910
3257
5114
7630
7740
7769
7946
9855
109
130
843
1778
3488
4538
6023
6740
8064
8204
806
3456
3857
8330
3570
9595
2158
4358
4570
5663
6240
6657
7440
8758
8788
9525
Lat dd
33.8167
32.6667
35.4333
39.2833
40.8
36.7833
33.9333
38.5167
32.7333
37.6167
34.9
37.75
40.15
37.45
40.0333
38.8167
39.1
37.45
40.7
38.2833
39.25
37.95
41.1667
41.9333
41.6333
41.7
38.6333
\
39.6667
29.1833
30.4833
24.55
25.8
30.5167
26.7833
30.0667
30.3833
27.9667
26.6833
long dd
-109.983
-114.6
-119.05
-120.7
-124.167
-119.717
-118.4
-121.5
-117.167
-122.383
-120.45
-119.583
-103.15
-105.867
-105.283
-104.717
-108.5
-103.317
-104.783
-104.5
-106.367
-107.867
-73.1333
-72.6833
-71.9
-73.05
-75.45
-75.6
-81.05
-81.7
-81.75
-80.3
-86.5
-81.3
-82.1833
-84.3667
-82.5333
-80.1167
e.2-13
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
ซ
State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ATHENS MUNI AP
ATLANTA HARTSFIELD
AUGUSTA BUSH FIELD
CALHOUN EXP STATION
COLUMBUS METRO AP
DAHLONEGA3NNW
EDISON
JESUP
MACON LEWIS B WILSON
SAVANNAH INTLAP
HILO WSO AP 87
HONOLULU WSFOAP 703
KAHULUI WSO AP 398
KANALOHULUHULU 1075
KEAIWA CAMP 22.1
KUALAPUU 534
LALAMILO FLD OF 191.
LIHUE WSO AP 1020.1
PAAKEA 350
PUNALUU PUMP 905.2
CENTERVILLE
DES MOINES AP
IRWIN 3 ESE
LARRABEE
LENOX
MCGREGOR
MOUNT PLEASANT 1 SSW
STANSGAR
SIOUX CITY AP
WATERLOO WSO AP
BOISE WSFO AIRPORT
CALDER
CASCADE 1 NW
FENN RANGER STATION
GOODING 1 S
GRASMERE 3 S
LEADORE
POCATELLO WSO AP
435
451
495
1474
2166
2479
3028
4671
5443
7847
1492
1919
2572
3099
3925
4778
5260
5580
7194
8314
1354
2203
4174
4644
4746
5315
5796
7326
7708
8706
1022
1370
1514
3143
3677
3811
5169
7211
Lat_dd
33.95
33.65
33.3667
34.4833
32.5167
34.5833
31.5667
31.6167
32.7
32.1333
19.7167
21.3333
20.9
22.1333
19.2333
21.15
20.0167
21.9833
20.8167
21.5833
40.7333
41.5333
41.7833
42.8667
40.8833
43.0167
40.95
43.3833
42.4
42.55
43.5667
47.2667
44.5333
46.1167
42.9167
42.3333
44.6833
42.9167
long;_dd
-83.3167
-84.4333
-81.9667
-84.9667
-84.95
-84
-84.7333
-81.8833
-83.65
-81.2
-155.067
-157.917
-156.433
-159.667
-155.483
-157.033
-155.683
-159.35
-156.117
-157.9
-92,8667
-93.6667
-95.15
-95.55
-94.5667
-91.1833
-91.5667
-92.9167
-96.3833
-92.4
-116.217
-116.183
-116.05
-115.567
-114.7
-115.883
-113.367
-112.6
B.2-14
-------
B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)
State
ID
ID
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KY
KY
KY
KY
KY
KY
Sta_#
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sta_Name
SANDPOINTEXP STATIC
TETONIA EXPERIMENT S
AUGUSTA
BELLEVILLE SIU RESEA
CHICAGO MIDWAY APS
MOLINEWSOAP
MURPHYSBORO 2 SW
NEWTON 6 SSE
PEORIA WSO AIRPORT
PIPER CITY
ROCKFORD WSO AP
SPRINGFIELD WSO AP
EVANSVILLE WSO AP
FORT WAYNE WSO AP
INDIANAPOLIS WSFO AP
PERU WASTE WATER PLA
RICHMOND WFR WKS
SHOALS HIWAY 50 BRID
SOUTH BEND WSO AP
VALPARAISO WATERWORK
VERSAILLES WATERWORK
WEST LAFAYETTE 6 NW
BIG BOW 4 WSW
COLLYER 10 S
COLUMBUS 1 SW
CONCORDIA WSO ARPT
DODGE C1TYWFOAP
FALL RIVER LAKE
GOODLAND WFO
PHILLIPSBURG 1 SSE
TOPEKA WSFO AIRPORT
WICHITA WSO ARPT
BUCKHORN LAKE
CLINTON 4 S
COVINGTON WSO AIRPOR
HODGENVILLE-LINCOLN
LEXINGTON WSO AIRPOR
LOUISA 2 S
COOP ID
8137
9065
330
510
1577
5751
5983
6159
6711
6819
7382
8179
2738
3037
4259
6864
7370
8036
8187
8999
9069
9430
802
1730
1740
1767
2164
2686
3153
6374
8167
8830
1080
1631
1855
3929
4746
4946
Lat dd
48.2833
43.85
40.2333
38.5167
41.7333
41.4333
37.7667
38.9167
40.6667
40.7
42.2
39.85
38.05
41
39.7333
40.75
39.8833
38.6667
41.75
41.5167
39.0667
40.4667
37.55
38.9
37.1667
39.55
37.7667
37.65
39.3667
39.7333
39.0667
37.65
37.35
36.6167
39.05
37.5333
38.0333
38.1167
long_dd
-116.567
-111.267
-90.95
-89.85
-87.7833
-90.5
-89.3667
-88.1167
-89.6833
-88.1833
-89.1
-89.6833
-87.5333
-85.2
-86.2667
-86.0667
-84.8833
-86.8
-86.1667
-87.0333
-85.25
-87
-101.633
-100.117
-94.85
-97.65
-99.9667
-96.0833
-101.7
-99.3167
-95.6333
-97.4333
-83.3833
-88.9667
-84.6667
-85.7333
-84.6
-82.6
B.2-15
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1
State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
KY
KY
KY
KY
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MD
MD
MD
MD
MD
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
Ml
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
g
10
i
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
LOUISVILLE WSFO AP
PADUCAH WALKER BOAT
SOMERSET 2 NE
WOODBURY
ALEXANDRIA
BATON ROUGE WSOAP
CALHOUN RESEARCH STN
LAFAYETTE
LAKE CHARLES AP
MORGAN CITY
NATCHITOCHES
NEW ORLEANS WSCMO AR
SHREVEPORTAP
WINNSBORO 5 SSE
BIRCH HILL DAM
BOSTON LOGAN INTLAP
BRIDGEWATER
HYANN1S
KNIGHTVILLE DAM
NEW BEDFORD
PROVINCETOWN
WORCESTER MUNI AP
BALT-WASHGTN INTLAP
BELTSVILLE
HANCOCK
SAVAGE RIVER DAM
UNIONVILLE
AUGUSTA
CARIBOU MUNI ARPT
CLAYTON LAKE
EASTPORT
GRAND LAKE STREAM
MILLINOCKET
ORONO 2
PORTLAND INTLJETPRT
ROCKLAND 1 W
SKOWHEGAN
ALPENA WSO AIRPORT
4954
6117
7508
8824
98
549
1411
5021
5078
6394
6582
6660
8440
9806
666
770
840
3821
3985
5246
6681
9923
465
700
4030
8065
9030
273
1175
1472
2426
3261
5304
6435
6905
7255
7827
164
Lat_dd
38.1833
37.05
37.1167
37.1833
31.3167
30.5333
32.5167
30.2167
30.1333
29.6833
31.7667
29.9833
32.45
32.1
42.6333
42.3667
41.95
41.6667
42.2833
41.6333
42.05
42.2667
39.1833
39.0333
39.7
39.5167
39.45
44.3
46.8667
46.6167
44.9167
45.1833
45.65
44.8833
43.65
44.1
44.7667
45.0667
long_dd
-85.7333
-88.55
-84.6
-86.6333
-92.4667
-91.1333
-92.3333
-92.0667
-93.2167
-91.1833
-93.1
-90.25
-93.8167
-91.7167
-72.1167
-71.0333
-70.95
-70.3
-72.8667
-70.9333
-70.1833
-71.8667
-76.6667
-76.8833
-78.1833
-79.1333
-77.1833
-69.7833
-68.0167
-69.5333
-67
-67.7833
-68.7
-68.6667
-70.3
-69.1167
-69.7167
-83.5667
B.2-16
-------
State Sta_#
Ml 2
Ml 3
Ml 4
Ml 5
Ml 6
Ml 7
Ml 8
Ml 9
Ml 10
MN 1
MN 2
MN 3
MN 4
MN 5
MN 6
MN 7
MN 8
MN 9
MN 10
MO 1
MO 2
MO 3
MO 4
MO 5
MO 6
MO 7
MO 8
MO 9
MO 10
MS 1
MS 2
MS 3
MS 4
MS 5
MS 6
MS 7
MS 8
MS 9
Sta_Name
BERRIEN SPRINGS 5 W
DETROIT CIP(' AIRPORT
FLINT WSCMO
GRAND RAPIDS WSFO
HANCOCK MCLAIN ST PK
LANSING WSO AIRPORT
MUSKEGON WSO AIRPORT
SAULT STE MARIE WSO
TRAVERSE CITY
DULUTH WSO AP
INT FALLS WSO AP
MINNEAPOLIS WSFO AP
ROCHESTER WSO AP
ST CLOUD WSO AP
SHERBURN 3 WSW
THIEF LAKE REFUGE
TRACY
WINNIBIGOSHISH DAM
WINTON POWER PLANT
COLUMBIA AIRPORT
KANSAS CITY WSMOAP
NEVADA WATER PLANT
PATTONSBURG 2 S
ROLLA UNI OF MISSOUR
ST LOUIS WSCMO AIRPO
SPRINGFIELD REG AP
STEFFENVILLE
WAPPAPELLO DAM
WEST PLAINS
ARKABUTLA DAM
BOONEVILLE
CALHOUN CITY 2 NW
CLEVELAND 3 N
JACKSON WSFO AIRPORT
LEAKESVILLE
LEXINGTON 2 NNW
MERIDIAN WSO ARPT
RUTH 1 SE
COOPJD
735
2102
2846
3333
3551
4641
5712
7366
8246
2248
4026
5435
7004
7294
7602
8235
8323
9059
9101
1791
4358
5987
6563
7263
7455
7976
8051
8700
8880
237
955
1314
1743
4472
4966
5062
5776
7714
Lat dd
41.9667
42.4167
42.9667
42.8833
47.2333
42.7667
43.1667
46.4667
44.7667
46.8333
48.5667
44.8833
43.9167
45.55
43.6333
48.4833
44.2333
47.4333
47.9333
38.8167
39.3167
37.8333
40.0333
37.95
38.75
37.2333
39.9667
36.9333
36.75
34.75
34.6667
33.8667
33.8
32.3167
31.15
33.1333
32.3333
31.3667
long_dd
-86.4333
-83.0167
-83.75
-85.5167
-88.6167
-84.6
-86.25
-84.35
-85.5667
-92.2167
-93.3833
-93.2167
-92.5
-94.0667
-94.7667
-95.95
-95.6333
-94.0667
-91.7667
-92.2167
-94.7167
-94.3667
-94.1333
-91.7833
-90.3667
-93.3833
-91.8833
-90.2833
-91.8333
-90.1333
-88.5667
-89.35
-90.7167
-90.0833
-88.55
-90.0667
-88.75
-90.3
B.2-17
-------
BAS/NS Version 2.0
4
State
MS
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
Sta_#
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sta_Name
SAUCIER EXP FOREST
BILLINGS WSO
CLARK CANYON DAM
CUT BANK FCWOS
GLASGOW WSO AIRPORT
GREAT FALLS WSCMO Al
HELENA WSO
HILGER
ISMAY
KALISPELLWSOAIRPOR
MISSOULA WSO AP
ASHEVILLEREGIONLAP
CAPE HATTERAS NWS
CHARLOTTE DOUGLAS AP
ELIZABETH CITY
GRNSBR.HGH PT,W-S AP
HELTON
LAURINBURG
MOREHEADCITY2WNW
RALEIGH DURHAM AP
WILMINGTON NEW HANVR
ASHLEY
BALDHILL DAM
BISMARCK WSFOAP
BOWMAN
FARGO WSO AP
MINOT EXPERIMENT STN
RICHARDTON ABBEY
ROLETTE
TROTTERS 3 SSE
WILLISTON WSO
AMELIA 2 W
EDISON
GRAND ISLAND WSO AP
HEBRON
MALMO 3 E
NORFOLK AIRPORT
NORTH PLATTE WSO ARP
COOPJD
7840
807
1781
2173
3558
3751
4055
4143
4442
4558
5745
300
1458
1690
2719
3630
3957
4860
5830
7069
9457
382
450
819
995
2859
5993
7530
7655
8812
9425
180
2560
3395
3735
5112
5995
6065
Lat_dd
30.6333
45.8
45
48.6
48.2167
47.4833
46.6
47.25
46.5
48.3
46.9333
35.4333
35.2667
35.2167
36.3167
36.0833
36.55
34.75
34.7333
35.8667
34.2667
46.0333
47.0333
46.7667
46.1833
46.9333
48.1833
46.8833
48.6667
47.2833
48.1833
42.2333
40.2833
40.9667
40.1667
41.2667
41.9833
41.1333
long dd
-89.05
-108.533
-112.867
-112.367
-106.617
-111.367
-112
-109.35
-104.8
-114.267
-114.1
-82.55
-75.55
-80.9333
76.2
-79.95
81.5
-79.45
-76.7333
-78.7833
-77.9
-99.3667
-98.0833
-100.75
-103.4
-96.8167
-101.3
-102.317
-99.8333
-103.9
-103.633
-98.95
-99.7833
-98.3167
-97.5833
-96.65
-97.4333
-100.7
B.2-18
-------
B.2 Weather Data F?/es (WDM)
State
NE
NE
NE
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NV
NV
NV
NV
NV
Sta_#
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
Sta_Name
OSHKOSH 10 NE
SCOTTSBLUFFAP
VALENTINE WSO AP
BRISTOL
CONCORD MUNI AP
DURHAM
ERROL
LINCOLN
MOUNT WASHINGTON
NEW DURHAM 3 NNW
NORTH STRATFORD
PITTSBURG RESERVOIR
SURRY MOUNTAIN LAKE
ATLANTIC Cm" INT AP
CAPE MAY 2 NW
CLINTON 2 N
GLASSBORO 2 W
NEWARK INTLARPT
NEW BRUNSWICK 3 SE
SPRINGFIELD
WANAQUE RAYMOND DAM
WATCHUNG
WINDSOR
ALBUQUERQUE WSFO AIR
ANIMAS
AUGUSTINE 2 E
CARLSBAD
CARRIZOZO 1 SW
CUBA
DURAN
JORNADA EXP RANGE
OCATE 2 NW
TUCUMCARI 4 NE
BEATTY 8 N
CONTACT
ELKO FCWOS
ELYASOS
LAS VEGAS AP
COOPJD
6386
7665
8760
998
1683
2174
2842
4732
5639
5780
6234
6856
8539
311
1351
1754
3291
6026
6055
8423
9187
9271
9761
234
417
640
1469
1515
2241
2665
4426
6275
9156
718
1905
2573
2631
4436
Lat_dd
41.5
41.8667
42.8833
43.6
43.2
43.15
44.7833
44.05
44.2667
43.4833
44.75
45.05
43
39.45
38.95
40.6667
39.7
40.7
40.4667
40.7167
41.05
40.6667
40.25
35.05
31.95
34.0833
32.4333
33.6333
36.0167
34.4667
32.6167
36.2
35.2
37
41.7667
40.8333
39.2833
36.0833
long_dd
-102.183
-103.6
-100.55
-71.7167
-71.5
-70.95
-71.1333
-71.6667
-71.3
-71.1833
-71.6333
-71.3833
-72.3167
-74.5667
-74.9333
-74.9167
-75.1167
-74.1667
-74.4333
-74.3167
-74.3
-74.4167
-74.5833
-106.617
-108.817
-107.617
-104.25
-105.883
-106.967
-105.4
-106.733
-105.067
-103.683
-116.717
-114.75
-115.8
-114.85
-115.167
B.2-19
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
NV
NV
NV
NV
NV
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OR
OR
OR
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
LEONARD CREEK RANCH
PAHRANAGAT W L REFUG
RENO AIRPORT
SMOKEY VALLEY
WiNNEMUCCA AIRPORT
ALBANY COUNTY AP
BINGHAMTON LINK FLD
BUFFALO GR BUFFLO AP
CANTON 4 SE
NEW YORK CNTRL PARK
OLD FORGE
ROCHESTER INTLAP
SYRACUSE HANCOCK AP
WELLSViLLE
WHITEHALL
AKRON CANTON WSO AP
CLEVELAND WSFO AP
COLUMBUS WSO AIRPORT
DAYTON WSO AIRPORT
MANSRELD WSO AP
PANDORA
PORTSMOUTH SCIOTOVIL
TOLEDO EXPRESS WSO A
TOM JENKINS DAM-BURR
YOUNGSTOWN WSO AP
CARTER TOWER
FORT SUPPLY DAM
GOODWELL RESEARCH ST
GREAT SALT PLAINS DA
LEHIGH
M AYR ELD
OKLAHOMA CITY AIRPOR
TULSAINTL AIRPORT
WEBBERS FALLS DAM
WICHITA MTN WL REF
ALLEGANY
ASTORIA WSO AIRPORT
BEULAH
4527
5880
6779
7620
9171
42
687
1012
1185
5801
6184
7167
8383
9072
9389
58
1657
1786
2075
4865
6405
6781
8357
8378
9406
1544
3304
3628
3740
5108
5648
6661
8992
9450
9629
126
328
723
Lat_dd
41.5167
37.2667
39.5
38.7833
40.9
42.75
42.2167
42.9333
44.5667
40.7833
43.7167
43.1333
43.1167
42.1167
43.55
40.9167
41.4167
40
39.9
40.8167
40.95
38.75
41.6
39.55
41.25
34.2667
36.55
36.6
36.75
34.4667
35.3333
35.3833
36.2
35.55
34.7333
43.4333
46.15
43.9167
long_dd
-118.717
-115.117
-119.783
-117.167
-117.8
-73.8
-75.9833
-78.7333
-75.1167
-73.9667
-74.9833
-77.6667
-76.1167
-77.95
-73.4
-81.4333
-81.8667
-82.8833
-84.2
-82.5167
-83.9667
-82.8833
-83.8
-82.0667
-80.6667
-94.7833
-99.5833
-101.617
-98.1333
-96.2167
-99.8667
-97.6
-95,8833
-95.1667
-98.7167
-124.033
-123.883
-118.167
B.2-20
-------
5.2 Weather Date Hies (WDM)
State Sta_#
OR 4
OR 5
OR 6
OR 7
OR 8
OR 9
OR 10
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
PA 9
PA 10
PR 1
PR 2
PR 3
PR 4
PR 5
Rl 1
Rl 2
RI 3
SC 1
SC 2
SC 3
SC 4
SC 5
SC 6
SC 7
SC 8
SC 9
SC 10
SD 1
SD 2
SD 3
Sta_Name
EUGENE WSO AIRPORT
LA GRANDE
MEDFORD WSO AP
OCHOCO DAM
PENDLETON WSO AIRPOR
PORTLAND INTLA1RPOR
SALEM WSO AIRPORT
ALLENTOWN A-B-E INTL
ALVIN R BUSH DAM
ERIE INTL ARPT
JOHNSTOWN 2
KANE 1 NNE
PHILADELPHIA INTL AP
PITTSBURGH GR P'BURG
PUTNEYVILLE2SEDAM
WILKES-BARRE SCRANTN
YORK 1 S RLTER PLAN
COROZAL SUBSTATION
PONCE 4 E
SAN JUAN ISLA VERDE
SAN SEBASTIAN 2 WNW
YABUCOA 1 NNE
BLOCK IS STATE AP
NEWPORT ROSE
PROVIDENCE GREEN ST
BISHOPVILLE 8 NNW
CHARLESTON INTL ARPT
CLARK HILL 1 W
COLUMBIA METRO AP
GEORGETOWN 2 E
GREER GREENV'L-SPART
JOCASSEE 8 WNW
LAURENS
MULLINS 4 W
SANTEE COOP SPLWY
BUFFALO
EDGEMONT
HURON AP
COOPJD
2709
4622
5429
6238
6546
6751
7500
106
147
2682
4390
4432
6889
6993
7229
9705
9938
2934
7292
8812
8881
9829
896
5215
6698
736
1544
1726
1939
3468
3747
4581
5017
6114
7712
1114
2557
4127
Lat dd
44.1167
45.3167
42.3833
44.3
45.6833
45.6
44.9167
40.65
41.3667
42.0833
40.3167
41.6833
39.8833
40.5
40.9333
41.3333
39.9333
18.3333
18.0167
18.4333
18.35
18.0667
41.1667
41.5
41.7333
34.3333
32.9
33.6667
33.95
33.35
34.9
34.9833
34.5
34.2
33.45
45.6
43.3
44.4
long_dd
-123.217
-118.067
-122.883
-120.733
-118.85
-122.617
-123
-75.4333
-77.9333
-80.1833
-78.9167
-78.8
-75.25
-80.2167
-79.2833
-75.7333
-76.7333
-66.3667
-66.5333
-66
-67.0167
-65.8667
-71.5833
-71.35
-71.4333
-80.3
-80.0333
-82.1833
-81.1167
-79.25
-82.2167
-83.0667
-82.0333
-79.3167
-80.15
-103.55
-103.833
-98.2167
B.2-21
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
VA
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
ISABEL
LA CREEK NATLWILDLI
OAHE DAM
PICKSTOWN
RAPID CITY WSOAP
SIOUX FALLS WSFO
WAUBAY NATL WILDLIFE
BRISTOL WSO AIRPORT
BROWNSVILLE SEWAGE P
CHATTANOOGA WSO AP
KNOXVILLE WSO AIRPOR
LEWISBURG EXP STN
MEMPHIS WSCMO AP
MONTEREY
NASHVILLE NWSCMO AP
PORTLAND SEWAGE PLAN
SAMBURG WILDLIFE REF
ABILENE WSO AIRPORT
AMARILLO WSO AIRPORT
BROWNSVILLE WSOAP
CORPUS CHRISTI WSFO
EL PASO AP
HOUSTON WSCMO AP
SAN ANGELO WSO AP
SAN ANTONIO INTLAP
WACO WSOAP
WICHITA FALLS WSO AP
BLANDING
DUGWAY
EPHRAIM SORENSENS FL
HANKSV1LLE
LOGAN UTAH STATE UNI
MILFORD
OGDEN PIONEER P H
ROOSEVELT RADIO
ST GEORGE
SALT LAKE CITY NWSFO
HURLEY
4268
4651
6170
6574
6937
7667
8980
1094
1150
1656
4950
5187
5954
6170
6402
7359
8065
16
211
1136
2015
2797
4300
7943
7945
9419
9729
738
2257
2578
3611
5186
5654
6404
7395
7516
7598
4180
Lat_dd
45.4
43.1
44.45
43.0667
44.05
43.5667
45.4333
36.4833
35.5833
35.0167
35.8333
35.4167
35.05
36.15
36.1167
36.5833
36.45
32.4167
35.2333
25.9
27.7667
31.8
29.9667
31.3667
29.5333
31.6167
33.9833
37.6167
40.1833
39.3667
38.3667
41.75
38.4
41.25
40.2833
37.1167
40.7667
37.4167
long_dd
-101.433
-101.567
-100.417
-98.5333
-103.05
-96.7333
-97.3333
-82.4
-89.2667
-85.2
-83.9833
-86.8
-90
-85.2667
-86.6833
-86.5333
-89.3167
-99.6833
-101.7
-97.4333
-97.5
-106.4
-95.35
-100.483
-98.4667
-97.2167
-98.5
-109.483
-112.917
-111.583
-110.717
-111.8
-113.017
-111.95
-109.967
-113.567
-111.95
-82.0167
B.2-22
-------
B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)
State
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VI
VI
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Sta_#
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
StaJName
JOHN H KERR DAM
LYNCHBURG MUNI AP
NORFOLK INTLARPT
PIEDMONT RESEARCH ST
RICHMOND BYRD AP
ROANOKE WOODRUM AP
THE PLAINS 2 NNE
WASHINGTN DC NATLAP
WYTHEVILLE 1 S
BETH UPPER NEW WORKS
CANEEL BAY PLANTATIO
BALL MOUNTAIN LAKE
BURLINGTON INTLAP
CORINTH
HIGHGATE FALLS
MORRISVILLE
NEWPORT
NORTH HARTLAND LAKE
NORTH SPRINGFIELD LA
SAINT JOHNSBURY
SEARSBURG STATION
COUGAR 4 SW
FRANCES
MARBLEMOUNT RANGER S
OLYMPIA AIRPORT
QUILLAYUTE WSCMO AP
SEATTLE TACOMA AiRPO
SNOQUALMIE PASS
SPOKANE WSO AIRPORT
WHITMAN MISSION
YAKIMAWSOAP
ASHLAND EXP FARM
CHIPPEWA FALLS
GREEN BAY WSO
LA FARGE
LANCASTER 4 WSW
MADISON WSO AIRPORT
MARSHFIELD EIXP FARM
COOP ID
4414
5120
6139
6712
7201
7285
8396
8906
9301
480
1316
277
1081
1565
3914
5366
5542
5768
5982
7054
7152
1759
2984
4999
6114
6858
7473
7781
7938
9200
9465
349
1578
3269
4404
4546
4961
5120
Lat dd
36.6
37.3333
36.9
38.2167
37.5167
37.3167
38.9
38.85
36.9333
17.7167
18.35
43.1167
44.4667
44.0167
44.9333
44.5667
44.9333
43.6
43.3333
44.4167
42.8667
46.0167
46.55
48.5333
46.9667
47.95
47.45
47.4167
47.6333
46.05
46.5667
46.5667
44.9333
44.5
43.5667
42.8333
43.1333
44.6333
long_dd
-78.2833
-79.2
-76.2
-78.1167
-77.3333
-79.9667
-77.75
-77.0333
-81.0833
-64.8
-64.7833
-72.8
-73.15
-72.2833
-73.05
-72.6
-72.2
-72.35
-72.5
-72.0167
-72.9167
-122.35
-123.5
-121.45
-122.9
-124.55
-122.3
-121.417
-117.533
-118.45
-120.533
-90.9667
-91.3833
-88.1167
-90.6333
-90.7833
-89.3333
-90.1333
B.2-23
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
State Sta #
Wl 8
Wl 9
Wl 10
WV 1
WV 2
WV 3
WV 4
WV 5
WV 6
WV 7
WV 8
WV 9
WV 10
WY 1
WY 2
WY 3
WY 4
WY 5
WY 6
WY 7
WY 8
WY 9
WY 10
Sta Name
MILWAUKEE WSO AIRPOR
PHELPS
SPOONER EXPERMNT FAR
BECKLEYWSOAP
CHARLESTON AP
ELKINS WSO AIRPORT
HUNTINGTON WSO AP
LAKE LYNN
LIVERPOOL
MOOREFIELD 2 SSE
TERRA ALTA NO 1
TYGART DAM
VALLEY HEAD
CASPER WSCMO
CHEYENNE WSFOAP
MORAN 5 WNW
ENCAMPMENT
JACKSON
LAKE YELLOWSTONE
LANDER AP
MOUNTAIN VIEW
OSAGE
SHERIDAN AP
COOPJD
5479
6518
8027
582
1570
2718
4393
5002
5323
6163
8777
8986
9086
1570
1675
6440
3050
4910
5345
5390
6555
6935
8155
Lat_dd
42.95
46.0667
45.8167
37.7833
38.3667
38.8833
38.3667
39.7167
38.9
39.0333
39.45
39.3167
38.5333
42.9
41.15
43.85
41.2167
43.4833
44.55
42.8167
41.2833
43.9833
44.7667
long_dd
-87.9
-89.0667
-91.8833
-81,1167
-81.6
-79.85
-82.55
-79.85
-81.5333
-78,9667
-79.55
-80.0333
-80.0333
-106.467
-104.817
-110.583
-106.783
-110.767
-110.4
-108.733
-110.317
-104.417
-106.967
B.2-24
------- |